IRA A. FULTON SCHOOL O F ENGINEERING for the Fundamentals of .oromam, - students will be .oreoared . Richard Snell Presidential Chair Professor: Crinenden Engineering examination and professional registration. The Department of Civil and Environmental Engineering at ASU strongly believes in the development of programmatic objectives and outcomes, and in a continuous quality . . improvement program. The four preeminent learning objectives for the program deal with the ability of graduates to 1. be technically competent, 2. be effective members of society. 3. communicate effectively, and 4. analyze and design civil engineering systems with due consideration to cost and environmental and construction factors Professors: Allenby, Fox, Houston, Johnson. Mamlouk. Mays, Mobasher, RaJan. Rittmann. Singhal, Washington. Witczak Civil Engineering A r e a s of Study Areas of study in the civil engineering curriculum are described below. Associate Professors: Abbaszadegan. Fafitis. KavazanJian, Muccino. Westerhoff Environmental Engineering. This area of study includes the quality of air, water, and land resources; transpon, use, and disposal of hazardous wastes; water and wastewater treatment; water reuse; and sustainability Department of Civil and Environmental Engineering fnlton.asu.edulcivii 4801965-3589 ECG 252 Sandra L. Houston, Chair Assistant Professors: Allen, Kaloush Associate Research Professor: Chen Faculty Research Associates: Alum, Ryu, Zapata Faculty Research Assistant: El-Basyouny Lecturer: Lawrence The civil engineering profession includes analysis, planning, design, construction, and maintenance of many types of facilities for government, commerce, industry, and the nublic domain. These facilities include hieh-rise office towr~ ers, factories, schools, airports, tunnels and subway systems, dams, canals, and water purification and environmental protection facilities such as solid waste and wastewater treatment systems. Civil engineers are concerned with the impact of their projects on the public and the environment, and they attempt to coordinate the needs of society with technical and economic feasibility. ~~~~ Geoteehnical/GeoenvironmentalEngineering. This area of studv includes the analvsis and desien of foundation svsterns, seepage control, earthdams and water resource structures, earthwork operations, fluid flow-through porous media, response of foundations and embankments to earthquakes, and solutions to environmental problems. - StrnctnreslMaterials Engineering. This area of study considers the planning, analysis, and design of steel and concrete bridges, buildings. dams; special offshore and space structures; oonland cement concrete; comoosite materials; and stmctu;al retrofit of existing bridges. ' ~ Career Opportunities in the Field. University graduates with the BSE degree in Civil Engineering readily find employment. Civil engineers work in many different types of companies, from large corporations to small. private consulting firms, or in governmental agencies. A civil engineerineu backeround is an excellent foundation for iobs in management and public service. Civil engineering is one of the bed engineering prufcssions from thc \ ~cupointu i intcrr~ntionaltravel o p p ~ n ~ ~ n i turi #t)Ph).aol.dhc>ralog I SQ' . ....... .....I Total ..................................................................................16 Total ......................................................................................15 Third Year Second Year First Semester CEE 3W Engineering Business Practice ...................................... 3 CEE 321 StrucNral Analysis and Design ..................................... 4 CEE 353 Civil Engineering Materials .......................................... 3 CEE 372 Transportation Engineering........................................... 4 CEE 384 Numerical Methods for Engineers CS .......................... 3 First Semester CEE 21 1 Engineering Mechanics: Statics and Dynamics ............ 4 MAT 275 Modern Differential Equations MA ............................... 3 MAT 294 ST: Calculus for Engineen 111 ...................................... 3 PHY 131 University Physics l l Electricity and Magnetism ~ d 3 PHY 132 University Physics Laboratory II S Q........................... ~ I 14 Total 17 Second Semester CEE 341 Fluid Mechanics for Civil Engineers ............................ 4 CEE 351 Geotechnical Engineering ............................................. 4 CEE 361 Introduction to Envimnmental Engineering.................. 4 3 CEE 400 Earth Systems Engineering and Management ..............Total .............................................................................................. 15 CEE 213 Introduction to Deformable Solids................................ 3 EEE 202 CircU 4 3 3 3 HU/SB and awareness are Baric science electiv Fourth Year Total.............................................................................................. 16 First Semester Design elective 3 HUISB and awareness area course4 .............................................. 3 Technical electives 9 - Third Year Total .............................................................................................. 15 Second Semester CEE 486 Integrated Civil Engineering Design L ......................... 3 Desinn elective ................................................................................ 3 HUlSB and auarcncr< arcs course' . . . .... . . .. . . .... . . ..... 3 . ...... . . . . . .. . 6 Technical elerl~bet. . . . ... . .... .... ~~ ~ Total ......................................................................................... 15 Minimum total ............................................................................ I20 I CHM 116 has a prerequisite of CHM 113. Degree credit for CHM 113 is awarded only with departmental approval. Both PHY I21 and 122 must be taken to secure SQ credit. Both PHY 131 and 132 must be taken to secure SQ credit. Engineering students may not use aerospace studies (AES) or military science (MIS) courses to fulfill HU or SB requirements. studenis should eonsider the following list of electivis to enhance communication and management skills: COM 1W.110, 320: CON 101: GCU 141,361,421,442; PUP 100,200. Corntruction Enpjneeling Concentration Pmgrarn olStudy Typical Four-Year Sequence First Year First Semester CEE 100 lntmduction to Civil and Environmental Engineering CS ............................................................. 3 CHM 114 General Chemistry for Engineers SQ............................ 4 or CHM 116 General Chemistry ll SQ' (4) ENG 101 First-Year Composition ................................................ 3 3 MAT 294 ST: Calculus for Engineers I ......................................... - . First Semester CEE 300 Engineering Business Practice ................................. 3 CEE 321 Structural Andvsis and Desien " ..................................... 4 CFE 353 Civil Engineer~ng.Waenals . . . . . . 3 ..... .4 CFf: 372 Trdnspdnat~anEngineering..... . ...... . . CI?f< 384 Numrncal Methrd, fur Eyinccn ...... . . . . .3 Total............................................................................................... 17 Second Semester CEE 341 Fluid Mechanics for Civil Engineers ............................ 4 CEE 351 Geotechnical Engineering ............................................ 4 CEE 361 Introduction to Envimnmental Engineering.................. 4 3 CEE 400 Eanh Systems Engineering and Management ..............Total............................................................................................... 15 Fourtb Year First Semester CEE 281 Surveyi 3 CEE 420 Steel St 3 CEE 452 Foundations .................................................................. 3 CEE 412 Pavement Analysis and Design ..................................... 3 or CEE 483 Highway Materials. Construction, and Quality (3) 3 HUISB and awareness area come Total........................................................................................ I5 Second Semester CEE 421 Concrete Structures ................................................... 3 ........................ 3 CEE 481 Civil Eneineerine Proiect " . Manaeement CEE 486 Integrated Ciril Enyinccnng Deign L...... . . . ... 3 CON 496 C~nrtructlunCJnucl~lAdmln~,lraion L . . ............... 3 . L nlerary and cr focal n q ~ q MA rnatnernalcs 1 CS ~omp~tearlalosl~csl q ~ a n l ~ f a b vappl e cat onr 1 nu nLrnantlles and ine arts I SB roc#al and behavlota sc sncer SG nal~lalscent-ensral core eoLlrer I SO nalbla sciencs-quantitative I C cultural diversity in the Uniled Slates I G global 1 n historical I See 'General Studies; page 93. 405 IRA A. FULTON SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING ................................................3 HUISB and awareness area course' Total 15 Minimum total ..........................................................................I20 ' ' CHM 116 has a prerequisite of CHM 113. Degree credit for CHM 1 13 is awarded only wiUl depamnental approval. Both PHY 121 and 122 must be taken to secure SQ credit. Both PHY 131 and 132 must be taken to secure SQ credit. Ensineerine mav not use aemsvace studies (AESI . . or - ~ ~ students ~ science (MIS) courser to fulfill HU or SB reauirements. .mititarv ..... .- ,-~~~~~~~ Sadena should consider the following list of electives to enhance communication andmanagement skills: COM 100. 110. 320; CON 101: PUP ICO.200. - ~~~~~~~ ~ ~~~ Envimnmeotal Endneering Conceulration Program of SNdy Typical Four-Year Sequence First Year First Semester CEE 100 Introduction to Civil and Environmental Engineering CS ................................................. :......... 3 .... 4 CHM 114 General Chemistry for Engineers SQ................... or CHM 116 General Chemisw. U SO' (4) ENG 101 First-YearComposition ............................................... 3 MAT 294 ST: Calculus for Engineers I .........................................3 Total 13 Second Semester ECN 2 11 Macroeconomic Principles SB ...................................... 3 or ECN 212 Micmeconomic Principles SB (3) ENG 102 First-Year Composition ................................................. 3 ElemenLinear Aleebra ........................................... 2 MAT 242 \ E n g i n e s 11........................................3 MAT 294 ST C a l r ~ l u for PHY 121 Cn#vrere~uisites: CEE 100: MAT 272 (or 294 ST: Calculusfor Engineers Ill); PHY 121. 122. M CEE 213 lntmductlon t o Deformable Solids. (3) fall, spring, summer Stain-displacementand stressstrain-temperaturerelations. Stresses and deformationsdue to axial, shear, tanional and bending moments Buckling, stability. Lecture, recitation. Prerequisites: CEE 211; MAT 2 7.~ 5~ -~ M CEE 281 Surveying. . .(3) . fa#, spring. summer Theory and field work In construnion and land surveys. Crass-listed as CON 241. Credit is allowed for only CEE 281 or CON 241. Fee. Lecture. lab. Prerequisite:MAT 270 (at 294 ST: Calculus for Engineers 1). M CEE 300 Englneerlng Business Practice. (3) fall, sprinq, summer ~ng~neorn economnc g pnncrples, cost,tenellt analyus, pro ect llnanc ng and del very, management of englneer ng asslgn OLS ness pracl ces, em cal and prolesslona respons o lnes Prereq~tstteCEE 213 General Sludles: L M CEE 321 Strucrural Analysis and Design. (4) fall and spring Statically determinate and indeterminate structures (trusses, beams. and frames) by classical and matrix methcds. Introduces strudural design. Lecture, recitation. Prerequisite:CEE 213. Pre- or corequlsiles: CEE 384; IEE 280. M CEE 341 Fluid Mechanics for Civil Engineers. (4) fall and spring Fundamental princi~lesand methods of fluid mechanics formim the analyl ca bass for rater reroLrces engnneer ng Cono.8t ano open cnanne 1 ow Fee Leclbre do Prereqd sle CEE 213 Pre or COIOOJIS~~~SCEE 384 IEE 280 M CEE 351 Geotechnicai Engineering. (4) all...and .snnon -. .. .Index properties and engineering characteristics of soils. Compaction. permeability and seepage, compressibility and settlement, and shear strenglh. Fee. Lecture, lab. Prerequisiie: CEE 213. Pre- or corequisites: CEE 384; IEE 280. M CEE 353 Civil Enolneerlna Materials. (3) fail and spring Struct~reand oehavlar ol csv I ongtneenng malerla s. lncl~ong stee. aggregate. cancrelo masonry asphan uocd, cornposntes Atomlc strLctLre and eng neerong appl cat ons Fee L e n ~ r eab Prerequ s te CEE 213 M CEE 361 Introduction to Envimnmental Englneering. (4) fail and spring Concepts of air and water pollution; environmental regulation, risk assessment, chemistry, water quality modeling, water and wastewater - - core courses IS o natural behavioral selincea ISG nstural scienc-eneral rcience-quantilative IC cultural diverriw in the united States IG global I n hiefoiicalIsee -Gensral studies; page 93. 407 IRA A. FULTON SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING treatment systems designs. Fee. Lecture, lab. Prerequisite: CEE 213. Pre- or corequisites: CEE 384: IEE 280. M CEE 372TransoorlBtion Enalneerina. 141 fall and sprinq H gnbay ral -*ale, an0 alr lransponallon Oporahonal cnaraclerlsllcs and Iran c control devices of each transport moue lmpan on Jmao form Prerea~lsnteCEE 213 Pre. or CareoJ sl1es CEE 384 IEE 280 M CEE 384 Numerical Methods for Engineers. (3) fall and spring Numerical methods and computationaltmis far selected probiems in engineering. Cross listed as MAE 384. Credit is allowed for only CEE 384 or MAE 384. Prerequisites: preferably MAT 275 or 274, preferably 343 or 242 or 342. Pre- or corequisite: MAT 272 or 294 ST: Cabulus for Engineers Ill. M CEE 4W Earth Systems Engineering and Management. (3) fan and spring introduces earth systems engineering and management, and the technological, economic and cultural systems underlying the terraformed Earth Prerequisite: CEE 300. Prerequisitefar non-CEE major: instructor approval. General Studies: H M CEE 412 Pavement Analysis and Design. (3) - - hll Design of flexible and rigid pavements for highways and airports. Surface. base, and subgrade courses. Cost analysis and pavement selection. Credit is allowed far only CEE 412 or 511. Prerequisites: CEE 351,353. M CEE 420 Steel Structures. 131 /all Behavoor of s1r~ct~re.l components and systems Des gn 01 steel memoers and connect ons -oad and re9 slance fanor aeslgn mcthods Lect~rerec tat,on Prereo~s te CEE 321 M CEE 421 Concrete Structures. (3) spting "' l, .",, Anays s and oeslgn of re nforceo concrete steel, masonry, ana tmber Slr.Ct~(eS FOO Prereq~ste:CEE 421 Pre- or coreqLlsae: CEE 420. M CEE 432 Developing Somare lor Englneerlng Applleetlons. (3) 7 Mas x and compLter appl cat ons lo s t r ~ c l ~ renglneerlng al and s l r ~ c l ~ rmecnancw al Stlnness and ller o lhty metnods bnlle eements ano drnercnces C r w Io alarueo far only CEE 432 or 532 Prerequisite: CEE 321. M CEE 440 Engineering Hydrology. (3) *,, .".. Descr pl ve nydro ogy nyaroog c cycle models and systems.Ra n. r~non models Hydrologic desgn Concepn properbes,an0 OaSlc eoLatrons of aroLnorrater f o* Prereou ste CEE 341 M CEE 441 Water Resources Engineering. (3) - - zorinn -7 -7 ~ -7 Behavior 01 concrete structures and the design of reinforcedand prestressed Concrete members, including footings. Partial design of concrete building system. Lecture, recitation. Prerequisite:CEE 321. M CEE 423 Structural Design. (3) -7 outbreaks, risk assessment, and regulations.Credit is allowed for only CEE 467 or 567. Fee. Lecture, lab. Prerequisite: CEE 361 or MIC 220. M CEE 469 Air Quality Engineering. (3) selmted semesters Chemical and physical processes by which air pollutants are generated ana cantrollcd w VI an emphasls an m a n a r qJaltiy Cross 11518d as CrlE 469 Crra I s allowea for on y CEE 469 or CHE 469 Prerectu s le CEE 361 or CHE 334 M CEE 474Transportatlon Systems Englneerlng. (3) selectedsemesters Introduces transportation systems and modeling, tranic characteristic analysis, traftic prediclions, highway capacity, signal timing. transportation systems management, and transit. Prerequisites: CEE 372.384. M CEE 475 Highway Geometric Design. (3) nrrnn = Deslgn of v s o e e ements ol roadna,, aeslgn confrob, at graoe nlersect8ons, lree&%ays, and lnlerrnangor Lecl~reCompLter lab Foe CreO I S allone0 for on y CEE 475 or 576 Prereq~s le CEE 372 M CEE 48l Civil Engineering Project Management. (3) once a year Civil enhineering project management and administration. plannin~ and scnedLlong cost csl mallny an0 bldolng strategies llnanclal management q.al8iy control and safety. an0 compJler aPp rcalnons L e n ~ l eteld Inas P,ereaLls.les CEE 321. 351 .~372M CEE 483 Highway Materials, Construction, and Quality (3) once a year Pmpenies of highway materials, including aggregates, asphalt concrete, and portland cement concrete; construction practice; material delivery, placement, and compaction: quality control. Credit is allowed for only CEE 483 or 583. Lecture. field trips. Prerequisites: CEE 351, 353.372. M CEE 486 Integrated Civil Engineering Deslgn. (3) fall -and . - sotino ~w Requires completion of a civil engineering design in a simulated practicing engineering environment. Limited to undergraduates in their final semester Lecture. team learning. Prerequisites: CEE 321, 341. 351 361 372 General Sfudles: L M CEE 492 Honors Dlrected Study, ( I d ) se~ectedsemesters M CEE 493 HonorsThesis. ( I d ) selecfedsemssterr M CEE 499 lndlvidualired instruction. (1-3) selectedsemesters Omnibus Courses. For an explanation of courses onered but not SDBEilicallv listed in this cataiw. see 'Omnibus Couws?oaoe 63 Graduate-Level Courses. For $nformallonabout courses nLmbered from 500 lo 799, see the Graduate Catalog or access www arL edul calaloa on tne Web n some srtJar8ons Jnaeroraadate slddenl mav be el!Gble to take these courses, for more info;matlon. See "~raduaie~eveiCourses: page 62. Applies the principles of hydraulics and hydrology tothe engineering of water resources projects; design and operation of water resources systems; water quality Prerequisite:CEE 341. M CEE 452 Foundations. (3) .. fa1 Apples so1!mecnan cs to lo~naalon syaoms, bearing capac ty alera earl" PreSDLre an0 slope slao 1,ly Plercqu slle CEE 351 M CEE 462 Unit Operations In Envirnnmental Engineering. (3) ~ ~ spring Design and operation of unit processes tar water and wastewater treatment. Prerequisite: CEE 361. M CEE 466 Urban Water System Design. (3) fall Capacity; planning and design of water supply; domestic and storm drainage; and solid waste systems. Prerequisites: CEE 341. 361. M CEE 467 Environmental Mlcmbiology. (3) fall Overview 01the microbiology of natural and human-impacted environment, microbial detenian methodologies, watehborne disease . - DEPARTMENT OF COMPUTER SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING Department of Computer Science and Engineering fulton.asu.edu/cse 4801965-3190 BYENG 501 Sethuraman Panchanathan, Chair Professors: Baral, Colbo~rn,Collofello.Farm Kambhamoatl. Y Lee Lew,s. N~elson Pancnanathan. Tsal, J. Urban. S. Urban, Vrudhula, Xue. Yau Associate Professors: Bazzi, Candan. Dasgupta, Gupta, Huey, Liu, Miller, Richa, Sen Assistant Professors: Cam. Chatha, Chen, Davulcu, Huang, Janssen, Kim, Konjevod, J. Lee, Li, Ryu, Sarjoughian, Sundaram, Syrotiuk, Wonka, Ye Senior Lecturer: DeLibero Lecturers: Boyd, Calliss, Nakamura, Navabi, Turban - 3. Graduates will know and be able to apply system development processes, using modem tools, from the component level to the system level. 4. Graduates also will have the skills required to communicate effectively in both technical and nontechnical settings, to work effectively in teams and in a multicultural environment, to work ethically and professionally, and to continue learning independently and growing intellectually. An integrated bachelors and masters degree program is offered beginning fall 2006. This program is designed to provide selected highly accomplished undergraduate students uith the opponunlly tu ~ u ~ n b advanced ~nc undergradudtc cour\c work with gradualc cour\c uork. and accclcrate graduate degree completion. Students will be able to eam a BS and an MS degree in five years. The Computer Systems Engineering program has the specific objective that its graduates will have the technical expertise necessary to analyze requirements and to design and implement effective solutions to problems that require the integration of hardware and software in embedded systems. The Computer Science program has the specific objective that its graduates will have the technical expertise necessary to analyze requirements and to design and implement effective solutions using computer science for a broad in manv disciolines. The deoartment ranee - of ~roblems . strives to maintain a modem leaming environment that fosters excellence, coooeration, and scholarshirr for faculty. students, and staff. Comouters have a simificant imoact on our dailv lives. and this impact is likely to be even greater in the future as comouter . .orofessionals continue to develorr more rrowerful, ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS smaller, faster, and less expensive computing systems. Computing IS intcgriql IU man) other field,. including hioPreprofessional Pmgrarn. 1::1ih \ttr,lr.~~~ sd~~lillcd lo the ~nformatics.'The Dcpart~ncntof Computer Science and Dcpmmmt of Computcr Saencc and Englneer~ng13 d e \ ~ g kngineeriny is ,tr~tcg~call) positioned in the university to naled a preprufers~onalstudent in cithtr Cuniputer Science provide sdu~.;lt~onxl and re.earsh opponunities for srudcnt~ or Cornpuler System, Engineering - Stodcn~cfallon the in computing in many related disciplines. first- and second-year sequence of courses listed in the curComputer science and computer engineering deal with riculum outline for their particular major Included in the the study, design, development, construction, and applicafirst three semester schedules are all skill-set courses: tion of comoutine technoloev. -, Other imoortant tooics CSli IW Pnni~pieru i Prugrdmmlni w i t h Cr+ (5 . . .3 include computing technique5 and appropriate language5 or CSF 110 Prln;~plc\ or Prtyr~#l,rntng u ith for general infirmlation nnticssinc; . -- .. - for scientific cumoutaJava LA ( 3 ) tiun. fhr the rc:ognition, storage. retrieval, and processing CSE 101 Introduction to Engineering Design CS* ......................3 of dat3of all kind,; for the aulomalic control and simulation CSE 120 Digital Design Fundamentals....................................... 3 ofpruccr,rs. and for infi~rmat~on assurance. CSE 205 Conce~tsof Com~uterScience and Data The curricula <>Reredb) the Depanment of Computer svuctures CS ................................................................. 3 Sc~enceand Lnginccrinp prepare the student to be a pmiciCSE 230 Camauter Oreanization and Assernblv, Laneuaee Programming................................................................. 3 pant in thip rapidly changing dres of technology by prc\cntMAT 243 Discrete Mathematical Smctures ............................... 3 ine in-dcnth u~.alnicntso i the fundamcntols of cumDutcr MAT 294 ST Calculus for Engineers 1............................. . . ....... 3 science and computer engineering. The department offers MAT 294 ST; Calculus for Engineers II...................................... 3 two undermaduate d e m e s : a BS degree in Comrruter MAT 294 ST Calculus for Engineers El ......................... . .........-3 Sc~enccJA a B S t ~cGreeIn ~ o n i ~ i l~e ~r s t e m s ' ~ n ~ ~ n c c r Total ............................................................................................. 27 ing Thc follou ing dre s h a r d oh,ccti\cs of the dcgrcc programs: * CSE 101 is for Computer Systems Engineering only 1. Graduates will understand current trends in information technology and be able to apply their understanding in the distributed management of information. L literacy and critical inquiry I MA mathematics I CS computerlstatisliwl quantitative applications I HU humanities and One ans I SB smial and 2. Graduates can apply the underlying principles of combehavioral ~cience~ I SO natural ~cience--generalcore courser I SO natural puter science, including mathematical and physical smenc%--quanfltafive I C Cultural diversity in the United States I G global I sciences and engineering principles H historical I see ' ~ s n e r astudies: ~ page 93. . - - - - -- IRA A. FULTON SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING General S t u d i d e n a r t m e n t Reouirements Humanities and Fine Arrs/Sociol and Behnviorol Sciencer HUlSB electives ...........................................................................15 Each student must com~leteI2 hours of courseschosen from the computer science techdical elective list and approved by the student's advisor. See an advisor for the approved listing. Cnmpulrr %stems Engineering Pmgram of Study Typical Four-Year Sequence .............................................................................................. 15 T O ~ ~ I Liremcy otzd Critical Inquiry Six semester hours of literacv and critical inauirv. credit is satisfied by courses in the major Narurol Sr.irnces/BnsicSciences BIO 187 General Biology I SC.................................................... 4 or 188 General Biology II SQ (4) PHY 121 University Physics I: Mechanics SQ' ........................... 3 PHY 122 University Physics Laboratory I SQ' ............................ I PHY 131 University Physics 11: Electricity and Magnetism SQ ...........................PHY 132 University Phys . Natural sciencesfbasic sciences subtotal ...................................... 12 Mathemorical Sludies MAT 243 Discrete Mathematical ~trucmres'............................... 3 MAT 275 Modem Differential Equations MA^ ............................. 3 MAT 294 ST: Calculus far Engineers I) ....................................... 3 MAT 294 ST: Calculus for Engineers 113......................................3 3 MAT 294 ST: Calculus for Engineers I l l 3 .....................................Mathematical studies subtotal....................................................... I5 General Studies/depanment requirement total ..............................42 Courses in Major Lower-Division Engineering CSE I W Principles of Prognvnming with C+t CS' .................... 3 ar CSE 110 Principles of Programming with Java CS (3)' CSE 101 Introduction to Engineering Design CS' ...................... 3 3 CSE I20 Digital Design ~undamentals~ CSE 205 Conceots of Comouter Science and Data . ~ ~ ~- CSE 2211 Pr.yr~mm~n:, iur Cvmputcr ~ n ~ l n e e n n g .' . . . . . . . . 3 C S t 230 (:ompuler Orpnl,slaon dndA\scmbly Language ProgrammingJ .............................................................. 3 EEE 202 Circuits 1........................................................................ 4 IEE 280 Probability and Statistics far Engineering Problem Solving cs Lower-division subtotal Upper-Division Courses in Major CSE 301 Computing Ethi CSE 310 Data Structures CSE 320 Design and Synthesis of Digital Hardware ................... 3 CSE 325 Embedded Micro~rocessorSvstems ............................. 3 CSE 360 Introduction to Software Eneineerin~ " - ........................... 3 CSE 420 Computer Architecture I 3 CSE 423 Systems Capstone Project I L ...................................... 3 CSE 424 Systems Capstone Pcoject CSE 430 Operating System CSE 434 Computer Network EEE 334 Circuits I1 3 L MAT 343 A~plied .. . Technical electives4....................................................................... 12 Upper-division subto 47 120 Total degree requirement Both PHY I21 and 122 must be taken to secure SQ credit. Both PHY 131 and 132 must be taken to secure SQ credit. Computer Science and Engineering skill-set courses must bc completed in order to be admitted to professional programs. : ' First Year First Semester CSE 100 Principles of Programming with C++ CS ..................... 3 or CSE 110 Principles of Pro-ming with Java CS (3) CSE 101 lntmductioo to Engineering Design CS ........................ 3 ENG 101 First-Yearcomposition MAT 294 ST: Calculus for Engineers I HUISB and awareness area course Tot Second Semester BIO 187 General Biology I SG .................................................... 4 or 9 1 0 188 General Biology I1 SQ (4) CSE 120 Digital Design Fundamentals...................................... 3 CSE 205 Concepts of Computer Science and Data smctures CS..............................................................3 ENG 102 Fin-YearComoosition .................................................3 MAT 294 ST: Calculus for Engineers 11........................................ 3 Total.............................................................................................. 16 Second Year First Semester CSE 230 Computer Organization and Assembly Language Pro#g ................................................................. 3 IEE 280 Probability and Statistics for Engineering Pmblem 3 3 3 PHY 121 University Physics I: Mechanes 3 PHY 122 University Physics Laberatory I I Total............................................................................................... 16 Second Semester CSE 220 Programming for Computer Engineering ..................... 3 MAT 275 Modem Differential Equations MA ...............................3 PHY 131 University Physics 11: Electricity and Magnetism SQ'. 3 PHY 132 University Physics Laboratory I1 S Q ........................... ~ I HUISB and awareness area course1 ................................................ -3 Total ...............................................................................................13 Third Year Firs' Semester CSE 301 Computing Ethic CSE 310 Data Structures a CSE 360 Introduction to So EEE 202 Circuits I HU/SB and awarene Total.............................................................................................. 14 Seeond Semester CSE 320 Design and Synthesis of Digital Hardware ................... 3 EEE 334 Circuits 11 MAT 343 Applied Li HUISB and awarenes rMENT OF COMPUTER SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING Fourth Year First Semester CSE 423 Systems Capstone Project IL ....................................... 3 CSE 430 Operating Systems ........................................................ 3 CSE Technical electives .................................................................. 6 HUISB and awareness area course1................................................ 3 - Total .............................................................................................. 15 Second Semester CSE 424 S),tent\ ('ap.d<,ne P r u ~ e iIi l .................... 3 CSE 4?0 Q,tnpurcr Arihitcilurc ...................... 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 CSE 434 (:.>mputer NrIuurk. Technical electives .......................................................................... 6 Total ............................................................................................. 15 Total degree requirements .......................................................... I 2 0 I Eng~neerinerlt#dcnt\ ma) e,t use icru,pa;e nudles IAESJor mllttary scwncc (\IiS)coune> 12 iuiinil H U and SB requirements. Both PHY 121 and 122 must be taken to secure SQ credit. Both PHY 13 1 and 132 must be taken to secure SQ credit. COMPUTER SCIENCE A N D ENGINEERING (CSE) For more CSE courses. see fhe % o u m Prefixes'table. or acce5S wwwasu eddaaacararogrJmurses The campus deagnat!on-O [Downlown POOcnlx/. E (Polfl~hnnc).M (Tempe). Or W (WertJ-may aliecl ho* m u s e s may be "red to htfifl reqo8rementS M CSE l w Principles of Pmgramming with C++. (3) far and spring Principles of problem solving using C++, algorithm design, structured programming, fundamental algorithms and techniques, and computer svstems concepts. Social and ethical responsibility. Lecture, lab. prerequisite: MAT 170. General Studies: CS M CSE 101 Introduction to Engineerlng Deslgn. (3) fall and spring Intmduces engineering design, teaming, engineering profession; computer models and programming: communicationskills: design of electrical and computer-basedsystems. Lecture, lab Cross-lined as EEE 101. Credit isallowed tor only CSE 101 or EEE 101. Fee. Prerequisites:high schwl algebra, computing, and physics courses (or their equivalents). General Studies: CS M CSE 110 Principles of Pmgramming with Java. (3) laN and spring Concepts ot problem solving using Java, algorithm design, structured programming, fundamental algorithms and techniques, and computer systems concepts. Social and ethical responsibility. Lecture, lab. Prerequisite:MAT 170. General Studies: CS M CSE 120 Dlgital Design Fundamentals. (3) fall and s ~ r i n o Number systems, conversion methods, binary and complement arithmetic. Bwlean algebra, circuit minimization. ROMS. PLAS. tlipfiops, synchronoussequential circuits. Lecture, lab. Cross-listed as EEE 120. Credit is allowed for only CSE 120 or EEE 120. Fee. Prereouisits: comDuter liferaw M CSE 180 Computer Lneracy. (3) fail and spring introduces personal computer operations and their place in society. problem-silving approaches using databases, spr&dsheets, and word processing. May be taken for credit on either Windows or Macintosh, but not both. Lecture, demonstration.Prerequisite: nonmaior. General Studies: CS - 7 ~ ~ - M CSE 181 Applied Pmbiem Salving wllhVisual BASIC. (3) selectedsemesters I n t r o d ~ ~systematic es definidon of problems, solution formulation, and method validation. Requires computer solutions using Visual BASiC for projects. Lecture, lab. Prerequisites:MAT 117; nonmajor. General Siudies: CS M CSE 182 Applied Pmbiem Solving with CU.Net. (3) fall and sorino lntroduc~so 6 e n oriented programming, problem solving, f~ndamentaalgor8tnms an0 tech" qJes CampJter systems concepts ano imp ementat on of programs 6s ng V sdal Ca he1 p attorm M CSE 185 Internet and the World Wlde Web (3) fail and spring Fundamental Internet concepts, World Wide Web browsing, publishing, searching, advanced Internet productivity twls. M CSE 205 Concepts of Compvter Scisnw and Data Sn~ctures.(3) far and spring Problem solving by programming with an object-ariented programminglanguage. Introduction to data structures. Overview of computer science topics. Fee. Prerequisite: CSE 100 or 110 ar instructor approval. General Studies: CS M CSE 210 Obiect-Oriented Dedan and Data Structures. (3) fad and SDrinu 00ect or entid oestgn slatc and dynam c data s t r ~ c l ~ r (slnngs cs stac6s qleLes o nary trces). rec-rson searching and son ng Professvana resoonsmol ltv Fee Prerea~s te CSE 205 - M CSE 220 Programming for Computer Engineering. (3) fan and spring introduces pmcedure programminglanguages (CIC++) and hardware descriptive language (VHDL). Fes. Prerequisites:CSE 120 (or EEE 1201 -. , , 205. --M CSE 230 Computer Organization and Aesembw Language P r o gramming. (3) fail and sorinno ~egister-ieveicomputerorganization. Instruction set architecture. ~ s i e m o angage l~ Processor organ la1 on and descgn Memory organlzatlon 0 programmmg. Excepl~onlnterruplhand1ng Cross.sled as EEE 230 Cleo I s a l l o ~ e o for onlv CSE 230 or EEE 230 Fee. PrereautS!tes CSE 100 (or 110). 120ior EEE 120) M CSE 240 lntmduetion l o Programming Languages. (3) fail and spring introduces the procedural (CIC++), applrcative (LISPIScheme), and declarative (Prolag) languages. Lecture, lab. Prerequisite: CSE 205. M CSE 301 Computing Ethics. (1) fad and spring oners bmad coverage of computing ethics topics, including: computing history, philosophical frameworks, intellectual property, privaw. . and .professional responsibilities.Prerequisite: CSE 220 or 240. M CSE 310 Data Structures and Algorllhms. (3) faii and spring Advanced data structures and algodthms, including stacks, queues, trees (6, B+,AVL), and graphs. Searching tor graphs, hashing, eaernal sofling. Fee. Lecture, lab. Prerequisites: CSE 220 (or 240): MAT 243. M CSE 320 Design and Synthesis of Digital Hardware. (3) fad and spring Design and synthesis of digital hardware with hardware description language, computer-aided design twls, and programmable devices. Fee. Prerequisites: CSE 220, 230 (or EEE 230). M CSE 325 Embedded Micropmcessor Systems. (3) fad end SDrino ~~aem.leue~~ro~ram and m~ ana n gys s ot embeooed m.croprocessors systems F~ndamenlalmncepts of d g la1 syslem oa+mn for aoo ..amwddca ........ svstem ,~~~ ~ , caltons , ~ Fee Prereados~tesCSE 220.230 (or EEE 230). L literacy and critical inquiry IMA mathematics ICS computerbtatisticd quantitative applications IHU humanities and tine arts ISB social and behavioral sciences ISG natural scienc-eneral core courses ISa natural science-quantitative Ic cultural diversity in the united stater IG global I H historical Isee '~eneralStudies: page 93. IRA A. FULTON SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING M CSE 330 Computer Organization and Architecture. (3) fall and s ~ r i n ~ Inssml on s i arcn tect-re processor periormanco and des gn aalapath contro tnaran red mcroprogrammeo, prpetlnmg n p ~ l 0.10.1 Memorv, oroan raton ~ t cache n vtrtLa memow " M CSE 340 Principles of Programming Languages. (3) fall and spring Formal syntactic and semantic descriptions, compilation and implementationissues, and theoretical foundations for several programm ng paradigms Formal syntactic ana semantlc descnpt ons compl atton and ~mplementalan ssJes, ana tneorotcal lo~ndatlons for several orooramm no . " - .Daraa oms PcCrm~rsrlasCSE 230 310 M CSE 355 lntmduction toTheareticai Computer Science. (3) bll .;md . sorino nlrad~cestormal langJage meory and anomata Turlng machlnes aecldaD Illy 6naec.dao Illy rec~ffive f~ncllonlneory and complexlry theory Prereq~esrteCSE 310 M CSE 360 Introduction to Software Engineering. (3) fall and s ~ r i n g Saharc fe cycle models protect management team aerelopment envrronmonts ana melnwo og es sohare arcnttecldres qLa ~ t y a s w a n c e an0 stanoaras. leaal " . ethical s s m s Fee Prereo~!ote CSE 220 or 240. M CSE 408 Multimedia Information Systems. (3) la11 Desion, use, and applications of multimedia systems. lntmduces acq.yslss on compress on. storage. rev eval. and presentat on of data from a norcnl me0 a s ~ c as n mages, led mice. ana alpnan~merc Prereo.rstle CSE 310 M CSE 412 Database Management. (3) la11and spring lntmducss DBMS concepts. Data models and languages. Relational database theory. Database securityfintegrity and concurrency. Fee. Prerequisite: CSE 310. M CSE 414 Advanced Database Conceots. . 131 .. fall and spring Object-orienteddata modeling, advanced relational features. JDBC and Web access to databases. XML and databases, object-oriented databases. and abiect-relational databases. Prereouisite:CSE 412. ~~~~~~, M CSE 420 Computer Architecture 1. (3) fall, spring, summer Computer architecture. Performance versus cost tradeoils. instruction set design. Basic processor implementation and pipelining. Prerequisite: CSE 230. M CSE 421 Microprocessor System Design i.(4) falland s ~ r i n q ~ssembiylanguage programmingand logical hardware design of systems using %bit microprocessorsand microcontrollers. Fundamental concepts of digital system design. Reliability and social. i e-~ aim~lications. l. Lecture. lab. Fee. M CSE 422 Microprocessor System Design 11. (4) lanand spring Design of microcomputer systems using contemporary logic and microcomputer system components. Requires assembly language programming. Fee. Prerequisite:CSE 421. M CSE 423 S ~ s t e m sCapstone Project 1. (3) raa and sprind Development process: specification, design, implementation. evaluation, and testing with eeanomic, m i a l , and safety considerations.Technical communication and team skills enrichment. Fee. Prerequisites: CSE 320.325.360. General Studies: L M CSE 424 Systems Capstone Projeet 11. (3) fall and spring Continuation of capstone project started in CSE 423. Fee. Prereouisite: CSE 423. ~ e n e iStudies: l L M CSE 428 Computer-Aided Processes. (3) selscled semesters Hardware and software considerationsfor computerized manufacturingsystems. Specificconcentration on automatic inspection, numerical control, robottcs, and integrated manufacturing systems. Prerequisite:CSE 330. - - 7 ~~ ~~ ~~ ~ - - M CSE 430 Operating Systems. (3) fad and spring Operating system structure and services, processor scheduling. concurrent pracesses, synchronizationtechniques, memory management, virtual memory, inputioutput, storage management, and fit0 systems. Fee. Prerequisites: CSE 230 (or EEE 230). 310. M CSE 432 Oprating System Internals. (3) fall IPC, exception and lntempt pracesslng, memory and thread management user. cvat oev ce onversy ana OS servers n a modern mtcrokerne .based OS Fee Prereq~,oteCSE 430 M CSE 434 Computer Networks. (3) far and spring Distributed computing paradigms and technologies, distributed svstem architectures and desion oanerns. frameworks for d~ktopmentof distributed so&& mmbnents. Prerequisite:CSE 230 or EEE 230. M CSE 438 Systems Programming. (3) selacfsd semesters Design aMI implementation of systems programs, includingtext adiiors. tile utilities, monitors, assemblers, relocating linking loaders. VO handlers, and scheduiers. Prerequisite:CSE 421 or instructor appmvai. Geneml Studies: L M CSE 440 Compiler ConstrucWon 1. (3) once a year Introduces programming language implementation. implementation strategies such as compilation, interpretation, and translation. Major compilation phases such as lexical analysis, semantic analysis. optimization, and code generation. Prerequisites: CSE 340, 355. M CSE 445 Dlstrlbuted Software Development. (3) tar and spnng Distributed computing paradigms and technologies, distributed system architectures and design patterns, frameworksfor development of distributed software mmponents. Fee. Lecture. projects. Prerequisite: CSE 360. M CSE 446 Cllent-Server User interfaces. 13) .. ~~Iectedsemesters Client-sewer model and its use in creating and managing window interfaces.Toolkits and libraies, including XI 1. Microsoft Foundation Classes. and Java Abstract Window Toolkit. Lenure. Dmiecls. Fee. Prerequisite: CSE 310 or instructor approval M CSE 450 Design and Analysis of Algorithms. (3) fall and sprlng Design and analysis of computer algorithms using analytical and empirical methods; complexity measures, design methodologies, and SUNeY of important algorithms. Prerequisite:CSE 310. M CSE 457Theory of Formal Languages. (3) selsctsdsemesters Theory of grammar, methods of syntactic analysis and specification, types of artificial languages, relationship beween formal languages, and automata. Prerequisite:CSE 355. M CSE 459 Loglc for Computing Scientists. (3) seleetsdsamesters Propositional logic, syntax and semantics, pmof theory versus model theory, soundness, consistency and completeness, first order logic. logical theories, automated theorem proving, ground resolution. panern matching unification and resolution. Dijkstras logic, p m f obligations, and program proving. Prerequisite:CSE 355. M CSE 460 Software Analysis and Design. (3) fall and spring object-ohenid and st~cturedanalysis and design; software architecture and design patterns; component-baseddweiapment; software safety and reliability Fee. Prerequisite: CSE 360. M CSE 461 Software Engineering Projeet 1. (3) fall and spring First of tWPmuffie software team-development sequence. Planning. management, design, and implementationusing object-oriented technology, CASE tools, CMM-level-5 guidelines. Fee. Lecture, lab. Prerequisite: CSE 4M). General Studies: L DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING M CSE 462 Solware Engineering Pmleet 11. (3) (alland s ~ r i n o S a n d i f tw&course software teamdevelopment sequence. Software evolution, maintenance, reengineering, revers engineering, component-based development, and outsourcing. Fee. Prerequisite: CSE 461. Pre- or coreauisite: CSE 445. General Studies: L M CSE 463 lntmductian to Human Cornouter Interaction. 13) .. sprrng Deslgn eval~aleand mplement nteracllve sottware ntended tor ndman dse. Prereq~ ssle CSE 310. M CSE 465 lntmduction to Information Assurance. (3) tall or sprmq Concepts of ntormattou~assLrance (IA, oasc IA techn sues, pol~c8es. r sr; management. aommtarallon, egal an0 ethics oss~es. Preres.#s#te CIS 300 or CSE 360 or IEE 305 M CSE 470 computer Graphics. (3) once a year Introduces basic concepts of interactive computer graphics, realistic rendering, and 3-D viewing. Fee. Prerequisites: both CSE 310 and MAT 343 or only instructor appmval. M CSE 471 lntmduction t o Artilicial Intelligence. (3) lall and spring State space search, heuristic search, games, knowledge representation techniques, expert systems, and automated reasoning. Fee. Prerequisites: CSE 240,310. M CSE 476 lntmduction t o Natural Language Pmcessing. (3) selectedsemesters Principlesof computational linguistics, formal syntax, and semantics, as applied to the design of software with natural (human) language I/ 0. Preresuisite: CSE 310 or instructor approval. M CSE 4 h lntmduction to ~ornputer-AidedGeometrk Design. (3) once a year Introducesbasic concepts of 3-D computer geometry, including curves, surlaces, meshes. Prerequisites: both CSE 470 and MAT 343 or only instructor approval. M CSE 484 Internship.(l-12) selected semesren M CSE 485 Computer Science Capstone P r o l m 1. (3) fall and spring Fint course in capstone sequence for computer science majors emphasizing development process, technical skills, teamwork, and communication. Fee. Prerequisites: CSE 310,340,360. General Studies: L M CSE 486 Computer Science Capstone Proiecl 11. (3) (aN and spring Second course in capstone sequence far computer science majors continuingthe development process, technical skllls, teamwork, and communication. Fee. Prerequisite: CSE 485. General Studies: L M CSE 492 Honors Directed Study. (1-6) selected semestes M CSE 493 HonorsThesis. (1-6) selened semesters M CSE 494 SpcialTopics. ( 1 4 ) ~ele~ted~emestes Topics may include Ule following: Campufational Models for the Am. (3) /ell Covers computability and intractability: kalmogarov complexity in the context of randomness and determinism. Signal Processing and Programmingfar the Arts. (3) spring introduces basic concepts behind the functioning of existing, widely used digital arts and media tools. M CSE 499 Individualized lnstructian. (1-3) selectedsemesters Omnibus Courses. For an explanation of courses offered but not specifically listed in this catalog, see 'Omnibus Courses: page 63. . - Graduate-Level Courses. For informationabout courres numbered from 500 to 799. see Vle Graduate Catalog. or access w.asu.edu/ camlag an the Wen In same s ILatlans, UndergraOJale students may be el g b a to tare these coLrses, lor more lnlormatlon see 'GraddateLeue Co~rses'page 62 Department of Electrical Engineering fulton.asu.edu/ee 4801965-3424 ENGRC 552 Stephen M. Phillips, Chair Regents' Professors: Baianis, Ferry, Heydt Professors: Chakrabarli, Crouch, Goodnick. Gorur. Hui, Karady, Kiaei. Kozicki, Lai, Palais. Pan, Phillips. Rodriguez, Roedel. Schroder, Shen, Si, Spanias, Tao, Thornton. Tsakalis, Viltal. Y. Zhang Associate Professors: Aberle, Allee, Bakkaioglu, Clark. Cochran, Dengi. Diaz, Duman, Holbert, Karam, PapandreouSuppappola. Reisslein, Skromme, Tyiavsky, J. Zhang Assistant Professors: Abbaspour-Tamijani. Ayyanar, Barnaby, Cao. Chae. Jalali-Farahani. Joo, O'Brien. Qian. Tepedelenlioglu, Thornburg, Vasileska, Yu The professional activities o f electrical engineers directly affect the evewdav , , lives o f most o f the world's oooulation. They are responsible for the design and development of radio and television transmitters and receivers. televhone networks 2nd swilching >yctem.;. cclmpuvr hystem,, and elcctr~coouer ceneratton and dirtributiun W i t h ~ nihc hro3d scope these systems, the electrical engineer is concerned w i t h a challenging and diverse array o f design . and development problems. Electrical engineers design minuscule semiconductor integrated circuits that contain many thousands o f elementaty devices. These engineers design systems for automaticallv controlline mechanical devices and a varietv of orocesses. These engineers are responsible for the design o f satellite communication links as well as patient monitoring systems for hospitals. The development of the microprocessor has expanded the opportunities for electrical engineers to improve the design of familiar products since these devices are now incorporated i n automobiles, consumer and office products, entertainment systems, and a vast v c e t y of test and measurement instruments and machine tools. Studcnli who earn a BSE degree i n Elcctn;di tnginerring w i l l be tnvul\cd i n s s.trbet) uf electrical and elecm~nicproblemr in thc course o i l h e ~ 2arccrt. r To ensure .. - - - . . Iileracy and critical inquiry IMA mathematics I CS computerlstatlsticsl quantitative applications I HU humanities and fine an* ISB social and core courses 1SQ natural behavioral sciences ISG natural scienc-eneral science-quantitativeIc cultural diversity in the united States IG global I H historical ISee *General Studies; page 93. L ~ ~ 415 IRA A. FULTON SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING the necessary breadth of knowledge, the Electrical Engineering curriculum includes basic engineering courses and courses in circuits, electromagnetic fields and waves, microprocessors, communication and control systems, solid-state electronics, electrical power systems, and other specialty courses. ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING-BSE The goal of the Electrical Engineering undergraduate program is to prepare graduates for entry-level positions as electrical engineers for the broad range of opportunities available in industrial, commercial, and governmental organizations, and to prepare graduates for continued learning experiences either in a formal graduate program or in continuing education applications. This goal is achieved through a cumculum designed to accomplish five objectives: 1. We will maintain a modem curriculum, which adapts to changes - in technoloey -.and society. 2. Our . oroeram will foster a diverse student . woulation . entering and.successfully graduating, and o w graduates will function well in a diverse work force. 3. Our graduates will be self-motivated, creative people who can succeed in environments where technical innovation is important. 4. Our graduates will be sought after by our constituent industries and respected graduate programs. 5. Our graduates will be technically competent. - The cumculum in Electrical Engineering builds upon the base orovided bv classes in chemisw. ,. mathematics. and physics. The curriculum includes a number of required electrical engineering and technical elective courses. Approved technical elective courses provide students with an opportunity either to broaden their background in electrical engineering or to study, in greater depth, technical subjects in which they have special interests. Successful completion of the curriculum leaves the student prepared to embark on a career in electrical engineering or to pursue an advanced education in graduateschool.The engineering design experience is structured around three backbone courses emolovine eneineerine teams: EEE a , 101 Introduction to Engineering Design, EEE 488 Senior Design Laboratory I, and EEE 489 Senior Design Laboratory 11. The integrated experience is strengthened with required courses and area pathway courses. Students focus on design pertaining to specific electrical engineering areas in their senior technical electives before the culminating, capstone design experience in EEE 488 and EEE 489. - - ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS - Prenrofessional Proeram (Lower Division). Most new freshman and all new transfer students eligible for admission to the Fulton School of Engineering who have been admitted to the university and who have selected Electrical Eneineerine as their maior are admitted to the lower-division preprofessional program without separate application to the Depanment of Electrical Engineering. A separate application procedure is required for enrry to the upper-division professional program. The preprofessional student fol- - - lows the first- and second-year course sequence outlined in the tvdcal four-vear sequence. which includes all the skillset courses required forbromotion to the professional program. Transfer credits are not applied to this degree program or skill-set courses until they are reviewed and Comaccepted by the director for undermaduate oromams. . pletion of lower-division requirements does not ensure acceptance to the upper-division program. Preprnfessional students are not allowed to register for 300- and 400-level engineering courses. The required skill-set courses follow: - Rmuired Skill-Set ~ --- ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ CHM 114 General Chemislw for Ensineem SO ........................... ........................ 4 or CHM 116 ~ e n i r aChemistry l 11SQ' (4) or CHM 231 Elementary Organic Chemistry SQ2 (3) and CHM 235 Elementary Organic Chemistry Laboratory SQ' (1) CSE 100 Principles of Programming with C++ cS3....................3 EEE 101 Invoductian to Engineering Design CS ........................ 3 EEE 120 Diaital Desim Fundamentals ........................................ 3 EEE 202 circuit MAT 274 Elemen ....................... or MAT 275 Modern Differential Equations MA^ (3) MAT 294 ST: Calculus for Engineers l4 ....................................... 3 MAT 294 ST Calculus for Engineers n4 ...................................... 3 MAT 294 ST Calculus for Engineers I d..................................... 3 PHY I21 University Physics I: Mechanics s @ . ~........................ 3 PHY 122 University Physics Laboratory IS@.' ......................... I PHY 131 University Physics ll: Elechicity and Magnetism s@. .......................................................... 3 PHY 132 University Physics Laboratory ........................-I Required skill-set total ................................................................ 37 ' CHM 116 has a prerequisite of CHM 113, which cannot be used for degree credit. Both CHM 231 and 235 must be taken to secure SQ credit. CSE 110 Principles of Programming with Java (3) can be substituted for CSE I00 with Deparunent of Electrical Engineering approval. A minimum grade of "C" (2.0) is required. Both PHY I21 and 122 must be taken to secure SQ credit. Both PHY 131 and 132 must be taken to secure SQ credit. Professional Program (Upper Division). Admission to the upper-division professional program is competitive. Admisdemonstrating the hiehsion is awarded to those aoolicants .. u est promise for prolcssi~>nnl ~uccess.Transfer students who have completed th~.equivalent requtred louer-divi~ionnkillset courses may apply to the upper-di\ ia~onprogram. Prior attendance at ASU i~ not requircd tor a~dicalion to the .. upper-division program. Consideration for promotion is not automatic. To be considered for admission to the upper-division program, the following requirements must be met: I. admission to the ASU preprofessional Electrical Engineering program (note that application and admission to the upper-division professional pro gram are separate from application and admission to ASU); 2. submission of a completed Application for Electrical Engineering Professional P r o m m before the wsted deadline (fir admission criteza, deadlines, an2 an application, access the department's Web site at ful- - DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING ton.asu.edu/ee/students/undergraduate/AdmissionRe~ quirements.php); and 3. completion of all required lower-division skill-set courses. or equivalents, with a competitive GPA in the skill-set courses (note that completion of lower-division requirements does not ensure acceptance to the upper-division program). Students are stronelv encouraged to visit the Electrical Engineering advisingoffice, 555, at the beginning of the semester in which they wish to apply for the professional program to obtain information regarding admission criteria and application deadlines and procedures. .. Students not admitted to the upper-division program are not dismissed from the Fulton School and may Uansfer to other programs. Students considering a change of major are encouraged to meet with an advisor in the program they wish to Dursue to determine the likelihwd of beine Dromoted to the professional level. ERE -. . ' Mothemoticol Studiesi MAT 274 Elementary Differential Equations MA^ ....................... 3 or MAT 275 Modem Differential E4uations MA^ (3) MAT 294 ST: Calculus for Engineers I' .......... .............................3 MAT 294 ST: Calculus for Eneineers 114......................................3 MAT 294 ST: Cdlculu, for lin;~#leers111' .................................... 3 hl.AT 342 i.tne.lrAlgehra ................................................... 3 or MAT 343 Applied Linear Algebra (31 Mathematical studies subtotal....................................................... 15 : DEGREE REQUIREMENTS A minimum of 120 semester hours is necessary for the BSE deeree in Electrical Eneineerina. A minimum of 45 - Litemcy and Critical Inquiry Six hours of literacy and critical inquiry credit is satisfied by courses in the major. Narurol Sciences/Bosic Sciences BME I I I Engineering Perspectives on Biological Systems ......... 3 or BCH 361 Principles of ~iochemisrry~ (3) CHM 114 General Chemistry for Engineers SQ ........................... 4 or CHM I16 General Chemistry 11SQ' (4) or CHM 231 Elementarv Oreanic Chemistrv SO' - (3) .. and CHM 235 ~lement&&anic Chemistry Laboratory SQ' (I) PHY 121 University Physics I: Mechanics SQ'. 4.6 ..................... 3 PHY 122 University Physics Laboratory I SQ'. 4. ...................... I PHY 131 University Physics IT ElecIricity and Magnetism SQ'.~.'.................................................... 3 PHY 132 University Physics Laboratory I1 SQ'. 4. .................... 1 3 PHY 241 University Physics Ill' ............................................... - - upper-division semester hours is required. GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS A student must eam a grade of "C" (2.00) or higher in the mathematics and physics c o m e s listed in the program of study. Each mathematics and physics course in the program of study must be completed with a '%" (2.00) or higher before enrolling in any course that requires that mathematics or physics course as a prerequisite. The student must also have an overall GPA of at least 2.00 for the group of courses designated as major in the cuniculum. In addition to fulfilling school and major requirements, students must satisfy all university graduation requirements. See "University Graduation Requirements:' page 89. COURSE REQUIREMENTS The specific course requirements for the BSE degree in Electrical Engineering follow. First-Year composition' Choose among the course combinations below .............................. 6 ENG 101 First-Year Composition (3) ENG 102 First-Year Composition (3) - O r - ENG 105 Advanced First-Year Composition (3) Elective (requiresdepmental approval) (3) - o r - ENG 107 English for Foreign Students (3) ENG 108 English for Foreign Students (3) First-year composition total ............................................................ 6 General Studies/Pmgram Requirements Humanities and Fine Arrs/Socinl and Behnviorol Sciences ECN 21 1 Maerwcanomic Principles SB ...................................... 3 or ECN 212 MicroeconomicPrinci~lesSB (3) HU courses.................................................................................. 69 SB come(s)................................................................................ 34 HU.SB Minimum subtotal ........................................................... I5 General SNdiedpro- requirements total ................................. 48 Eleehieal Engineering Major CSE 100 Principles of Programming with C++ c?. ................. 3 EEE 101 Introduction to Engineering Design cS'....................... 3 ...................................... 3 EEE 120 Digital Design ~undamentals~ EEE 202 Circuits l4 EEE 488 Senior Design Laboratory I L........................................ 3 EEE 489 Senior Design Labaratoty I1 L ...................................... 3 Area pathway courser; select four from the following ................. 16 EEE 304 Signals and Systems II (4) EEE 333 Hardware Design Language and Programmable Loeic (4) .. ETF. 335 Analog and D~g~l&l C.rcuilr 141 EEE 341 Eclgsneenng tle~tr,,magncllcr (4, EKE 352 Propnle\ of Electrunic hlxtend, (4, EKE 360 Energ). Syrtcmr and Puuer Elcctr*nss 141 Technical electives ........................................................................ 15 ~ - Total............................................................................................... Total degree requirements ......................................................... ' 66 120 A minimum grade of "C" (2.00) is required. ' BCH 361 requires CHM 231 be taken as a prerequisite. CHM 116 has a prerequisite of CHM 113. which cannot be used for degree credit. This is a required skill-set course. literacy and critical inquiry I MA msthernatica I CS carnputerlstatistiwi q~antitativeapplications I HU humanities and fine arts I SB soeisl and behavioral wiencer I SO natural science--general core courses / SO natural rclsnc%-quantitativeI C cultural diversity in the United States I G global I H historical I See'General Sfudier: page 93. L IRA A. FULTON SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING CHM 231 and 235 must be taken to secure SQ credit ' Both Both PHY 121 and 122 mu,[ be idken ru secure SQ~redtt ' Both PH'I 131 and 132 mu51 he u l c n rovrure SQcrcdtt CSE 1 10 Principles of Programming with Java (3) can be substituted for CSE 100 with Deparunent of Elecmcal Engineering approval. The program in Electrical Engineering requires a total of 15 semester hours of technical electives. Qualified students may choose from approved graduate courses. Students must have a GPA of 3.00 o r higher and approval of the dean t o enroll in E E E graduate-level courses. With department approval, a maximum of one technical elective may be taken outside electrical engineering. Technical electives may be selected from one o r more of the following areas. Curnrnunications and Signal Pruresing EEE 107 Ihglul Sign31 Prxersin: . . . . . . ........4 EEE 455 Communication Systems .............................................. 4 EEE 459 Communication Networks ............................................ 3 Computer Engineering CSE 420 Computer Architecture I ............................................... 3 EEE 404 Real-Time DSP Systems ..............................................3 Controls - ~ EEE 480 Feedback Systems 4 EEE 481 Computer-Contmlled Systems ...................................... 3 Eleetmmagnetics EEE 443 Antennas for Wireless Communications 3 EEE 445 Microwaves ................................................................ 4 EEE 448 Fiber Optics.................................................................. 4 ~~ ~~~~ ~ Second Semester BME I I I Engineering Perspectives on Biological Systems ......... 3 or BCH 361 Principles of ~iachemistry'(3) EEE 120 Digital Design ~undamentals'...................................... 3 ENG 102 First-Year Cammsition ............................................... 3 MAT 294 ST: Calculus fo; Eneineen 11....................................... 3 ........................ . ~ 3 PHY 121 University Physics K ~ e c h a n i c s~ d PHY 122 University Physics Laboratory IS@ ......................... -1 Total............................................................................................ 16 Second Year First Semester EEE 202 Circuits l2...................................................................... 4 MAT 274 Elementary Differential Equations MA^ .......................3 or MAT 275 Modem Differential Equations MA^ (3) 3 MAT 294 ST: Calculus for Engineen 1112 PHY 131 University Physics 11: Electricity and Magnetism Sd.' ....................................................... 3 PHY 132 University Physics Laboratory 11SQ' ........................1 Total.......................................................................................14 ' Second Semester EEE 203 Signals and Systems I ................................................... 3 EEE 241 Fundamentals of Electromagnetics ...............................3 MAT 342 LinearAlgebra ...................................................... 3 or MAT 343 Applied Linear Algebra (3) PHY 241 University Physics 111.................................................... 3 HUISB and awareness area caune8 ................................................3 Total............................................................................................. 15 Third Year First Semester EEE 230 Computer Organization and Assembly Language ~ 3 4 3 4 - FEE 425 Digtlal Sy,tc,n, andC~mu~ts.. ... . . .... ................... 4 C.kE 433 An:tlog IntugntedC~rcut~?. .... .... . . . ............. 4 EEE 334 Circuits EEE 350 Random Area oathwav cours Power Systems 3 EEE 460 Nuclear Concepts for the 21st Century EEE 463 Electrical Power Plant ................................................ 3 EEE 470 Electric Power Devices .......................................... 3 EEE 471 Power System Analysis ................................................ 3 EEE 473 Electrical Machinery ................................................... 3 Total ............................................................................................... 14 Solid-State Electronics EEE 434 Quantum Mechanics for Engineen ............................... 3 EEE 435 Microelecvonics ........................................................... 3 EEE 436 Fundamentals of Salid-State Devices ...........................3 EEE 437 Optuelectronics ........................................................... 3 EEE 439 Semiconductor Facilities and Cleanmam Ractices. ..... 3 Toul .................................................................................... 15 E l e c t r i d Engineering P r o m of Study '&pica1 Four-Year Sequence First Year First Semester CHM 114 General Chemistry for Engineen SQ ........................... 4 or CHM 116 General Chemistry I1 SQ' (4) or CHM 23 1 Elementan Organic Chemisw SQ2 (3) and CHM 235 ~lementarydrganic ~ h e m i s b Laboratory SQ' (1) CSE 1W Principles of Programming with C++ C S ................ ~ ~ 3 EEE 101 Introduction to Engineering Design CS' .......................3 ENG 101 First-Year Composition................................................. 3 MAT 294 ST. Calculus for Engineen I* .......................................3 Second Semester ECN 21 1 Macroeconomic Principles SB ......................................3 or ECN 212 Microeconomic Principles SB (3) Area pathway courses .................................................................. 12 Fourth Year First Semester EEE 488 Senior Design Laboratory I L........................................ HUISB and awareness m a counes Technical electives .......................................................................... 3 6 6 - To 15 Second Semester EEE 489 Senior Design Laboratory I1 L ...................................... 3 3 HUISB and awareness area caune8 Technical electives -9 Total............................................................................................. 15 Total degree requirements .......................................................... I20 I CHM 116 has a prerequisite of CHM 1 13, which cannot be used ' for demee - credit. Thiq is a rrquored skill-.el iuurre Both CHM 231 and 235 must be lskcn to sccure SQ crednt. CSE 110 Principles of Programming with Java (3) can be substituted for CSE I00 with Depanment of Electrical Engineering approval. DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 361 rrqulrc, CHM 231 ibr t&en a, r prcrcqJ$lle ' R(:H Bath PHY 121 anJ 122 mur! k t k c n lo secure SQircJlt. ' Bolh PHY 131 a d 132 murt k taken \e:urc SQ rrcd~t. 1.3 EnginlUI'SUBISAS UO!le3!UnWW03 183~1381810 ua!lwada aql 01pe!ldde senb!uqsa~s!s4eue 1eu6!s 6u!,ds pue flq (b)'swstsAs uo11m~1unwmo3 SSP 3 3 3 w 'IW 3 3 3 :el!s!nbs~ald qel ' a ~ n p a1 a j -suo!ln!unwum ~ ! l d o - ~ a10q !sald!3u!ld ~ Ilel tb) 'salldo leqM 333 w IPE 3 3 3 :al!s!nba~a~d ' a e j 'qel ' e ~ n p'sluawamseau i :slawlqsue>l6u!q31eu wuepadu! :E~UIS(II*~ pue sau!ldug :se%nos Abaua pue 'swalsAs ' S ~ ~ ! M P BAPMOI?!W :Sualshs 6u!p!n6enem iq haaq! i!nup :sapln6ene~ IIq l*) ' S a A E ~ l l WSbb 333 W ew > a s m a s6~1-ld A ~1ezm-o ew 61m 3 3 3 ells~nberer~ qe a.noei w j 1~8-43rde BIII~S weal w e sboom~~n--o>1 w b ~ 3 eS1 J O O ~ ~ . ~h Se Um~O L 31WOW38 ~ -se&n& iemqle2 eel8 l n q :OSE 'PEE '1PZ 3 3 3 :I801 10 SOL JO) 201 ON3 :Sel!S!nbeJeId qel 'elnoel ' e e j 'luewq9uua sll!ys u e e i pus suo!lel!unuuol ln1UU381'UOIIBI~UO~ I B S O ~ O JDue ~ '6ax~euumeq'sualre31~1Jeds 6u.udspus ~q (E)'I h o t e w e l u61saa JOIU~S em 3 3 3 w '81E 3VW 4uO JO (OEZ 3 S 3 10) OEZ PUe EOZ 3 3 3 ql0q :Sel!S!nbeJeJd aS!uedxe UDSPUBU ep!Aard pue sans!In!leJoeql eleJlsuouep ollelo~den!~mueswde~ 'elm-II~WS xoq1oa11e6~e13dx8 m 1 v ~ 6u!sn swershs so~lua,'pappaqua 'peseq-~elnduolslueweldw! ,,-, td .s~l(lae~ um d u e e 1 3 PUB s e l ~ ~ aownpuoqmes ~ s d 6W 3 3 3 w 9EP 3 3 3 :el!s!nbale~d .wo13e1epoloqdpue 'uasel uo!oelu! ' s e w p 6u!u!we-lq6!1:squowala ~01e3t~nd-m PUB e u e - - m e sao. I ~ e c w -he d l e d seanep 3 ~ m o e a o l o o,o s w h s n o ~ e n.o seldm ro 6, le.wo 3 sea UBIBaulaSWIMlaS W.gudw JJnln3!Jln3 Suueeu16ua aui l o u e d l u e u o d u r ~u e sl eauelladxa u o - s ~ u e u r,", (E) ' h a l ' 4 J W lmlW3 ELb 3 3 3 W pue 4llqels -el~A;.i-koa stsh edemo~jrarrw ,o memw Lo81elnsln In u 3 11049 SISAIBLB line, 1 4 s1.8~0a-03 tE3110-dAS W J B P ~ ~ W e x e m a s o.eZ doue n3 e3 .aia&e.so JL I JO~SIWSLB.I ,O -8 nen 6uuos 333 (E) 'slS&sUV W V A S lomod LLP W W E 3 3 3 :eljS!nbe>~d UWeU!PJOm UO!IBl~SUI'5868l10n 6u!uiq6!1 pue 6 u ! q 3 1 1~~ ~ ! 8 6 8 UOWIOJ~ 'UaJnpsuwl BBQM pue j u w n l pus ' s k l e ~'sleyeejq w u ! 3 ~ U I P ~ ~ 'JuUo!! p l w d i ! n u u uaqs ~qpesn s w p p sez$suv ,,m, ., ( E ) ' m ! W lomod a W 3 OLP 333 W '(SLZJO) PLZlVW :(LPZ AHd 10) WZ 3VW :I911 10) P I 1 wn3 :sel!s!nbe~d-ua!lweda pue h u a g u a lueo lamod suelslls heIl!Xne pue 'oluels.4~6ullwsue6 1nuuala 'smalsAs hddns weals DEPARTMENT O F INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING Department of Industrial Engineering fulton.asu.edu/ie 4801965-3185 GWC 502 DIVERSE APPEAL O F INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING Gary L. Hogg, Chair Regents' Professor: Montgomery Professors: Cochran, Fowler, Henderson, Hogg. Hubeie, Runger, Shunk. Wolfe, Ye Associate Professors: Anderson-Rowland, Mackulak, Moor, Villalobos Assistant Professors: Gel, Keha, Kuiahci, Wu Senior Lecturer: Thompson Lecturer: Chaltin The industrial engineer (IE) provides leadership for organizations in establishing and maintaining competitiveness in the global marketplace through system integration and productivity improvement. As in other engineering fields. industrial engineering is concerned with solving problems through the application of scientific and practical knowledge. What sets industrial engineering apart from other engineering disciplines is its broader scope. An IE evaluates the total picture of productivity to make each system perform at its best with the right combination of human resources, natural resources, synthetic structures, and equipAn IE bridees the ueao ment. ~-~~~~ u . between manaeement and ooerations, working with and motivating people as well as determining what tools should he used and how they should be used. - ~ INTEGRATION OFTECHNOLOGY AND PEOPLE Industrial engineers are the "productivity people" who provide the necessary leadership and skills to integrate technology and people. No challenge can be greater than of knowlimorovine -.oroductivitv... which is the aoolication .. edge and skills to provide improved g w d s and services that enhance quality of life. Such improvement must be achieved without waste of physical and human resources while maintaining environmental balance. This requires that IEs possess a wide ranee of interests and exoertise to fulfill iob responsibilities. To be competitive in the global economy, it is essential to ernohasize and continuallv. imorove . the auality of goods and services. Industrial engineering is the only engineering discipline offering course work in designing and implementing quality assurance systems. AD IE deals with people as well as technology. In fact, industrial engineering is often called the "people-oriented nrofession" because the IE's orimarv function is to inteerate people with technology-oriented systems. For this reason, IEs are active in the fields of ergonomics and human factors. ~ ~~ Man) tnJustn;al engineers will find them\elves in\olved with intcrdi\clpl~n;u). . . team.. IEs me oftrn leaders uf tcams composed of electrical and mechanical engineers, accountants, computer scientists, and planners. - - Skills in industrial engineering are applicable to every kind of organization. IEs leam how to approach, think about, and solve productivity and integration problems in diverse settings. They work in a variety of industries, including manufacturing facilities, banks, hospitals, govemment. transoortation. construction, and social services. within thiswide range of organizations, IEs get involved in projects such as designing and implementing quality control systems, computer-based management information systems, and manufacturing operating systems. IEs have a sound background in technology integration, management theory and application, engineering economics, and cost analysis. They are well equipped to deal with current organizational problems. As a matter of fact, more than half of all professional IEs are in management positions. Industrial engineers are prime candidates for promotion through the management career path, especially in high-tech organizations. Industrial eneineerine students at the Fulton School of Engineering gain experience in the development and use of analvtical tools. SNdents learn to understand the oroblems of clients and respond quickly because through t i e IE program, they have had the opoolfunitv to develop first-rate analgicaiand people skilis: These ;kills, when applied to the professional world, olay a vital role for organizations competing in today's g)stems analys~sand de\tgn. 3. (;lohul indusrnul e n j i m e e n , , ~ir~rdrrrhtp:for a career in glohal rnanufacrurlng and ,cr\ice w g a n i r ~ t i u ~ ~ s . 4. Hi,qh-lzc h wunufuctun,tl: ror a clreer in the deilgn and analysis nf integrated rndnuidcrurtng r)rtenl, L literacy and critical inquiry I MA mathematics I CS computerislaIlstlcs~ quantitative applications I HU humanities and fine arts I SB social and behavioral sciences1 SG natural rclenc%--gensralcore courses 1 SCl natural science~~antitative I C cultural diverrity in the United States 1 G global i H historical I see "General Studies."page93. IRA A. FULTON SCHOOL O F ENGINEERING 5. Preamfessional and service svstems: for a career in . . law. medicine, or public senice or fur a career in the dcrlan bmk- snd anal\ris of health care, a~ribusinos, inglfinancial, and governmentlpublic-adminiswation systems. ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS Preprofessional Program (lower-division courses). All students entering the Industrial Engineering pmgam are admitted as preprofessional. The only exception to this is for students who qualify to be admitted directly inlo any Fulton School of Engineering professional program. All students are required to complete the first- and second-year sequence of lower-division courses. In addition, preprofessional students must take the following skill-set c o m e s in order to be considered for admission to the professional program. The GPA for all skill-set courses must be 2.50 or Required Skill-Set BME I I I Engineering Perspectives on Biological ~ystems........ 3 CSE 1 10 Principles of Programming with Java CS' .................... 3 ECN 21 1 Macmeconomic Pnncides SB ...................................... 3 ENG 101 Finl-Year~om~ositio" or ENG 105 Advanced or ENG 107 English for Foreign Students (3) IEE 100 Introduction la Engineering Design for IE CS.............. 3 MAT 294 ST: Caleulus for Engineers I' ....................................... 3 MAT 294 ST: Calculus for Engineers 11' ......................................3 PHY 121 University Physics I: Mechanics SQ'. ....................... 3 PHY 122 University Physics Laboratory I SQ'.' ........................1 Required skill-set total ............................... .... ......................... 25 graduation requirements for the School of Engineering, see "Admission:' page 372, and subsequent sections. COURSE REQUIREMENTS Students take 55 semester hours of university English proficiency and general studies course work, 26 semester hours of lower-division engineering courses, 24 semester hours of upper-division industrial engineering courses, three semester hours of industrial engineering upper-division electives, and 12 semester hours of career-focused study area electives of which at least nine are upper-division. Each career-focused study area has an associated list of recommended study area courses. A total of 45 semester hours of IE courses are included in the overall course requirements for the IE degree. The course work for the undergrpduate degree can be classified into the following categories: First-YearComposition Chwse among the course combinations below .............................. 6 ENG 101 First-Year Composition'. (3) ENG 102 First-Year ~ompositionl(3) -or- ENG 105 Advanced First-Year ~ornporition'~~ (3) Elective chosen with an advisor (3) ". ENG 107 English for Foreign ~tudenu'.' (3) ENG 108 English for Foreign ~tudenul(3) First-year composition lotal .......................................................... 6 General SrudiPr/lBrogramRequirements Ilumonzl~rru d Fjnr rlrr?~.S~nui u d Relml lorn1 Soenrer ..............................3 I The GPA for science and mathematics courses must be 2.50 or higher A minimum grade of " C (2.00) is required. Both PHY 121 and 122 must be taken to secure SQ credit. - Professional Proeram. Students admitted to the orofessional program are eligible to take upper-division engineering courses. Students with applicable transfer credit will be evaluated based on the same GPA criteria for the skill-set courses. All students seeking professional status must be in the process of completing their skill-set courses in order to apply to the professional program. Please visit the academic advisor for details on applying to the professional program. Professional status will be granted once the skill-set courses and required grades are attained. ~ ~~~ DEGREE REQUIREMENTS A minimum of 120 semester hours is necessary for the BSE degree in Industrial Engineering. A minimum of 45 upper-division hours is required. Students must attain a GPA of at least "C"(2.00) for each course in industrial engineering. GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS In addition to fulfilling school and major requirements, students must satisfv all universitv maduation reauirements. See "University Graduation ~ e ~ i i k e n t s : 'page 89. For information concerning admission. degree, course, and Lirerocy and Criricnl Inquiq Six semester hours of literacy and critical inquiry credit is satisfied by caunes in the major. Norum1 Sciences/Bosic Sciences BME 111 Engineering Perspectives on Biological systems ........3 PHY 121 University Physics I: Mechanics ........................ 3 PHY I22 University Physics Laboratory I ........................ I PHY 131 Universi Magneti 3 ........................... -I PHY 132 Univeni N a ~ r a rienceshasic l sciences subtotal ....................................... I I Marhemoricoi Studies IEE 280 Probability and Statistics far Enzineering Problem Solving CS' ...............................1........... ..................... 3 MAT 242 Elemenmy Linear Algebra ........................................... 2 MAT 275 Mcdern Differential Eauations MA ............................... 3 MAT 291 ST Caliulur for F.ngm&n 1' ........................... 3 MAI' 294 ST C~liulusfor Etlgmen 11' ......................... 3 MAI' 294 ST Calculus fcrr Engnnccn Ill ..............................3 Mathematical studies subtotal ....................................................... 17 SP4 SP4 General studies/progm requirement total .................... ............ 43 Major Lower-Dibjrton h g , r r r c n n y Courrr; CSE 110 Pnnciplcrof Pmgnrnln~ngwith l a v a CS' . . . . . . . . . 3 CSE 205 Cunceplr of Compulur S;icnic and Dab D E P A R T M E N T OF INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING IEE 100 Inuoduction to Engineering Design for IE CS'.' ......... 3 3 n~' IEE 210 Inuoduction to Industrial ~ n ~ i n e e r i........................ IEE 220 Business and Industrial Engineering ........................... 3 MAE 212 Engineering Mechanics............................................ 4 or CEE 21 1 Engineering Mechanics: Smtics and Dynamics (4) MSE 250 Srmcture and Propenies of Materials ........................... 3 EEE 202 Circuits I........................................................................ 4 - Lower-division subtotal............................................................ 26 Upper-Division Industrial Engineering Required courses' IEE 300 Economic Analysis far Engineen ................................. 3 IEE 305 Information Svstems Eneineerine" CS........................... 3 ~I E 368 bacililv$ Analyw and De\ign L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 or IEE 369 Work Analys~sand Deign 1.131 IEE 376 Opc.rdllc,n$Keuwch Derermini\t~cTcchnlqueJ Applications CS .......................................................... 3 IEE 385 Inuoductian to Engineering Probability CS.................. 3 IEE 461 Production Conuol ........................................................ 3 IEE 470 Stochastic Operations Research .................................... 3 IEE 474 Quality Control CS........................................................ 3 IEE 475 Sirnulatine -" Stochastic Svstems CS................................ 3 IEE 490 Project in Design and Development L .......................... 3 Industrial engineering elective area3............................................... 3 Career-focused area electives6...................................................... 12 Upper-division courses subtotal.................................................... 45 High-Tech Manufacturing EEE 352 Properties of Elecuonic Materials................................. 4 EEE 435 Micmelecuonics ............................................................ 3 EEE 436 Fundamentals of Solid-State Devices ........................... 3 MSE 353 lnmduction to Materials Pmcessing and Synthesis ..... 3 MSE 441 Analysis of Materials Failures ......................................3 ....................... 3 MSE 470 Polymers and Composites ........... . . . . Prepmfessionsl and Senice Systems Focus area courses3....................................................................... 12 I Certain focus areas may require more than I2 semester hours due lo course prerequisites. A minimum grade of "C"(2.00) or higher is required for graduation. A student desiring a focus area other than those listed is invited to create his or her own that concenvdtes on a professional service area. The student is expected to formulate a set of four comes (12 semester hours) that suppans his or her career option. The student needs to submit a petition to the department that exolains and suooons Ule focus and the counts selected. The arscastr. ihrlr fur undergraduac studto must dppruv: Ilic peulion k f u r e the eudenl heginr >tud) I" the i.uus rrvd For more infomatlun. \uu (he Ik academic ad% .. lodustrial Engineering Pmgram of Study Typical Four-Year Sequence Major total ..................................................................................... 71 Degree requirements total ........................................................ I A minimum g a d e of " First Year I20 C (2.00) or higher is required far gradua- tion. lhtr o u n c 1,111 hf taken a-pan of >k~ll-\ul F*r tnlnrmau,,n about the,e elect~ve\.x e "lnduslndl Fnplnerrine- Elective Area," on this page. . . "0th PtIY 121 and 122 must be ukcn 10 secwc SQcreJll Bath PllY131 ~ n d132 muil be l d e n to swun SQcred~l For information about these electives, see "Career-Focused Study Area Electives:' on this page. ' First Semester BME I I I Engineering Perspectives on Biological Systems ......... 3 ENG 101 Fint-Year Composition ................................................. 3 IEE 100 Introduction to Engineering Design for IE CS .............. 3 MAT 294 S T Calculus for Engineen I .........................................3 HUISB elective' .............................................................................. 3 ' Total............................................................................................... 15 IndustrialEngineering Elective Area. Students select Second Semester CSE I10 Principles of Programming with Java CS......................3 ECN 21 1 Macroeconomic Principles SB .................................... 3 ENG 102 First-Year Composition ................................................. 3 MAT 294 ST. Calculus for Engineers 11........................................ 3 PHY 121 Universi~ .Physics . I: Mechanics ~d........................... 3 1 PHY 122 University Physics Laboratory I SC2 ............................ - three semester hours of industrial engineering electives. For course information, see the list of recommended courses in the depamnent advising office. Career-Focused Study Area Electives. Students select a minimum of 12 semester hours (at least nine uvcer-division hours) from o n e of the following five career-fdc;sed study Total ............................................................................................... 16 Seeond Year Industrial and Management ~ystems' IEE 369 Work Analysis and Design L' ....................................... 3 or IEE 368 Facilities Analysis and Design L (3)' ........................................ 3 IEE 431 Engineering ~dminisvdtion~ IEE 437 Human actors ~ n ~ i n e e rgz i n........................................ 3 Any approved engineering or business elective .............................. 3 First Semester IEE 210 Introduction to Industrial Eneineerine .......................... 3 IEE 22U Ru 11: E l c ~ ~ I r ~dad c~t) PHY 131 l ' t . ~ \ e r ~ ~l'h)?i., Magnetism SQA- ....................................................... 3 1 PHY 132 University Physics Laboratory I1 S Q ~........................ ' - ' Natural sciences subtotal......................................................... 15-16 General studies/program requirements total ................................. 48 Total ...................................................................................... 24-25 I CHM 115 and 116 have a prerequisite of CHM 113, which cannot be used far degree credit. Both PHY 131 and 132 must be taken to secure SQ credit. GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS -. In addition to achievine nrofessional status in Aerosnace Engineering and compleltng all required cour$c work, sludents must e m a minimum (;PA of 2.00 in ihc maior and overall. A minimum grade of "C"(2.00) is required in all upper-division major courses. The department may require additional o r remedial course work for students experiencing academic difficulties. COURSE REQUIREMENTS The following constitute specific course requirements for the Bachelor of Science in Eneineerine deeree for Aerospace Engineering: - Fint-Year ~ o m ~ o s i t i o n ' Choose among the course combinations below .............................. 6 ENG 101 First-Year Composition (3) ENG 102 First-Year Composition (3)2 -or- ENG 105 Advanced First-Year Composition (312 Approved Elective (3) -orENti 107 t.nglnh for Fvrc~gnStuddnl~0) ENG 108 Engliah iur f?,rr.#gn Students 0,' First-year composition subtotal.......................................................6 General Studieflrogram IZequirements3 Hurnonirirs and Fine Ans/Sociol and Behavioral Sciences Humanities and F i n e m s Courses .............................................. 6 9 Social and Behavioral Sciences .................................................. 6 9 Humanities and fine adsocial and behavioral sciences subtotal ..................................................... 15 Literacy ond Critical Inquiri Six semester hours of literacy and critical inquiry credit is satisfied by courses in the major. Mothemadcoi studies' MAE 100 Introduction to Mechanical and Aerospace MAT MAT MAT MAT 294 294 294 343 ST: Calculus for Engineers 1......................................... 3 ST: Calculus for Engineers 1r2...................................... 3 ST: Calculus for Engineers 111 ...................................... 3 Applied Linear Algebr Mathematical studies subtotal ..................................................... 18 Norural sciencest BME I I I Engineering Perspectives on Biological Systems ......... 3 CHM 114 General Chemistry for Engineers S@ ...................... 4-5 or CHM 115 General Chemistry with Qualitative Analysis s @ .(5) ~ or CHM 116 General Chemistry I1 S@ (4) Aemspare Engineering Major Lower-Division EEE 202 Circuits I........................................................................ 4 MAE 212 Engineering ~ e c h a n i c ............................................... s~ 4 MAE 213 Solid Mechanics .......................................................... 3 MAE 214 Computer-Aided Engineering I ................................... 1 MAE 240 Thennofluids I .............................. . .............................4 Lower-division subtotal.................................................................16 iJp~~er~D~~~,~~~~n MAE 313 Atrirsit D v ~ v - r ~ 2nd c . Conlrul .......................... 3 MAE 318 Sensors i d Controls MAE 322 Mechanics of Materi MAE 344 Fundamentals of Aeros MAE 360 ~ e r a d ~ n a m i c s ~ MAE 362 High-SpeedAe MAE 384 Numerical Methods for En MAE 400 Engineering Profession ................................3 MAE 415 Vibration Analysis .................... . . MAE 462 Space Vehicle D namics and Control ...........................3 MAE 463 Propulsia 3 3 6 Technical electiv 7 Aerospace major total ................................................................... 63 General electiveg............................................................................. 3 Program total ............................................................................... I20 I ' A minimum grade of "C"(2.00) is required. This is an aerospace engineering skill-set course; it must be completed before prnmotion can be considered. A minimum grade of "C"(2.00) is required. See "General Smdies:'page 93. Sadents are encouraged to select HU and SB courses to complement their technical program and to promote the program objectives. Suggested HUISB courses are available from the Department of Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering. Students taking CHM 115 will receive 4 semester hours of credit toward the Aerospace Engineering degree. CHM 115 and 116 have a prerequisite of CHM 113. which cannot be used for degree credit. Both PHY I21 and 122 must be taken to secure SQ credit. Both PHY 131 and 132 must be taken lo secure SQ credit. Students must complete both MAE 360 and 362 to secure L credit. General electives must be taken for a lener grade (A lo E). Courses that are remedial for or prerequisites for any course required far the BSE degree in Aerospace Engineering are not approved for use as the free elective. Students must receive prior approval from the depmment to of receive free elective credit L literacy and srit8cal inquiry I MA mathematics I CS compuledstatisticd quantitalive applications I HU humanilies and one arts I SB social and behavioral sciences I SG natural rcience--general core courser I SQ natural sciencs+uantitative 1 C cultural diversity in the United Stater I G global I H historical I see '~eneralstudies: page 93. 427 IRA A. FULTON SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING TECHNICAL ELECTIVES PHY 122 University Physics Laboratory I S @ ............................ I HUISB elective4 .............................................................................. 3 Students must select two courses from the following list of technical electives. Students may, with prior approval of the advisor and department chair, select & a l t e m i i t ~ e course that supports a specific career objective. Though in general both technical electives will be 300- or 400-level courses, at least one of them must have upper-division designation. Graduate courses are permitted for students with a GPA of 3.00 or higher and with the approval of the instruct o r the advisor and the dean. Studenrs with a GPA of 3.50 or higher may wish to consider the Integrated BSE-MS program when selecting technical electives. Total............................................................................................... IEE 300 Economic Analysis for Engineers MAE 340 Thermofluids I1 MAE 341 Mechanism Analysis and Design MAE 351 Manufacturing Processes MAE 372 Fluid Mechanics MAE 404 Finite Elements in Engineering MAE 406 CADICAM Applications in MAE MAE 417 Control System Design MAE 426 Design of Aerospace Suuctures MAE 434 Internal Combustion Engines MAE 435 Turbomachinery MAE 455 Polymers and Compasites MAE 465 Rocket Propulsion MAE 465 Rotary Wing Aerodynamics and Performance MAE 469 Projects in Astronautics or Aeronautics MAE 471 Computational Fluid Dynamics MAT 421 Applied Computational Methods CS MAT 423 Numerical Analysis I CS MAT 425 Numerical Analysis I1 CS MSE 440 Mechanical Properlies of Solids MSE 441 Analysis of Material Failures Spring Semester EEE 202 Circuits MAE 213 Solid M MAE 214 ComputerMAE 240 Thermoflu MAT 343 Applied Li 4 3 I 4 3 Tom 15 TYPICAL FOUR-YEAR SEQUENCE Total ............................................................................................... 16 ~--. 16 Second Year Fall Semester BME I I I Engineering Perspectives on Biological Systems ......... 3 MAE 212 Engineering ~ e c h a n i c ............................................... s~ 4 MAT 294 ST: Calculus for Enaineers UI ...................................... 3 PHY 131 University Physics i:Electricity and Magnetism S Q 3 .......................................................... 3 1 PHY 132 University Physics Laboratory 11SQ3 ........................ Total............................................................................................... 14 Fall Semester MAE 318 Sensors and Controls..................................................... 5 MAE 322 Mechanics of MAE 3M) Aerodynamic MAE 384 Numerical Me Total............................................................................................... 16 Spring Semester MAE 313 Aircraft Dynamics and Cantml................................... 3 MAE 344 Fundamentals of Aerospace Design .............. ...........3 MAE 362 H i e h - S d ~erodvnamics......................................... 4 ' . . - The following presents a typical schedule for students wishing to complete the BSE in Aerospace Engineering within four years. When selecting a semester course schedule. studens should consider that most upper-division .. courses are taught only once per academic year. S ~ d e n t s may not register for upper-division courses in the major until they are accepted into the professional program in Aerospace Engineering. Aemspaee Engineering Program of Study Typical Four-Year Sequence Fourth Year Fall Semester MAE 415 Vibration Analysis ......................................................... 3 MAE 462 Space Vehicle Dynamics and Control ........................... 3 MAE 463 Pro~ulaion..................................................................... 3 HUISB electiv; .............................................................................. 3 Technical elective............................................................................ 3 Total............................................................................................ I5 Spring Semester MAE 400 Engineering Pmfessio First Year Fall Semester CHM 114 General Chemistry for Engineers SQ ....................... G 5 or CHM 115 General Chemistry with Qualitative Analysis SQ'. (5) or CHM 116 General Chemistry U SQ' (4) .3 ENG 101 First-Year Composition MAE 100 Inlroduclion to Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering c S 3.....................................................3 3 MAT 294 ST. Calculus for Engineers I ......................................... -Total ........................................................................................ 13-14 Spring Semester ENG 102 it-~ear~am~osition ............................................... 3 MAT 275 Modem Differential Equations MA^ ............................. 3 MAT 294 ST: Calculus for Engineers lr3 ...................................... 3 PHY 121 University Physics I: Mechanics S@ ........................... 3 ' General elective HUISB elective Technical electiv Total degree requirements........................................................... 120 I Students taking CHM 115 will receive 4 semester hours of credit toward the Aemspace Engineering degree. CHM 115 and 116 have aprerequisite of CHM 113. which cannot be used for degree credit. This is an aerospace engineering skill-set course: it must be completed before can be considered, A minimum grade of "C' (2.03)is required. Both PHY I21 and 122 must be faLen to recum SQ credit DEPARTMENT' OF MECHANICAL AND AEROSPACE ENGINEERING Acruipuic Engtneenng Studenu ma) course, f ~ l rgeneral n u d ~ rcrallon &v raiment. sLsla nab, .ry. economy. po itlcs: eng neenng elnlcs an0 b~slness DfactIces Prerea~~s.les. MAE 362 101 491I. sento, stana na " n Aerospace or ~ k h a n i c a~l n g i n e e n n ~ .' ' M MAE 404 Finite Elements in Engineering. (3) once a year ~ntroduiesideas and methodology of finite element analysis App lcallons lo solo mecnanlcs.heat transfer. 11d a mecnanla. and vlbrat ons Prereqd s les MAE 213 (or CEE 213) 384 (or CEE 384) M MAE 406 CADICAM APPIICatiOnS In MAE (4) .. once a year Solution at engineering pmblems with the aid of state-of-the-art software t w l s in solid modeling, engineering analysis, and manufacturing; selection of modeling parameters: reliability tests on s o h r e . Fee. 3 hours lecture, 3 hours lab. PrerequisRes: MAE 342 (or 344). 384. M MAE 415Vibntion Analysis. (3) spring Free and forced response of single and multiple degree of freedom systems, continuous systems; applications in mechanical and aerospace systems numerical methods. Fee. Prerequisites: MAE 213. 384. M MAE 417 Contml System Deslan. 131 once a year Tw s and methods of control system des gn and Compensatlan. 8nclddong slm.la1 on, response Optlm ratlon, t r e q ~ e n q dama n lechnlo~esstale var abe teedoack. an0 senat v h analvs ,~ ~s , ~ lntrod&s nonlinear and discrete time svslehs. Prereouisite: MAE ~ ~ - DEPARTMENT' OF MECHANICAL AND AEROSPACE ENGINEERING M MAE 426 Design of Aerospace Structures. (3) ". -" " ,"- F lght uenc e loaos oeslgn of sem monacoqbe structures. loca o~cklongan0 cr pp mg fat gLe aerospace matertals compos tes lornts and frnrle a cment app . . lcatlons Plereq.slte MAE 322 M MAE 433 Air Conditioning and Refrigeration. (3) once a year Air conditioning processes; environmental contml: heating and cooling loads; pychrometry; refrigeration cycles. Prerequisite: MAE 340 or instructor approval. M MAE 434 Internal Combustion Engines.(3) ",-". PerfOmance characteristics, combustion. carburetion and fuelinjection, and the moling and control of internal combustionengines. Computer model in^. Fee. Lab. Prerequisle: MAE 340 or innrunor approval. M MAE 435Turbomachinery. (3) once a year Design and performanceof turbomachines, including steam, gas and hydraulic turbines, centmugal pumps, compressors, fans, and blowers. Prerequisite: MAE 340 or 360. M MAE 436 Combustion. (3) -. .- , Thermochemicaland reaction rate processes; combustionof gaseous and condensed-phase tuels. Applications to propulsion and heating Systems. Pollutant formation. Prerequisite:MAE 340 or instructor ipproval. M MAE 442 Mechanical Svstems Design. . (4) .. spnng Applies desgn pnnc p es and technlq~esto !he syntness. mode mg and op~mlzahonof mecnan ca.. e ectromecnanlcal,and nydradc SYSIB~S Fee -ecture, ab. PrereQ~lsltesMAE 318 342 lor 3d4) M MAE 446Thermal Systems Design. (3) once a yea, Applies engineering principles and techniques to the madeiing and analysis of thermal systems and compnents. Presents and demonstrates optimization techniques and their use. Prerequisite: MAE 340. M MAE 447 Robotics and Its Influence on Design. (3) -- -Rooot -- -appncatons ,- conlag-ralons, s,ng.lar posmllons an0 work space mooes of control vlslon Programm ng exerc ses aeslgn of Dam for assemb I Prerequ s le MAE 318 M MAE 453 Computer-Aided Manutacturing and Contml. (3) spring Computer cantml in manutactuting, CIM, NC, logic controllers, group lschno ogy process plann ng and roool n Cross.lnIed as IEE 463 Cred I s a lowed far on y EE 463 or MAE 453 C r w Iis a1w e d for ontv IEE 463 or 543 Fee Plereo~s te EE 360 or MAE 351 ~ h e r aStudie: l CS M MAE 455 Polymers and Composites. (3) fall Relationshipbetween chemistry, structure, and properties of engineering polymers. Design, properties, and behavior of fiber wmpsite systems. Cross-listed as MSE 470. Credit is allowed for only MAE 455 or MSE 470. Prerequisites: MSE 211 (or CEE 213 or MAE 213). 250. M MAE 462 Space Vehicle Dynamics and Conhol. (3) fall Attitude dynamics and control, launch vehicles, orbital mechania, orbital transferlrendemous. space mission design, space structures, spaceclan control systems design. Prerequisite: MAE 318. M MAE 463 Propulsion. (3) M MAE 466 Rotary Wing Aerodynamics and Performance. (3) once a year Introd~ceshelicopter and propeller analysis techniques. Momentum, blade-element, and vortex methods. Hover and forward flight. Ground efiect, autoratation, and campressibilily eftects. Prerequisite: MAE 360 or instructor approval. M MAE 468 Aemspacs Systems Design. (3) fall and sptins Group prole& re atW to aerospace vehicle desgn, uorrlng from m sslon dell" 1.0" and conllnb ng tnro~ghprel mmav aeslgn Fee P r e r e a ~ l s nMAE ~ 344 Pre. or corea.lslte MAE 463 M MAE 469 Pmjecto in Astronautics or Aeronautics. (3) fall and sonno Various mu1t;disciplinary team projects available each semester. Projects include design of high-speed rotacrafl autonomous vehicles. liquid-fueled rockets, microaerial vehicles, satellites. Fee. Prerequisite: instructor approval. M MAE 471 Computational Fluid Dynamics. (3) once e "-9, -,--. Numerical solutions for selected problems in fluid mechanics. Fee. Prereauisites: MAE 340 lor 360). 384. M MAE 488 Mechanical Engineering Design 1. (3) fall Concepl~aland embw men1desgn, model ng, rapd protorypong Team pr0,ect MAE 488 and 489 m.st be ta&enin consecdt.w SerneslerS Lectdre. 0 SCJSS on Fee.Prereq,wtes: MAE 340. 342 M MAE 469 Mechanical Engineering Design . - 11.13) .. spting Detail design; fabrication and testing.Team project. MAE 488 and 489 must be taken in consecutive semesters. Lecture, discussion. Fee. Prereauisite:MAE 488. M MAE 491 Exprimental Mechanical Engineering. (3) fall and spring Experimentaland analytical studies of phenomena and performance of fluid flow, heat transfer, thermodynamics, refrigeration.and mechanical power systems. Fee. 6 hours lab Prerequisites: MAE 318. 340. General Sfodies: L M MAE 492 Honors Dincted Study. (1-6) selected semesters M MAE 493 HonorsThesis. (1-6) selected semesters M MAE 498 Pro-Seminar. ( 1 3 ) selected semesters Special topics for advanced students. Applies the engineering disciplines to design and analysis of modem technical devices and systems. Prerequisite: instructor a p p r d . M MAE 499 lndividuslired Instruction. ( 1 3 ) se1sned semesters Omnibus Cauroes. For an explanation of courses onered but not specifically listed in this catalog, see 'Omnibus Courses: page 63. GraduateLevel Courses. For information about courses numbered from 500 to 799, see the Gradoale Catalog,or access w . a s u . e d u l catalog an the Web. In same situations, undergraduate students may be eligible to take these courses; for mare information, see 'Graduate Level Courses: page 62. - .".. 1.1 Fdndamentalsof gas t~rb.neenglnes a m oeslgn of wmponenls Pnnc.p es and deslgn of roc6et prap~lsoonan0 alternat w devces Lendre. des -on.orofens . PrereQ~sles MAE 362. 384 M MAE 465 Rocket Propulsion. (3) once a year Rocket flight performance; nozzle design; combustion of liquid and =lid propellants;component design: advanced pmpulsion systems: interplanetary missions; testing. Prerequisite: MAE 340 or 362. L ltelacy and c! 1 C B #nq& l y I MA mathemat cr I CS Comorler 51a1151165 q~anllalve aopleat~onr HU niman 1 er ano 6ne arts SB rocla1 and . benavzola rcloncest SO nalJ!a sc ence-pcncld mle corrsss SO nal.ra relenc-Lant tat ve I C c~ ural a veruty in m e Unnteo Stater G g oosl H nlslOl#CdlI See .General SILO rr'oage 93 , IRA A. FULTON SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING Programs in Engineering Special Studies The major o f Engineering Special Studies accommodates students whose educational objectives require more intensity of concentration on a particular subject or more cumcular flexibility within an engineering discipline than the traditional departmental majors generally permit. The major is a School of Engineering program. Unlike the departmental major areas, however, there is not a separate faculty. The faculty teaching and advising i n these programs are from the various departments within the School of Engineering. For many siudents, engineering studies form t i e basisif preparation for professional engineering work where proficiency i n the application o f science and the physical and social technologies is brought to bear on problems of a large scope. The necessary breadth that these students seek often is not obtainable i n traditional engineering fields. Rather, specially designed programs o f course work that merge the required principles and approaches drawn from all fields o f eneineerine and other pertinent disciplines are desired. - Promotion is based on uerformance i n a collection of skill-set courses all of which are included in the typical first three semesters of the program. The skill-set courses are: Skill-Set Courses BIO 188 General Biology 11' SQ BME 100 lnvoduction lo Bioengi BME 294 ST Conservation Principles in Biwngineering............3 CHM 116 General Chemistry I1 S Q ~ MAT 294 ST Calculus far Engineers MAT 294 S T Calculus for Engineers PHY 121 University Physics I:Mecha PHY 122 University PhysicsLaboratory ISQ- ............................1 PHY 131 Universitv Phvsics II:Electricitv and Magnetism S@ ........................ ...................................3 PHY 132 University Physics Laboratory I1 S@ ........................... -1 Skill-set course toral......................................................................28 . . I : Note that BIO 187 i s required by many medical schwls in addition to BIO 188. BIO 187 cannot be used as a technical elective. Tu fullill rnedadl wn~xlladmtsrson requlrerncnls. preme,l~;al nudcnh pcncral~)~ h ~ ~ u l r l ~ h w x116 C HNots M that CHM 113 Ir rcqutrcd b) mm) medtc~l\ihuuls in add~i~on lu CHM 116 cHM 113 cannot de used as a technical elective Both PHY 121 and 122 must be taken for SQ to secure credit. Both PHY 131 and 132 must be taken for SQ to secure credit. ~ ~~~ Professional Program. Admission to the professional pro- ENGINEERING SPECIAL STUDIES--BSE gram is competitive. A l l students seeliing admission to the professionanie incrcnsingly in\olved in nII branches of medrlne. Ac this develops. so uill the need lor physicians trained in the englnccnng \ciences-medical men and women with a knowledge of cornputer technology, transport phenomena, biomechanics, bioelectric phenomena, operations research, and cybernetics. This concentration is o f special interest to students who desire entry into a medical college and who have medical interests in research. aerospace and undersea medicine, artificial organs. prostheses, biomedical engineering, or biophysics. Since both engineering and medicine have as their goal the well-being of humans. this program is compatible with any field of medical endeavor. This program is administered by the faculty o f the Harrington Department o f Bioengineering. ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS Preprofessional Program. A l l students admitted to the Engtneering Special Studies program with A concentration in premedicnl engineering u ~ lhe l admitted to the preprofesbiondl program. Dunng the time students are in thd preprofesriunal program. thcy w ~ liollow l the sequence uf firsl- and second-year courses shoun in the Tvpical Four-Year Sequence for the concentration. Promotion from the preprofessional program to the professional program is not automatic and a separate application procedure i s required. described i n the Harrington Department of Bioengineering Web site. Admission is eranted to those aoolicants who have dcmonctratcd high prumise lor pr~iesrionaisuccess. 'Cran\fcr .tudent> who have iumplctcd (he equivalmr requiretl lou,er-diviiiun .,kill-\ct ~.oursesmq xlc uniis. The college also includks the ASU Art ~ u i e u mand the Institute for Studies in the Arts. 'Transfer Credit," page 71. Transfer students are encowaged to contact their department or school or the Katherine K. Herberzer College of Fine Arts Student Academic Services (GH"KL 1 1 6 to ensure a smooth transition to the Katherine K. Herberger College of Fine Arts. Credits transferred from any accredited junior or community college may be accepted up to a maximum of 64 semester hours. (A community college student planning to transfer at the end of his or her first or second year should plan to take community college courses that meet the requirements of the ASU curriculum selected. Students attending Arizona community colleges are permitted to follow the degree requirements specified in the ASU General Catalog in effect at the time they began their community college work, providing their college attendance has been continuous.) Courses transferred from community colleges are not accepted as upper-division credit at ASU. Arizona students are urged to refer to the Course Applicability System for transferability of specific courses from Arizona community colleges. For more information, access the Web site at az.transfer.org/cas. In choosing courses at a community college, students should be aware that a minimum of 45 semester hours of work taken at the university must be upper-division credits. While attending a community college, it is suggested that students select courses similar to ASU General Studies lower-division courses in the major field. For optimal course selection, access the ASU Transfer Guides on the Web at www.asu.edu/provost/articulation. General Transfer Credit. Direct transfer of courses from other accredited institutions to the Katherine K. Herberger College of Fine Arts are subject to ( I ) the existence of parallel and equal courses in the colle~e'scurriculum and (2) dcpartmcnval or school e\aluattun of w d i o courses wilh respect to performance standards Every candidate for the bachelor's degree must earn a mlnimum of 30 scmu$tcr hours in re3tdmt credit at ASU Transfer ,turlent.t unsuccesrful ponfullo re\,leu will work $, ith School ofArt advisord to choose another major suited to their interests. Appeals by applicants who are denied must be submitted as a petition to the School of An Standards Committee within 30 days of the date of the e-mail andlor letter notifying into the - students of their status regarding - -acceptance . professional program. Studio and Art History Foundations Students must comp~etk18 semester hours of studio and arthistorr foundations requirements to be eligible for acceptance into upper division professional BI and BFA programs in studio art. Studio and Art History FoundationsRequirements ARS I01 Art from Prehistory Through Middle Ages HU. H.......3 ARS 102 Art from Renaissance to Present HU, H ....................... 3 ART 11I Drawing I: Foundation 3 ART 112 2-D Desig 3 ART 113 Col 3 3 Total................... ......................................................................... 18 Professional Programs In studio concentrations, the professional program consists of nine to 15 semester hours of required upper-division courses in the concentration core. seven to 15 semester hours of upper-division electives in the concentration (including one to three semester hours of senior exhibition and portfolio), and nine to 17 semester hours of School of Art classes (ARA, ARE, ARS, and ART) outside of the concentration. In addition to courses in the professions promam, six to 12 semester hours of a n history. beyond ARS . 101 and 102 are required. The art education professional program consists of 21 semester hours of art education. includine 18 semester -~~~ hours of upper-division courses, 21 semester hours of a pmficiency in art (studio or art history), including 12 semester hours of upper-division courses. In addition to counes in the pmfessional promam. six semester hours of art bistorv beyhndARs 1 0 i and 102 are required. - L iileiacy and critical inquiry 1 MA malhemstics I CS corn~uter/~tatisticsl q ~ a n la! l ve applledllons HU h u m a n t er ano l o o ans SB roe8al and benavlora selencer r SG n a t ~ r aJC ence--genela eoreco-ires I SO naural L C . B ~ C B w a n t la1 v r C e. l.ra afue!e,n in lne Urteo Slalcs G aiaoal H historicdl /See .General Sludieo:.page93. THE KATHERINE K. HERBERGER COLLEGE O F FINE The art history professional program consists of 27 semester hours of m history courses and 16 semester hours of foreign language or related study (if the language proficiency. requirement has been met). . I h: museum studic. pmfery Thrudgh hltddle 4gc%H l l I / 3 ARS 102 An frwn K c , ~ A I . \ ~ ~ . tt,L . Prr,rn~HU H 3 Total................................................................................................. 6 Applying to Art History Professional P r o g r a m The application deadlines are October I for spring classes and March I for fall classes. For students admitted in fall semester 2006 or later, the application for acceptance into is submitted during the semester the orofessional oromam . in which the 30 semester hours of preprofe&ional stndy is being- completed. Students must comnlete ENG 101 and 102 . orequ~valentand ART 101 and 102 i11h a grade of R ( 3 00) or higher before the scme\ter in uhtch the 3~p11~3tton I, suhn&ted. Students must maintain an o v e r a i i of ~ ~3.00 ~ for a minimum of 30 semester hours to be eligible - for the prt~fcssiunalprogram. For dcadl~neranJ appltcattun pnxedures. accecs the Web site st ~n.:~iu.eJu/undcrgmdu~te - P r o f e s s i o n a l Art History R e q u i r e m e n t s Forty-three semester hours with a minimum of 18 semester hours of upper-division courses are required. Art History ARS 480 Research Methods L ...................................................... 3 ARS 498 PS: An History .............................................................. 3 SCHOOL O F ART Any ARS course.......................................................................6 Told .............................................................................................. 12 Also required is at least one 300- or 400-level art history (ARS) course from each of the following areas: Ancient ............................................................................................ 3 Medieval......................................................................................... 3 Modem/cantemwrarv ,..................................................................... 3 Non-Western ................................................................................... 3 RenaissancelBamque ................................................................ 3 Total .............................................................................................. 15 . Foreign Language o r Additional Art History Related Study Sixteen semester hours of language courses or demonstrated proficiency in a foreign language is required. American Sign Language cannot be used for this requirement. If the language proficiency is met, additional courses are required in interdisciplinary related studies (e.g., architecture history, anthropology, history, religious studies, global studies) Free Electives Students must select a minimum of 18 semester hours of free electives. 81s CONCENTRATION A concentration in art history is available under the Bachelor of Interdisciolinarv Studies (BIS) deeree. a roer ram Intended lor the ;luden.t who has acadcm; ~ntcrects-that rn~ehtm,t he cat~qfiedu ith exl\tlnc malor\ Bu~ldlneun two ac&emic concentrations (or one doubie concentration) and an interdisciplinary core, students in the BIS program take active roles in creating their educational plans and defining their career goals. For more information, see "School of Interdisciplinary Studies:' page 139. Related Subject Field. Select three courses (nine semester hours) from those with the prefix APH, ARA, ARE, or from the following: ART ART ART ART ART ART ART 101 Photography I................................................................ I11 112 113 115 274 294 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Also required is an approved upper-division elective (ARA, ARE, or ARS). Foreign Language. Sixteen semester hours of 101, 102, 201, and 202 foreign language courses; or a demonstrated proficiency in at least one foreign language equivalent to the level attained through the completion of two years of study at the college level is required. For specific courses, see the "Department of Languages and Literatures:' page 580. (SHS courses are not acceptable.) DIGITAL ART CONCENTRATION The difital art concentration consists of a minimum of 75 semesterhours of preprofessional and professional program requirements. The preprofessional program requirements include 18 semester hours of foundations courses and 12 semester hours of 200-level classes, which must include a minimum of three semester hours of 2-D courses and three semester hours of 3-D courses. In addition, nine semester hours of art history is required (six semester hours at the upper-division level). The upper-division professional pro-gram reauirements include 10 semester hours of dieital art core. 14 serneslcr houn of stuJ~oart dlgiwl elecuvcs. including the Senior Exhihillon and Punfolio, and I2 semeste;houn of related study outside of the digital art concentration. Portfolio Review. Studenls whu ha\e been admitted lo the RA in dieital an belurc iall 01'2006 need to submit aoolication mat&als, including a portfolio, for acceptance into digital an upper division classes (300 and 400 levels) and must have a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.70 and an art GPA of 3.00. The portfolio deadlines are October 1 for spring classes and March 1 for fall classes. Preprofessional Digital Art Requirements. A minimum of 30 semester hours is required. Students who enter the univenity in fall semester 2006 or later are admitted to the oreorofessional oroeram without a concenvation classifica;ion (i.e.. digital'artj: Students interested in the digital art BA program will purse the preprofessional courses below. Studio and Art History Foundations Requirements. Eighteen semester hours are reauired. See "Studio and Art ist tory Foundations:' page 44<. hepmfessional Digital Art Electives Choose one of the following courses .............................................. 3 ART 101 Photography l(3) ART 204 Photography 11 (3) ART 21 I Drawing U(3) ART 214 Life Drawing l(3) ART 223 Painting l(3) ART 227 Watercolor 1(3) ART 253 lnlroduction to Prinm&ing (3) Chwse one of h e following courses .............................................. 3 ART 231 Sculpture l(3) ART 261 Ceramic Survey (3) ART 272 Jewelry l(3) ART 274 Wood l(3) ART 276 Fibers l(3) ART 294 ST: Inremedia (3) ART 294 ST: Digital Media .......................................................... 3 Any 2-D or 3-DARTcoune........................................................... 3 Total............................................................................................... 12 Art History. Nine semester hours are required, including six semester hours of upper-division courses, which must include six semester hours of 20th-century and three semester hours of non-Western art. This requirement does not need to be completed before applying to the digital art professional program. , , L flelaey an0 cr tcs n q ~ l # y MA malhematcr CS comprlenrtat st cs. q ~ a n tat ! VB a p ~ ~ a b o n sHU k m a n l es ano fine ans I SB rocla1 and behavioral scie.ces I SG natural science--general core courser I SO natural scienc-uantilative I C cultural diversiv in the United States I G global I n historical I sea - ~ e n s r astudies; ~ page 93. . THE KATHERINE K. HERBERGER COLLEGE O F FINE Applying to Digital Art Professional Program The aoolication deadlines are October 1 for spring classes k 1 for h fall classes. For students admitted in the and ~ fall semester of 2006, the application for acceptance into the professional program is submitted during thesemester in which the 30 semester hours of preprofessional study is being completed. Students must complete ART 294 Digital Media before the semester that the application is submitted. Students must maintain an overall GPA of 2.70 and an art GPA of 3.00. For deadlines and application procedures access the Web site at an.asu.edu/undergradnate. The upper-division professional program requirements include 36 semester hours of art history courses. A mini. mum of 30 semester hours of u~ner-divisioncourses is required in the Museum Studies professional program. Additional reauirements include 16 semester hours of foreign language or a demonswted language proficiency (not American sign language). If the foreign language proficiency is demonsuated, I6 semester hours of related study is required, which must be approved by the depanment. Satisfactory completion of ARS 480 Research Methods is required before the senior year. Professional Digital Art Requirements. A minimum of 24 semester hours of upper-division courses is required. Preprofessional Museum Studies Requirements. A minimum of 30 semester hours is required. Students who enter the university in fall semester 2 6 6 or later are admitted to the preprofessional program without a concentration classification (i.e., museum studies). Students interested in the Museum Studies BA program will pursue the preprofessional courses below. Digital Art Core Requirements ART 345 Visualization and Prototyping I .................................... 3 ART 346 3-D Computer Imaging and Animation CS................... 3 ART 441 Video Digital Art Electives Choose from the following ........................................................... I2 ART 348 Animation Motion Studies (3) ART 394 ST: Guided Study (3) ART 440 New Media Concepts (3) ART 441 VideoArt(1) ART 449 ComputerAnimation and Xdeo (3) ART 450 Computer Animation and Audio (3) ART 470 Computer Animation Portfolio CS (3) ART 484 Internship (3) ART 494 ST: Digital Processes for Printmaking (3) ART 494 ST: Visualization and Prototyping I1 (3) ART 494 ST: Web An (3) ART 499 Individualized lnstmction (3) ART 494 ST: Senior Exhibition and Portfolio..............................2 Total .............................................................................................. 14 Related Subiect Area. A minimum of 12 semester hours of upper-division courses is required. The related subject requirement includes courses outside of the digital an con. centration associated with the media and conceptual direction of students' an work. This may include courses outside of the depanment directly related to digital media, installation an,and the cultural contexts for digital art. Courses must be approved by the department. Free Electives. Students must select a minimum of four semester hours of free electives. MUSEUM STUDIES CONCENTRATION The museum studies concentration consisu of a minimum of 67 semester hours of preprofessional and professional vroeram requirements. The preprofessional pmmam requiremeits inclide six semester hours of ARS 101 &d 102, six semester hours of ENG 101 and 102 or ENG 105, and 18 semester hours of general studies. Application for accevtance into the vrofessional promam occurs after the completion O ~ A K S ' I O I . 102, ani E ~ 101. G 102; and durnng the ~eme,tcr in wh~cht t l t 311 \rrne\ter houn ufpreprofes\t,mal study i~ beiw completed. For deadlinc~snd access the Web site at art.asu.edu/ Hpplication undergraduate for deadlines and application procedures. .. ENG I01 Firstbyear Composirion* ...............................................3 ENG 102 First-Year Composition*............................................... 3 General Studies GS ........................................................................ 6 * ENG 105 or 107 and 108 also accepted Art Historv 4RS 101 !\n 1n.m Prchlrtory Thruufh .MddleAgr.,HL! H . . . 3 \ R S 102 An rn,tlt Renitwince lo Prebenl HU H . 3 (ic#t~.r31 Studies (iS ........ ...................... 6 Total.............................................................................................12 Applying t o M u s e u m S t u d i e s Professional Program The application deadlines are October 1 for spring classes and March 1 for fall classes. For students admitted in fall semester 2006 or later, the application for acceptance into the professional program is submitted during the semester in which the 30 semester hours of oreorofessional studv is being completed. Students must cohpiete ENG I01 and 102 or equivalent and ARS 101, 102 with a grade of B (3.00) or higher before the semester in which the application is submitted. Students must maintain an overall GPA of 3.00 for a minimum of 30 semester hours to be eligible for the professional propam. For deadlines and application procedures, access the Web site at an.asu.edu/undergraduate. Professional Museum Studies Requirements. Fifty-two semester hours with a minimum of 30 semester hours of upper-division courses are required. Art &tory ARS 201 Art of Asia HU, ARS 202 An of Africa. 0 ARS 480 Research Method ARS 484 Internship: Mus ART 4W Photographic E or ARS 460 An SCHOOL O F ART * ARS 494 ST: Introduction to Museums or ASB 471 lntmduction to Museums is recommended. Foreign Language. Sixteen semester hours of foreign language courses or demonstrated proficiency in a foreign lanmaze is required. American sign - lan~uaze - .cannot be used for this requirement. If the language proficiency is demonstrated, additional courses are required in interdisciplinary related studies (e.g., architecture history, anthropoligy, history, religious studies, global studies) ART 101 Photography l(3) ART 204 Photography 11 (3) ART 21 1 Drawing ll(3) ART 214 Life Drawing 1(3) ART 223 Painting 1 (3) ART 227 Watercolor I(3) ART 253 lntroduclion lo Printmaking (3) Choose one of the following caunes ............................................. ART 231 Sculoture 1 (3) - - Related Study Requirements. Select ntne semrhter houn of courses in Bu\ine~s.Recreatton. Business Adminictration, andlor Public Programs Choose three from the following counes* ..................................... 9 ACC 394 ST Accounting and Financial Analysis (3) MGT 380 Management and Svategy for Nonmajors (3) MKT 382 Advertising and Marketing Communication (3) NLM 191 Fint-Year Seminar (3) NLM 300 Fund Raising and Resource Development (3) NLM 310 VoluoteerManagement (3) NLM 430 Managing Nonprofit Organizations(3) D PAF 300 Public Management and Adminishation (3) D PAF 340 Public Management and Policy (3) D PAF 420 Public Leadership (3) WPC 380 Small Business Leadership (3) WPC 381 Small Business Accounting and Finance (3) * See an advisor for depment approved substitutes. Free Electives. Students must select a minimum of 12 semester hours of free electives. STUDIO ART CONCENTRATION The studio art concentration consists of a minimum of 63 semester hours of preprofessional and professional program requirements. The preprofessional program requirements include 18 semester hours of foundations requirements and 12 semester hours of 200-level classes, which must include a minimum of three semester hours of 2-D courses and three semester hours of 3-D courses. The upper-division professional program requirements include nine semester hours of studio art core; 15 semester hours of studio art electives related to either the 2-D or 3-D studio core emphasis, includina the senior exhibition and portfolio: and 12 semester hourlof related study outside ofthe studio art core. Preprofessional Studio Art Requirements. A minimum of 30 semester hours is required. Students who enter the university in fall semester 2006 or later are admitted to the preprofessional program without a concentration classification (i.e.. studio art). Students interested in the Studio BA program will pursue the preprofessional courses below. Studio and Art History Foundations Requirement.. Eighteen semester hours of required courses. See "Studio an;fArt History ~oundations:'pa~e443. PrepmfessionalStudio Art Electives Choose one of the following courses .............................................. 3 Any 2-D or 3-D ART course ...........................................................3 Total............................................................................................... I2 Aoolvina to Studio Art Professional Program ... The application deadlines are October 1 for siring classes and March 1 for fall classes. For students admitted in fall semester 2006 or later. the application for acceptance into the professional program is submitted during the semester in which the 30 semester hours of preprofessional study is being completed. Students must complete a three semester hour 2-D or 3-D ART course in the emnhasis to which thev are applying before the semester that the application is suhmined. Students must maintain an overall GPA of 2.70 and an an GPA of 3 00. For deadltner and applicatiun procedures. acceis the Web stte a1 an.asu.edlvundcr~mduale. Pn~fe.;~iooalStudio Art Requirements. A mtntmum of 24 semehter hourr of upper-dl\ ,<)on coursr.\ is required. Studio Art Core Requirements. Select nine semester hours of upper division counes in the 2-D or 3-D emphasis selected. Studio Art Department Art Electives. A minimum of 15 semester hours is required. ART 494 ST: Senior Exhibition and Porlfalio.............................. 3 Twelve semester hours of courses related to the 2-D or 3-D emphasis must be selected. . . Related Studv Renuirements. A minimum of 12 semester hours of upper-division courses is required. The related subject requirement includes courses outside of the 2-D or 3-D emphasis selected that relate to the media and conceptual direction of students' art work and may include classes outside of the department directly related to studio media, installation art. and the cultural contexts for studio art. Courses must be approved by the department Free Electives. Students must select a minimum of four semester hours of free electives. Art Histow Mlnor The ~ c h o bof l Art offers a minor in Art History consisting of 18 semester hours of course work. includina 12 upwrdivision electives. A minimum grade of "C"(1.00) is' L literacy and crilical inquiq I M A mathematics I CS computerlstatistid quantitative application$ I HU humanilies and fine arts I SB social and behavioral sciences I SO natural science--general core courses 1SO natural science-quantitative I C cullural divsmily in the United States I G global I H historical I See "GeneralStudies: page 93. THE KATHERINE K. HERBERGER COLLEGE O F FINE ARTS required in all classes in the minor. For those pursuing a minor. a minimum overall GPA of 2.00 is reouired. Courses may not be double counted in a major and the minor, and a minimum of 12 semester hours of resident credit at the Tempe campus is required. ARS 100 or 300 may be used toward a minor. ARS 100 and 300 may not be used toward an Art History minor if the student is an An major or has credit in ARS 101 and 102. Required Courser. Select two of the following four required courses: ARS ARS ARS ARS 101 An fmm Prehistorylkough Middle Ages HU. H ....... 3 102 An from Renaissance to Present HU. H ....................... 3 201 An of Asia HU, G,H .................................................... 3 202 An of Africa, Oceania, and the Americas HU, G, H..... 3 elementary methods class, and ARE 496 Methods and Assessment of Leamina in An meets the reouirement for the secondary methods-class in the subject A a . Both of these courses have prerequisites. Preprofessional Art Education Requirements. A minimum of 30 semester hours is required. Students who enter the university in fall semester of 2006 will be admitted to the preprofessional program without a concentration classification (i.e., art education). Students interested in the Art Education BFA program in the Schwl ofArt will pursue the preprofessional courses below. Studio and Art History Foundations Requirements. Eighteen semester hours of required courses. See "Studio 443. and Art History Foundations:' page ~ Elective Courser. Students pursuing an an history minor select four three-semester-hour upper-division courses. A seminar is strongly recommended for those considering maduate studv. Students need to be aware of lower-division prerequirltes for all upper-division courses. Interested ~ t u dents should contact the School of An fur swcific reuuirements and admission procedures. - The faculty in the School of Art offer ten concentrations for students in the BFA in Art program: art education, ceramics, drawing, fibers, intermedia, metals, painting, photography, printmaking, and sculpture. W ~ t hthe exception of art education. which focuses on preparing . . - students as in,tructors of art, each concentral~on1s deslgned to p r e p m atudents as artists. The maior in An consists of 75 semester hours of course work in each concentration. At least 30 upper-division semester hours must be earned within the maior. All courses in the maior must be comoleted with a grade of "C"(2.00) or higher. Specific requirements for each concentration are recommended bv the facultv advit sheets. sors of the area and are listed on ~ c h o o i o~f rcheck Graduation Requirements. In addition to fulfilling the major requirements, students must meet all university maduation requirements and colleae demee reuuirements. See ' ' ~ n i v e r s i iGraduation ~ Requirements:' page 89, and "College Degree Requirements," page 439. - - ART EDUCATION CONCENTRATION The an education concentration consists of a minimum of 75 semester hours of preprofessional and professional program requirements. The preprofessional program requirements include 18 semester hours of foundations requirements, and 12 semester hours of 200-level classes, which must include a minimum of three semester hours of 2-D courses and three semester hours of 3-D courses. The upperdivision orofessional oromam reuuirements include 18 semester hours of art education core classes and 21 semester hours of art proficiency courses, which include a minimum of 12 upper division hours. Teaching experience is provided in an on camous Saturdav oromam for children ages five to 15. Participation in the program is part of the requirements for ARE 486 Art Education: Stratezies and Applications. ARE 486 meets the state certificatiin requirement for the . - ,. - - Pmpmfessional Art Education Electives ARE 250 Teachine " lnauirv . . in An ............................................. Chwse one of the following courses .............................................. 3 ART 101 Phntomanhv I(71 -~ -~-, ..... ART 204 Photogr~ph)11 (3) ART 21 1 Drawing ll(3, ART 214 Life hawing I(3) ART 223 Painting l(3) ART 227 Watercolor I (3) ART 253 lntrcduction to Printmakine - (31 .. Chwse one of the followins courses .............................................. 7 ~~ ~~ Any 2-D or 3-D ART course ........................................................3 Total...............................................................................................12 Art History. Six semester hours of upper-division courses are required. This must include a cou;se in 20th-century art, and non-Western an is recommended for the second course. This requirement does not need to be completed before applying to the Art Education professional program. Applying t o Art Education P m f e s s l o n a l Program The application deadlines are Octoher I for spring classcs and March 1 for fall classes. For students admlttcd fall semester 2006 or later. the application for dcceplance into the professional progrxn IS iubm~ttedduring the semecrcr In whrch the 30 scmeitrr hours of preprofersional stud) is helna com~lcted.Student, must comolete the ARE 250 c o k e k f b r e the \cmcctcr tha8 the appllcauon rs submitted Student5 mu\t malnwtn an overdll GPA of 2 70 and an an GPA of 3.00. For deadl~nesand application procedures, access the Web site at art ;~su.edulunderar~duate. Application to the College of Education professional p r o g r A is a separate process. Professional Art Education Requirements. Thirty-nine semester hours with a minimum of 30 semester hours of upper-division courses are required. Art Education Care Requirements ARE 370 Teaching Visual Culmre ................................................ 3 ARE 440 Disciplines of An Education .........................................3 ARE 482 Teaching An Processes ................................................. 3 ARE 486 An Education: Strategies and Applications .................. 3 SCHOOL O F ART ARE 494 ST: Art Education .........................................................3 ARE 496 Methods and Assessment of Learning in An ................3 Total .............................................................................................. 18 tration in art education without certification or may reapply after meeting any deficiencies in knowledge - and skills related to the teaching of an. Art Education School of Art Proficiencv. fientv-one semester hours approved by an art education fatuity advisor, with a minimum of 12 semester hours of uvwr-division councs. Sclcct from An Htrtory and ~ u s c u m d u c a i o n (ARA 394 ST: An Museum !Llucstlon Service k a m t n g j . or ART (2-D studio ui),or ART (3-D studio an). CERAMICS CONCENTRATION Fme Electives. Students must select a minimum of foul semester hours of free electives. Teacher Certification. A student pursuing a BFA degree in Art with a concentration in art education may also choose to become certified for teaching art K-12. If ceRification is elected while pursuing the 2 education undergraduate degree, additional semester hours are required in the College of Education. Students must make special application to the Initial Teacher Certification (ITC) program in the College of Education. Application deadlines for the ITC programs are February 1 for fall admission and September 1 for sprint! admission. Aopointments with an advisor can be t in the College of made-in the Office i f ~ t u d e n Services Education, or by calling 4801965-5555, ~ertificationisalso available through the postbaccalaureate program in the College of Education. Interested students should contact an advisor in the College of Education and in art education for admission requirements to the postbaccalaureate program. Art education courses for this program are as follows: ARE 250 Teaching Inquity in Art ...............................................3 ARE 482 Teaching An Processes ................................................3 ARE 486 An Education: Strategies and Applications ..................3 ARE 496 Methods and Assessment of Learning in An ................ 3 In addition to the art education courses, students must complete the following: education courses, field experiences. and student teachine. The BFA degree in A n with a concentration in an education and the postbaccalaureate program for cerlification in art have a special art edu~ation>~~lication procedure. This procedure is separate from, and in addition to, the admission requirements of ASU. This procedure is separate from, and in addition to, the admission requirements of ASU and acceptance into the Art Education professional upper-division program. Acceptance is based on acceptance into the Art Education orofessional undereraduate orogram or a GPA of 2.50 for the post baccalaureate program, six semester hours of upoer-division a n historv, and a B (3.00) . . or higher in and 440. In addition, undemraduate and postbaccalaureate students seeking K-12 certification should check requirements and deadlines for admission to the College of Education professional program. To be accepted into student teaching, a student must he recommended in writing by the an education faculty and must have completed all an education classes. For additional student teaching requirements, see "SNdent Teaching,'' page 355. Students who are not recommended may complete the BFA degree in Art with a concen- - . - The ceramics concentration consists of a miaimurn of 75 semester hours of preprofessional and professional . program requirements. ~ h e ~ ~ r ~ ~ r o f e s sprogram i o n a l requirements include 18 semester hours of foundations requirements and 12 semester hours of 200 level classes which must include a minimum of three semester hours of 2-D courses and three semester hours of 3-D courses. In addition. six semester hours of upper division art history is required. The upperdivision professional program requirements include 12 semester hours of ceramics core classes, 10 to 12 semester hours of elective ceramics courses. including ART 494 ST: Senior Exhibition and Ponfolio, and 15 to 17 semester hours of School of Art courses outside of ceramics (ARA, ARE, ARS, ART). Pmprofessional Ceramics Requirements. A minimum of 30 semester hours is required. %dents who enter the university in fall semester 2006 or later are admitted to the preprofessional program without a concentration classifica~on (i.e., ceramics). Students interested in the Ceramics BFA will pursue the preprofessional courses below. Studio and Art History Foundations Requirements. Eighteen semester hours of required courses. See "Studio and Art History Foundations," page 443. Prepmfessional Ceramics Electives Choose one of the following courses ............................................3 ART 101 Photography 1(3) ART 204 Photography 11 (3) ART 21 1 Drawine 11 (31 , , ART 214 Life Drawing 1(3) ART 223 Painting 1 (3) ART 227 Watercolor 1(3) ART 253 Introduction to Printmaking (3) Choose one of the following courses ............................................ 3 ART 231 Sculpture I(3) ART 272 Jewelry I(3) ART 274 Wwd 1(3) ART 276 Fibers 1 6 ) ART 294 ST: Intermedia (3) ART 261 Ceramic Survey ............................................................ 3 Any 2-D or 3-D ART course .................................................... 3 - Art History. Six semester hours of upper-division courses are required, including a 20th-century and a non-Westem an elective. This requirement does not need to be completed before applying to the ceramics professional program. Applying to C e r a m i c s Professional Program The application deadlines are October 1 for spring classes and March 1 for fall classes. For students admitted fall semester 2006 or later, the appllcatton for acceptance into . L fecacy an0 cf l ca ~y MA matnemal cr CS eo~npLlerlrtatst cv o ~ a n tat t *e aDDlacattonr I HU haman l er ano hoe arts SB rae a1 ana behavioral rciinceo I SO natural ~cience--general wre courses I SO natural , scienc-uantitative I C cultural diversify in the Unled States I G global I H historical I See 'General Sludier; page 93. 449 THE KATHERINE K. HERBERGER COLLEGE O F FINE ARTS the orofessional oroeram is submitted durine . - the semester in which the 30 cemester hours of preprofcr\lonal stud) IS hem2 completed Student, ,nust coll~plevthr ,\Kf201 course befbre the semester that the application is submitted. Students must maintain an overall GPA of 2.70 and an art GPA of 3.00. Fur J c ~ d l l n cand j appl~cnt~on proccduro. Jcculpturcprotci,~onalprngram Applying to S c u l p t u r e Professional P r o g r a m 'The applis~tionJc.idlincs are October 1 for spnng classes and l a r c h I tor tall clil\ses. For \tudcnts atlniitterl in fall \eme\ler 2llOb o r laler. thr. appl~cationfor scceptancc inlo the oroic<\iu~>al nroarmn ir submtllcd dunna tIw rc,,nvstcr in which the 30 Fernester hours of preprofes~ionalstudy is Seulphlre ~lectiver' Choose four from the following courses ................................. I2 ART 333 Foundry Casting Methods (3) ART 374 Wood 11 (3) ART 431 Special Problems in Sculpture (3) ART 432 Neon Sculpture (3) ART 435 Foundry Research Methods (3) ART 436 Architectural Sculpture (3) ART 437 Film Animation (3) ART 438 Experimental Systems in Sculpture (3) ART 474 Advanced Wood (3) ART 494 Special Topics in Sculpture (3) ART 494 ST: Senior Exhibition and ponfolio2........................ 1-3 Total....................................................................................... 13-15 Electives in sculpture must include 13 to 15 semester hours of upper-division course work. 2 Course selection must include one to three semester hours of ART 494 ST: Senior Exhibition and Ponfolia. 1 School of Art Electives in Major. Fifteen to 17 semester hours are required with a minimum of 12 semester hours of upper-division courses. These are department electives outside of sculoture courses that are selected from uooer-division classes in other art concentrations that are open to those admitted to orofessional oroerams in the deoanment (ART. .. Free Electives. Students must select a minimum of four semester hours of free electives. GRADUATE PROGRAMS The I~cultyin the School ot An oiier programs lead~ngtu the MA degree in An, with s ioncenv~tionin ;ul educat~on or art history; the Master of Fine Arts degree with a concentration in ceramics, digital technology, drawing, fibers, intermedia, metals, painting, photography, printmaking, sculpture, or wood; and a PhD degree in History and Theory of Art. In cooperation with the College of Education. the Doctor of Philosophy degree is offered with a concentration in art education. For more information, see the Groduare Catalog. ART AUXILIARY (ARA) For more ARA courses, see the "CoursePrel;xssmtab1e,or access wwwasuedu~aa~caIaIogs/c~~mes. The campus desrgnation--D SCHOOL OF ART (Downtown Phoenix). E (Polytechnic), M (Temp), or W (west)nlay affect how courses may be used to fulfilrequirements. M ARA 202 Understending Photographs. (3) once a year Slide lenure course in understandingphotography as a fine a n form. M ARA 311 Art Appreciation and Human Development (3) .".. Fo~noal.ons01 art for ch) oren an0 y o ~ n gaodts Emphasizes h,, learnmg, developmenl an0 ~nderslanong art n n rtoncal an0 c ~ l l ~ r a conlexls .ectLre dlrc~sstonFee ,on1 ne on.vi Prereaursles ENG 101, 102:junior sfanding: nonmaj& General Studies: HU M ARA 394 Special Topics. ( 1 4 ) selectedsemesters Topcs may lnci~oethe ioilow~ng Art M U S B LEd.catton ~ Sewlce Learnlng M ARA 460 Gallery Exh8bnlons. (3) fall and spring Pranical experience in all phases of department gallery operations and DreDaration of oallew oublications. Mav be reoeated for credit. .. M ARA 488 Understanding An. (3) falt and spring Understandinga n as an emergent cultural phenomenon with an emphasis an a critical examination of conceptual issues in art. Requires writing. Prerequisites: both ARS 101 and 102 or only instructor approval. General Studies: UHU M ARA 494 SpefialTopics. (1-4) falt and spnng Topics may include the fallowing: Advanced Photo Aesthetics. (3) Omnibus Courses. For an explanation of courses offered but not specifically listed in this catalog, see "Omnibus Courses:page 63. - ART EDUCATION (ARE) M ARE Note 1. May be repeated once by students who are not accepted into the professionalprogram. Contact your academic advisor in the Schwl of Art for mare information. M ARE Note 2. Requires acceptance into the appropriate prnfessional program or insnuctor approval. Contact your academic advisor in the Schwl of Art for more information. MARE 2MTeaching inquiry in Art. (3) fall, spring, summer Using inquiry to investigate artworks and to teach others to make and understand an. Introduces viewpoints of art. 2 hours lecture, 2 hours Pre- arcarequisites:ARS 101, 102; applied practice.SeeARE Nate I. 6 hours of ART (Studio) credii. M ARE 301 Studio Art and Human Development. (3) once a year Study of human development in studio an fram early chiidhwd to adult years. MARE 370Teachlna Visual Culture. (31 .. fall and spring Explores issues and applications of everyday aesthetics that contain powerful technological, social, and economic factors. Lecture, discussion. See ARE Nate 2. M ARE 440 Dlsciplinee of Art Education. (3) fall and spring Explorations in art education's disciplines, history, and people's anmaking development at diverse age levels and abilities. Lecture, discussion. See ARE Note 2. MARE 482Teachlna Art Pmcesses.(31 sprcng An Ira061ons at tne 20tn century as a oasns tor sludto and an h slory nstrdct on Meets a n posmaccalaureatecendcat on requtrement 2 nous ecture. 2 n o m studlo See ARE Note 2 - M ARE 486 Art Education: Strategies and Applications. (3) hll lmpiementatianand evaluation of a n instruction for K-12 population. Includes teaching of Saturday classes in the Children's Art Workshop. Meets a n pastbaccalaureatecertification requirement. Prerequisite: ARE 482. MARE 494 SpefialTopics. ( 1 4 ) selectedsemesters Topics may include the following: Art Education. (3) MARE 4% Methods and As~esomentof Learning .in Art. 13) .. once a year Individual or group research on the assessment of a n learning incorporating theory and practice. Meets art postbaccalaureate certification requirement. Prerequisites: both ARE 370 and 486 or only instructor approvai. Omnibus Courses. For an explanation of courses offered but not specifically listed in this catalog, see "Omnibus Courses: page 63. GraduateLevel Courses. For information about counes numbered from 500 to 799. see the Graduate Cataloo. or access w.asu.edu/ cata og an the We0 In some s tdatlons ~nbergrao~ale students may oe e g b e to tare these coLrses, for more lniormahon see -Grad~ale Lerel Courses' page 62 . ART HISTORY (ARS) For more ARS courses, see the "Course Prefixes" table, oraccess wwwasb ed~aadwtalog~courses Tno campus deslgnason-4 (Downto~nPhoemxj. E (mlymhn!c, M (Tempe) or W (West,- -may affect hod courser mav be used to tulhll reodtremenls M ARS 1 W lntmductlon l o Art. (3) fall, spring, summer Undemanding of art and its relationshipto everyday life through painting, sculpture, architecture, and design. No credit for An majors or non-Art maion who have completed ARS 101 or 102 or 3W. General Studies: HU MARS 101 Artfmm PrehistorvThrouah Middle Ages.@) .. fall, spring, summer History of Western art fram the Paleolithic period through the Middle Ages. General Studies: HU, H M ARS 102 Art fmm Renaissance to Present (3) fall, spring, summer History of Western art from the Renaissance to the present. General Studies: HU. H M ARS 201 Art of Asia. (3) once a year History of the art of the Asian cultures, with emphasis on China Japan, and India. Meets non-Westerna n history requirement. General Studies: HU, G. H MARS 202 Art of Africa, Oceania, and the Americas. (3) - -- - 3 nlstary of an of Alr ca. Ocean a an0 tne No* Word Mcels no" Western an nlstary reqd cement Lect~rodnsc~ssonCrass Isleo as AFH 202 C r w t 1s a lowed for only AFn 202 or ARS 202 General Stodies: HU. G. H MARS 2UI Histow of Photoara~hv. - . . (31 .. once a year History of photography from the 19th century to the present General Studies: HU MARS 300 Introduction to An. (3) falt and spring Course content same as ARS 1W but requires a higher level of accomplishment and comprehension. No credit for Art majors or nonArt majors who have completed ARS 100. Fee. General Studies: HU - L literacy and critical inquiry IMA mahematics ICS computerlsfatisti~l auantilalive aoolications / HU humanilies and One arts i SB social and .. behavioral sciences ISG natural science--general core courses I SO natural ~cience-quantilative IC cuilural diversily in the United States IG global I H historicalIsee 'Gensrai Studies," page 93. SCHOOL OF ART MARS 436The Artist, War, and Revolution (Yenrailleatovletnam). (3) MARS 472 Art of China. (3) *I1 S t ~ d y01 ma,or forms n Chtnese art r Ida1 oronre. scd pture. ceramic. ca 1.graphy pa ntmg and arcnltectlrre. Meets non-Westernan nlstory reaLlrement Prereau 5 tes: boln ARS I01 and 102 or on v lnslrunor a p b ~ . General Studies: HU MARS 473 Art of Jamn. . (31 .. once a year Japanese art from the Joman period to Ule present. Meets nonWestern a n history requirement. Prerequisites:both ARS 101 and 102 Or Oniv instructor aDProval. General Sfudies: HU MARS 475 Chinese Pslntlna. 131 onn, a year From Ku K'a1.c" n to Cn' Pa -sh,h Maor artrsb, styles, an0 movcmcnts n Chlnese pa nlmg Meets non-Weslern an h story requ remenl. Prereq~lsllesboth ARS 101 an0 102 or only :namctor Critical study at artidc responses to war and revolufion in Europe and United States from French Revolution to Vietnam conflict. Prerequisites:both ARS 101 and 102 or anly instructor approval. General Studies: HU MARS 438 Art of the 20m Century. 1. (3) .. once a year Developments and directions in art between 19W and World War II. Preremisites: both ARS 101 and 102 or anlv instructor aoomval. , ~ e n e iStudies: l HU H M ARS 439 Art of the 2Mh Century 11. (3) once a year Art Since World War Ii,with consideration of new concepts and experimentationwiih media and modes of presentation. Prerequisites: a wmbination of ARS 101 and 102 and 438 or anly instructor approval. General Studies: HU. H M ARS 442 Critical l s u e s In American Painting. (3) once a vear EX&& themes and social issues in American a n wilh a critical study of American painting from the 18th century to 1850. Lecture, discussion. Prerequisites: both ARS 101 and 102 or only instructor approval. General Studies: HU M ARS 4- CrltlcalTheorles In the Visual A M . (3) ~elected~eme~ters Examinescurrent critical theories through their application to all visual am. May include new historicism. Marxism, deconstruction, poststncturallsm. sem otla. Lacan an psycnoana ys s, femm.sm. poslmwernlsm Lecture. dseusaon, student presentattons Plerea~~SneS both ARS 101 and I02 or anlv lnstrunar aDDrnMl ~ e n e iStudies: l HU MARS 459 Writing Art Criticism. (3) ~~Iectedsemesfers Traditional and contemporary approaches to the criticism of art. Students write critical essays. Laner half of the semester stresses the criticism of contemporary a n in various media. Prerequisite:ARS 458 or instructor aooroval. ,, MARS 460 Art Now. (3) fan or spring Critical overview of majorissues and controversiesoflhe last 10 years wilhin the global, national, and 1-1 a n scene. Lecture, discussion. gallery visits. Prerequisite: ARS 439. M ARS 465 Native North American Art. (3) once a year Native American art forms of the United States and Canada from prehistoric limes lo the present. Meets non-Western art history requirement. Prerequisites:bath ARS 101 and 102 or only instructor approval. GeneralSfodies: HU, C, H M ARS 466 Native American Art of the Southwest. (3) once a year American Indian art in the Muthwestern states from i*i origins tolhe present day. Meets non-Westerna n history requirement. Prerequisites: both ARS 101 and 102 or only instructor approval. General Sfudies: HU. C. H MARS 468 Art of the Arctic and Northwest Coast. (3) ~elected~emesters Art associatedwith ceremony, shamanism, and daily life in the Arctic and on the Northwest Coast. Meets non-Western art history requirement. Prerequisites: both ARS 101 and 102 or only instructor approval. General Studies: HU, C. H M ARS 469 Mexican Art. (3) once a year An 01 Mexiw and related Central American cultures from the prehistoric to the wntemporary schaols. Meets non-Westerna n history requirement. Prerequisites: both ARS 101 and 102 or only instructor approval. General Studies: HU, H . " ,"". BPP~OMI. ene era Studies: HU M ARS 480 Research Methods. (3) fall and sptinq .. General Studies: L MARS 484 lnternshlp.(l-12) selecfedsemesten Topics may include the following: Museum MARS 485 Women In the Visual Arb. (3) .. spring H#stancalstddy of an oy women in varlods medla, related ?o .ca t.l polrtlcal,ed~catonal issues, reprosenlanonoi women .nart .ecture. a SCJSS on Prereadosote~both ARS 101 and 102 or onlv nrtrdnor approval. General Studies: L M ARS 494 SpcialTopics. ( 1 4 ) fall and spring TOPICS may incdde the to ow ng nostory ol Pholography (3) lntrwucton to Mdse~ms13) M ARS 498 Pm-Seminar. (1-7) once a year Undergraduate seminar. Problemsor criticism in topics that may include the following: American An. (3-6) American Indian Art. (3-6) Ancient Art. (3-6) Art History. (3-6) Baroque Art. (3-6) British Empire. ( M ) Chinese Art. (3-6) Medieval Art. ( M ) Modern An. ( M ) Photqraphic History. (3-6) PrpColumbian Art. (3-6) Renaissance An. (3-6) Prerequisite: instructor approval. Omnibus Courses. For an explanation of courses offered but not specifically listed in this catalog, see 'Omnibus Courses: page 63. Graduate-Level Courses. For intormalion about courses numbered from 500 10 799, see the Graduate Catalog, or access www,asu.edu/ aadlcatalogs on the Web. In same situations, undergraduate students may be eligible to take these courses; for mare information, see "Graduate-LevelCourses: page 62. - .. -. .. . .. L literacy and critical inquiry IMA mathematics ICS eompulerlstatirt~cs/ quantitative applications I HU humanltiea and fine arts I SB sosial and behavioml Sciences ISO natural scienc-eneral core courser ISO natural science-quantitative I C cultural diversity in the United States IG global I H historical ISee "Gensral Studiss, page 93. THE KATHERINE K. HERBERGER COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS . ART (ARTl, Formore ART courses, see the "CoursePrefixesnfablB,or access wwwaso.edu/aa~cafaIogdmuffi~s. The campus designafion--D (Dawntown phoenix), fPolfechnic). (Tempe), Or (Wesf)--may affect how couffies may be used to fulfill reqoiremenfs. M ART ~ o t 1 e May be repeatsa once oy n ~ o e n t s wha are not accepted anto tne proless onal program Contact y o ~academic r annulr in the Scnml of Art for more #nlormabon M ART Note 2 Req-ores acceptance tnto me appmpnate Prolesslona program or lnstrLctar approml Conlact your academic adv scr in the Schwl 01 An lor more nformallon S t u d i o Core C u r r i c u l u m M ART 111 Drswlna I:Foundations. 13) tar! sprny 5ummerF~nadmenlaltecnncal an0 Wrceplua sk 11s prig common draw ng meo,a an0 tnelr app catton to p nor a organllatlan 6 haJn a weer MART 112 2-D Design. (3) lali, spmg, summer Fundamentals of pictorial design. 6 houn a week MART 113 Color. (3) hff, spring, summer Principles of color theory as related to me visual arts. 6 hours a week. MART 115 3-0 Design. (3) fail, spring, summer Fundamentals of 3-D form. 6 hours a week. Fee. MART 294 Special Topics. (3) fali and spring Ceramics M ART261 Ceramic Survey. (3) fall. sonno. summer handtol&ng melnws. tnrowmg on the wneel. deuoratlve plocBSSBS. and glare appl cat on .a0 6 noLs a week Fee See A A I Nole 1 Prereq~rsnesw l n ART I 1 2 an0 115 or only lnnructor approval M ART 360 Ceramicmmwlng. (3) fall and spring Design analysis and production of functional ponery. Emphasizes throwing techniques, surfaceenrichment, and glaze applicalii. May be re~eatedonce for credit. 6 haurs a week. Fee. See ART Note 2. M ART 364 Ceramlc Handbullding 1. (3) fali Search for form using handbuildingtechniques. Kiln firing and related problems. Fee. See ART Note 2. M ART 365 Ceramic Handbuilding .11. (3) . spnrtg Con1nuallon 01 ART 3 M w th an am Ilona1f a ~ on s large-sca e works, s ~ d a c elrealmenls, and glaze o m r a t on vnth related klnf'ring auo tcauons Fee PrereaJIs.les a mmbtnabon of ARS 101 ana 102 a i d ART 364 or only insiructor approval. M ART 394 SpecialTopics. (1-4) seiecfedsemeslers Topics may include the following: Ceramics Fee. Turning Fee. MART 460 Ceramic Clay. (3) spnng Researcn nto varlobs c af bady form~lauans,local naldra malenals sip giares and engobes Lendre ao, sludfo Fee PrereqJ stes w t h ART 360 an0 3M or only nslructor approval M ART 463 Ceramic Glaze. (3) fall Glare calculation and formulation using various glaze miors and surlaces. Lecture, lab, studio. Fee. Prerequisite:ART 4M) or instructo# approval. . - M ART 466 Speclal Problems I n Ceramics. (3) fall, spring, summer Emphasizes personal expression within struclura of seminars, critiques, and studio work. Professional methods of presentation! documentationof work. May be repeated b r credit. 6 hours a weak. Fee. Prerequisite: ART 364 or instructor approval. M ART 494 SpecialToplcs. ( 1 4 ) se~ectedsemesters Top a may lncl~oethe lo low ng Ceram a Pnnlmak no Fee. Enameling Fee. Senior Exhibition and Portfolio Turning Fee. VaporGlazeS Fee. - . - Drawing MART 211 Drawlng 11. (3) fall, spring, summer Continued development of technical and perceptual sklls. Emphasizes materials and pictorial wntent.6 h o u n a week. See ART Note 1. Prerequisites: both ART 111 and 112 (or 113) or only insbuctor apprwat. MART 214 LMe Drawing 1. (3) fall. spring, summer Develops skill and expressiveness in drawing the basic form. con~tru~tion, and gesture from the human figure. Lab.6 hoursa week. Fee. See ART Note 1. Prerequisites: both ART 111 and 112 or only instructor awmvai. .. MART 311 Drawing 111. (3) fall and sprrng Emphasizes composition, exploration of drawing media. 6 hours a week. See ART Note 2. MART 314 LUe Drawlng 11. (3) fan and spring Drawing from the model with greater reference to structural, graphic. and compositional concerns. 6 haurs a week. Fee. See ART Note 2. M ART 411 Drawina IV. (3) fall and sprrng V suat and nteilecl.ai concepts lnro~gnproolem solvlng an0 noepenaenl s t ~ o yEmphas ZBS In0 no v oual clealve slalement May oe reaealed tor creo t 6 hoJn a weer Prereob 5 10s ART 31 1. .. M ART414 Life Drawlng ill.(3) fall and spring Various media and techniques an an advanced 1evel.The human figure as an expressive vehicle in various contexts. May be repeated for credn. 6 hours a week. Fee. See ART Note 2. M ART 415 Art Anatomy. ~.(4) selectedsernesfeffi Study of human anatomical structures as applied to me practice of figure-oriented art. 3 houffilecture, 5 haurs shrdio a week. Fae. See ART Note 2. M ART 494 SpecialTopics. ( 1 4 ) fall and spring Topia may include the following: Drawing. (3) - Fibers MART 276 Fibers 1. (3) faliandsotino ~x~1aresirad;lional and contemporarymaterials and basic techniques related to fibers. Embroidery, fellmakng, dyeing, block printing. plaiting, 3-0structures. Fee. See ART Note 1. Prerequisites:talh ART 112 and 115 or only instructor approval. MART 294 SpecialTopics. ( 1 4 ) sfacted semesters Topics may include the following: Abers for Nonmalon - SCHOOL OF ART Fee. M ART 376 Woven Structures 1. (3) once a year Expioresweaver- and laam-controlledstrudures with an emphasis an formal issues, historic precedence, and contemporary investigations. Fee. See ART Note 2. M ART 377 Surface Desian. 131 fall and soring Apples qes-and p grnents on c 0th exploring lechnrques lormai rssdes. an0 content Cyanotype monopnnt,ng pa ntmg on stir res.sts stencil na " Fee See ART Note 2 MART 3% SpeciaiTopics. ( 1 4 ) selected semesren Tooccs mav nc uoe tne lo low no kbers design lor ~onmajorsFee. MART 476 Woven Structures 11.13) - - Emphasizes penona expressions and contlnLes tecnnlcai exp oratlon tn woven strLclJres May be repealed for crw 1 6 hours a week Fee Pre,eo~~s~tC ART 376 Or nsu~noraooroval , MART 477 PrintedTextiles. (3) once a year Technioues for screen orintino on fabric exolorino oattern as a compcditionai eiement:~ario~s stencil meihads,~~ciuding photcgraphic processes. May be repeated for credit. Studio. Fee. Prerequisite:ART 377 or instructor appnwai. MART 478 Advanced Surface Design. (3) spring in odd p a n Emphasizes pemnai expression with advanced problems in sfich resist, arashi shiboti, transfers, indigo, vat and disperse dyes, and pigments. Studio. Fee. Prerequisites: bolh ART 377 and 477 or only instructo~approvai. MART 479 3-0 Fibers. 13) fall and spring Explores traditional and nontraditional 3-D fiber techniques and media. Discussion, research, and critiques augment technical dem~nstralions.May be repeated tor credit. Studio. Fee. See ART Note 2. MART 494 SpeciaiTopics. ( 1 4 ) selected semesrerr TOOICSma" nc LO= the lo l o w l n ~ . .. . - Fee. Rbers and Surface Fee. PrintTextiies Fee. Senior Exhibition and Porlfalio M ART 439 Mlxed Media. 13) " " ." "". . Expionng v l s m enects by comb n ng tradll!ona an0 nontrao llonai melhws tecnnlqLes. and concepts May be repealed for creo t SILOo 6 hadn a week See ART Note 2 M ART 440 New Media Concepts. (3) fall andspting Continued experimentswiVl new media and interdisciplinaryconcerns in art. May be repeated for credii. 6 hours a week. Fee. See ART Note 2. Corequisite: ART 441. MART 441 Video A h 11) far and spring Ulll r ng v oeo and a ~ d t oequ pment essenl a lo the prodbct on 01 Droadcast qLa ity vloeo art May be repealeo for credll 2 nous a week Corea~tsoleART 440 M ART442 FolWOulsider Art.@) fall Explores ideas, attitudes, and art of contemporary"self-taught: Visionary: and "outsider" artists. Research and studio practice. Leclure, studio. Prerequisites: both ART 113 and 115 or only instructor approval. M ART 443 lntermedia. (3) fall and spring Experimental, conceptual, and interdisciplinary studio art wilh emohasis on new media and technaiwies. Mav be remated once for crebil.6 hours a week. See ART ~ a t e i . M ART 449 Computer Animation andvideo. (3) fali and spring Integrates3-D fine arts animation with video and compositing. May be repeated for credit. Studio. Fee. Prerequisite: ART 348 or instructor approval. M ART 450 Computer Animation and Audlo. (3) faN and spring Integratesaudio with 3-D animation lor fine arts applications,Includes camoositino and ellech. Mav be reoeated far credit. Studio. Fee. ~reiequisit~s: ART 449: ins~rudara~proval. .. M ART 470 Computer Animation ParUoiio. (3) fall and spring Productionof videotape and CD 3-D animation portfolios for fine arts and industry integrating animation, video, and audio. May be repeated lor credit. Studio. Fee. Prerequisites: ART 449; instrudor approval. General Sfudies: CS MART 484 Internship. (1-12) selectedsemsrrers MART 494 S m c i a l T o. ~ ~ c(.s1.4 .) fan and sprinj Topia may include ths fallowing: Diaital. 13) ~ ~ FG. lntermedia MART 294 SpecialTopics. ( 1 4 ) selectedsernesterr Topics may include the following: Digital Media lntermedia Intmd~dionto lntermedia MART 345 Vlsualizatlon and Prototyping 1. (3) sorino in even vean ~t;rud&emina; introduces concepts of computer visualization. modeling, and rapid prolatyping in an interdisciplinary manner Lecture, studio. See ART Note 2. MART 346 3-0 Computer Imaging . .and Animation. (3) . far and spring 3-D modeling and animation. Emphasizes concepts and fine arts aoolications. Studio. Fee. See ART Note 2. denera1Studies: CS MART 348 Animation MoUon Shldies. (3) faN andspring Computer animation motion studies, modeling, and editing for fine arts. Studio Fee. Prerequisites:ART 346:junior standing; instructor approval. -. ~ ... Digital Processes for Prinbnaking Fee. Intermedia. (3) lntermedia Elective. (3) Mixed Media. (3) Noneleclronic Intermedia. (3) Senior Exhibition and Porlfoiio Fee. Visualization and Prototyping 11. (3) Web Art Fee. Metals MART 272 Jewelry. 1. (3) .. fall andspring Emphasizes fabrication in jewelry making. Basic techniques of culling and piercing, forging and soldering, and forming. Not open to senion. L literacy and critical inquiry IMA mathematics ICS camputeNstatislic51 q~anlitativeapplications IHU humanities and fine arts ISB social and behavioral sciences ISG natural scien-ensral core courser ISO natural ssience-quanfitative IC cultural diversity in the United States IG global I H histolicd I See 'Genera Studies: page 93. THE KATHERINE K. HERBERGER COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS 6 hours a week. Lab. Fee. See ART Note 1. Prerequisites: both ART 112 and 115 or only instructor appmval. M ART 372 Jewelry 11. (3) fan and spring Fabricated approach to jewelry making. Techniques in stone selling and surface embellishment. 6 hours a week. Fee. See ART Note 2. M ART 373 Metaiworkim. 131 once a year Compression, die, and stretch forming as applied to hollow form construction. Hot and cold forging techniques as applied to smilhing. 6 hours a week. Fee. Prerwuisites: a combination of ARS 101 and 102 and ART 113 and 115 and 272 or only instructor approval MART 472 Advanced Jewelry. (3) fall andsorino J e w r y ma*& w m emphasis on oevetopng personal statements s week Fee and cransmanshlp May be repeateo for cred 1 6 n o ~ r a Prereq~ S ~ ART S 372. Inannor a p p r o ~ l MART 473 Advanced Metalworking. (3) once a year Forging and forming techniques in individualizeddirections. May be reoeated tor credit. 6 hours a week. Fee. Prereauisites: ART 373: instructor approval. .. M ART 494 SpecialTopics. (1-4) Ian and spring Topics mav include the following: etai is, i3) Senior Exhibition and Portfolio -- Painting MART 223 Painting 1. (3) fa& sptinq, summer ~undaminlalconcepts and malenals of trad Ilona an0 expenmental pa nllng medla Empnasaes preparatan at pa.nbng s ~ p w r l s . c o m m ~ r00 l an0 co or Lab 6 hwrs a weer See ART Note I ~reieq;isit&: both ART 111 and 113 or only ihstrudor approval. MART 227 Watercolor 1. (3) fali and spring Fundamental concepts, materials, and techniques of watercolor. Emphasizes problem solving, basic skills, composition, and color 6 hours B week. Fee. See ART Note 1. Prerequisites:both ART 111 and 113 or only instructor approval. M ART 323 Painting 11. (3) fall and spring Development of competency in skills and expression.Assigned problems involve light, space, color, brm, and content. 6 hours a week. See ART Note 2. MART 327 Watercolor 11. (3) once a "ear ~x~lordtians of personal expression in watercolor. Continued development of watercolor skills using traditional and ewrimental materials and techniques. 6 hours a week. Fee. See ART Note 2. M ART 423 Painting 111. (3) fall and spring May be repeated far credit. 6 hours a week. See ART Note 2. MART 425 Figure Painting. (3) fad and spring The human figure clothed and nude as the subject far painting in selected media. May be repeated for credit. 6 hours a week. Fee. Prerequisites: both ART 314 and 323 or only instructor approval. M ART 427 Advanced Watermedia. (3) fall and spring Continuation of ART 327. Advanced techniques, concepts, and methods with watermlor and other water-based media on paper. May be repeated for credit 6 hours a waek. Fee. Prerequisite:ART 327 or instructor ao~roval. ,. M ART 494 Special Topics. (1-4) fall and spring Topics may include Ihe following: Painting. (3) Senior Exhibition and Portfolio -. Photography MART 101 Photography 1. (3) fall and spring Development of skills and techniques of black and white photography. Emphasizes camera work and darkroom procedures. Must be taken with ART 102. Coreauisite: ART 102. MART 102 Photography I Lab. (0) faaand spring Must be taken with ART 101. Fee. Corequisile: ART 101 MART 204 Photography 11. (3) fadand sorlno ~hotographyasan a n m w Lm w lh addruonal exparatton onto personal photograph c aesmel cs 6 h0.n d week Fee See ART Note 1 Prereq~lsltsART 101 MART 294 S m l a l T o d. c s . 11-4) . seisctsdsem~slers Topics may include the following: Dioita Art 131 " , M ART 304 Advanced Photography. (3) fail and spring Interpretation and manipulationof light as a tool in the performance of exllressive .DhotograDhv. 6 hours a week. Fee. See ART Nate 2. M ART305 Color Photography 1. (3) fail and spring Applies color transparencies and prints to photographicart. May be repeated for credit. Fee. See ART Note 2. M ART 308 Dlaltal P h o t w r a ~ h i cl m w e s 1.131 fail and springScanning, manipulation, refinement, and composiung of photographic images on the computer. Lab, studio. Fee. See ART Nate 2. M ART 394 SmCialTaDics. 1 1 4 ) selmed semesrers Toplw may include tne foilomng Doajla An 131 M ART401 Nonsllver Photography. (3) hll .and .- -sorino r Recogn loan of tne onherent cnaraclensl cs of nons! ver processes and the r use n comm~n~eat~ng oeas May be repealed for crw 1 6 h o ~ r s a wee* Fee Prereg~s te ART 304 or instrdclar appmva MART 403 Senlor Photoara~hlcPmleets. 131 ,~, fall and spring Techn cal ani pno.oropn cal ref nemenl of persona aestnet e *rlln YanOUS phologrephlc medla May be repeateo for cred 1 6 ho-n a week Fee See ART hole 2 M ART 404 Ponraitvre Photography. (3) fall andspring Photographingpeople. Critical discussions and slide lectures on issues in wnraiture. Mav be re~eatedfor cradii. 6 hours a week. Fee. See A R T ' N o ~2.~ MART 406 PhotoTechniaues.131 fall and spring Camera and darkroom techniques with emphasis on creative control of the Mack and white print. 6 hours a week. Prerequisite: ART 204 or instructor approval. MART 407Vlew Camera. (3) fan and spring View camera and darkroom techniques. Studio, lab. Fee. See ART Note 2. MART 408 Digital Photographic Images 11. (3) fall and spring DBVBIO~S personal aesthetic in digital photography May be repeated for credit. 6 hours a week. Studio. Prerequisile:ART 308 or instructor appmval. MART 409 Photoara~hlc - . Exhibition. 131 once a vear Care oiphotographic prints, print presentation, and exhibition. Practical experience in gallery operations. May be repeated tor credit. 6 hours a week. Prerequisite: ART 304 or instrunor approval. M ART410 Landscape Photography.(3) fall and spring Photographinglandscapes. Cntical discussion end presentations on issues in landscape photography May be repeated forcredit. Studio. 6 . - -. - .. -. . .. - ~~ ~ ~ ~~ ~ ~.~ ~ ~ ~ . ~ , SCHOOL OF ART hours a week. Prerequisites: a combination of ART 304 and 305 and 308 or only instructor approval. M ART 494 SpciaiTopics. ( 1 4 ) fall and spring Topics may include the following: coliotvve ,, Fee. Digital Photographic Images 11. (3) Fee. Digital Printing Fee. DocumentaryPhotography Fee. Issues in Digital Photography Fee. Landscape Photography . . .. Fee i&h-century Photo Processes.(3) Photo. (3) Photographic Fabrications Fee. Photogravure Fee. Senior Exhibition and Portfolio M ART 498 ProSeminar. (1-7) selscfedsemesfers Topics may include the following: Landscape Photography:Theary Fee. Printmaking M ART 253 lntrod~ctlon to Printmaking. (3) once a yes, lntrod~ctlonto oastc monorype intagl o re1 ef and re.ated lechn aues SIU~OOFee See ART hole 1 Prereq"s6te ART II 3 hl ART 351 Intaglio 1. (3) fall and spring Introducescontemporaryand traditional developmentaltechniquesfor black and white prints. 6 haun a week. Fee. See ART Note 2. MART 352 Lithography 1. (3) falland spring Monochromatic and color planographicprintmaking utilizing stone and aluminum plate processes. 6 hours a week. Fee. See ART Note 2. M ~ R T 3 5~i c & n Printing I. (3) fall and spring Introduces paper, direct, and photographicstencil techniques. 6 houn a week. Fee. See ART Note 2. M ART355 Photo P m e s s t o r Printmaking 1. (3) ontrmdces photograph c pnnc ples and su Is lor pnolomechancal pnntmah ng processes i n c ~ ng o photos8 kscreen photol4ho. and pnolcetchonq 6 n o a s a nee6 Fee See ART Note 2 MART 394 SpeclalTopis.(l-4) selecfedsemeste~~ Topics may include the following: Relief Printmaking Fee. ~ ~ MART 451 Advanced Intaglio. (3) fall and spring Various contemporary and traditional methods of printing to achieve color prints. May be repeated for credit. 6 hours a week. Fee. Prerequisite: ART 351 or instructor approval. MART 452 Advanced Lithographr (3) falland spring Continuation of ART 352. May be repeated for credit. 6 houn a week. Fee. Prerwuisite: ART 352 or lnstrudor aDPrOva1. .. MART 453 Experimental Printmaking. (3) fall end sorino Ailernalve t&hn qbes and methods to lradlhonal approaches lo pnntmahng.May oe repeatw for credjt SILO0. Prereq~eltes:ART 351,352,354, 394 ST Re (el Pnnlmakng. 456 (or 459) ~ ~ M ART 454 Advanced Screen Printing. (3) once a year Continuation of ART 354. May be repeated for credit. 6 hours a week. Fee. Prerequisite:ART 354 or instructor approval. M ART455 Advanced Photo Processes for Prlntmaking. (3) once a year Continued study of photomechanicaltechniques and applications to orintmakino or ,ohotwraohic~.oracesses. Fee. Prereouisite:ART 355 or /nstructor &promi. MART 456 Fine Printing and Bookmaking 1. (3) once a year Lenerpress printing and typography as fine art. Study of history, alphabets, mechanics of hand typesetling, presswork, and Various forms of printed maner. Fee. See ART Note 2. M ART 457 Fine Printing and Bookmaking 11. (3) once a "ear - ---,-Continuation of ART 456. Bookbinding, baak design and printing, advanced typography, theory, and presswork.May be repeated tor credit. Fee. Prerequisites: ART 456: instructor approval. MART 458 Paprmaking. (3) fan and spring History, theory, demnnslratimS. sheetfoming, ~ l l l a g 8 treatments, and 3-0 approaches. May be repeatedfor credit. 6 houna week. Fee. See ART Note 2. M ART 459 Monoprinting. (3) fall and spring Nonmuitipieprinted image using variety of technical approaches. May be repeated for credit. 6 hours a week. Fee. See ART Note 2. M ART 494 SpecialTopics. (1-4) ~elscted~erne~Ie~~ Topiw may include the following: Artists' Books Fee. Experimental Paper Fee. Experimental Printmaking Fee. Relief Printmaking Fee. Senior Exhibition and Portfolio ~ ~ - ~ . a . . Sculpture MART 231 Sculnture t.(3l $11. sprmg. summer ~ lorms lhro~ghconcepts rc aleo to oasc malerlair Exp ores s c p~.ral Foc~Eeson a.o.0 prodect$onsafery aestnel c cr t.ctsm, an0 h stor) of S C L I D I . ~ ~ 6 hodrs a w e * Fee See ART Note I Prerea~stes both ART 111 and 115 or only instructor approval MART 274 W w d 1. (3) far and spring Fundamentalwoodworking techniques to produce creative functional 3-D objects. 6 houn a week. Fee. See ART Note 1. 11.13) MART 331 S c u l ~ N r e fa* ana spnng Conl nual on ol ART 231 wrln an empnass on meld labr!cabOn as an expresswe w.lpl~ra process Tecnnlq~esin welding, e m n g an0 oenomo of molals and lnew aerlnel LS 6 h o ~ r S a week Fee See ART Note 2; M ART 332 Sculpture 111. (3) fall and spring Explores diverse media with a focus on mold-makingprocesses. Development of the sculpture portfolio. 6 hours a week. Fee. Prerequisites:a combination of ARS 101 and 102 and ART 331 or only instructor approval. ~~- L literacy and criiiiiinquiry I MA mathematics I CS cornputerlstatisticsl quanlitalive appli~ationsI HU humanities and fins arts I SB social and core courses ISO natural behavioral sciences i SG natural scienc-eneral scienc-uantitatlve i C culturai diversity in the United States IG global I H historical ISee '~eneralStudies: page 93. THE KATHERINE K. HERBERGER COLLEGE OF FINE MART 333 Foundry Casting Methods. (3) fali and s ~ m o Fine an and iechniques of metal casting: mold making, foundry safety. finishing techniques, application of patinas, and history of casting. May be repeated for credit. 6 hours a week. Fee. Prerequisites: a combination of ARS 101 and 102 and ART 332 or only instructor approval. M ART 374 Wood 11.13) fail and spring Individual and directed problems in w w d related to the pmductian of unique functional an objects. 6 hours a week. Fee. See ART Note 2. MART 394 Speclal Topics. ( 1 4 ) selectedsemesters Topics may include the following: Cawing Fee. M ART 431 Special Problems i n Sculpture. (3) fall and spring Development of a personal approach to sculpture. Emphasizes form. individual problems, and related mior technology. Professional practices and presentation. May be repeated far credit. 6 hours a week. Fee. Prerequisiles: ART 332; instructor approval. MART 432 Nwn Sculpture. (3) ~~~~ ~ .. - '"L Tecnnq~esfor crealng noon n an an conlen G ass lube beno ng an0 tabr catlon Conslruct on of amfwolrs LI. ozmg Ignlqeneratmg qasses May be repealeo for credit 6 no,rs a week Fee See ART Note 2. MART 435 Foundry Research Methods. (3) fall and spring Research in foundry techniques. Studio. Pre- or mrequisite: ART 333 or instructor approval. M ART 436 Archlteclural Sculpture. (3) selenedsemssters Sculptural mncepts as related to architecture and other man-made environments. Scale drawing, models, and relief sculpture. May be remated for credit. 6 hours a week. Fee. Prerequisite: ART 332 or instructor approval. MART 437 Film Animation. (3) ',or, ",, Production of shorl 16mm films that feature articulated sculptural objects, models, dolls, puppets, and graphics through the use of single-framefilming techniques. May be repeated for credit. 6 hours a week. Fee. Prereauisite: instructor ao~roval. .. M ART 438 Exprimental Systems i n Sculpture. (3) spring Simple electrical and mechanical systemsthat can be utilized in the context of studio an and installations. Requires active production of studio arworks. May be repeated for credit. 6 hours a week. Fee. See ART Note 2. M ART 474 Advanced Wwd. (3) fall andspring Extended experience and advanced techniques in the use of w w d lo create functional works of art. May be repeated for credit. 6 hours a week. Fee. Prerequisites: ART 374; instructor approval. MART 494 SpecialTopics. (1-4) selected semesters Topics may include the fallowing: Advanced Sculpture Carving Fee. Film: Post-Pmductian . . . Fee. Foundry Casting Methods Fee. Foundry Research Methods Fee. Live Action Filmmaking Fee. Senior Exhibition and Portfolio Special Topics in Sculpture Special Studio A r t MART 394 Speclal Toplcs. ( 1 4 ) selected semesters Topics may include the following: Guided Study MART 499 lndlvlduallzed Instrucllon. (1-3) selectedsemesters Omnibus Counres. Far an explanation of m u m s offered but not specificalhllisted in this catalog, see T)mnitus Courres: page 63. GaduateLevel Courses. For information a b u t murses numbered frwn MO lo 799, see the Graduate Catalcg, or access wwwasu.edul catalog on the Web. In some situations, undergraduatestudents may be eligible to take these courses; for more information. see 'GraduateLevel Courses: page 62. - Department of Dance herbergercollege.asu.eduldance 4801965-5029 PEBE 107A Professors: Kaplan, Murphey Associate Professors: Jackson. Ma. Mooney Clinical Associate Professor: Vissicaro Assfstant Professors: Dyer, Fitzgerald, Parrish, Tsukayama Associate Research Professional: Mitchell Senior Lecturer: Schupp Lecturer: Valentin-Martinez The Department o f Dance is committed to providing a stimulating and diverse environment where students develop as scholars, educators, and artists through participation in innovative programs, residencies, performances, and piulnerihip\. .illsludents regi\tmng i n n degree p r u g r m c n r d l through the Katherine K. Herberger College of Fine A m . A d m i s s ~ o npolluler and procedures and the s p c l f i c rcquiremenls o f each Bachelor of F ~ n A c n s degree concenm u o n w e a \ n ~ l a b l er r o m the D c ~ a r t m e not f Dance Advisement Office. - - Audition/Admission. Students applying .. - to the university as freshmen o r transfer students who are interested in b e c o k inx dance maiors are granted preprofessional status. Indidance viduals intending to enroll in the;ndergraduate degree program and participate i n dance major classes are required to pass an entrance audition before being admitted t o the department's dance major classes. These auditions take place i n the fall and spring o f each academic year. Auditions, conducted b y the Dance faculty, determine technical proficiency, placement, and scholarship awards. Criter i a f o r placement in dance technique classes are published in the de~artrnent'sstudent handbook. The handbook is svalahl;lhn,ugh the Dance Advisement O t t c e and o n the dcpanment', Web \11e Studenlc who do not su~cecsfully DEPARTMENT O F DANCE complete the audition axe allowed to remain in preprofessional status for two semesters. At the end of that term they are allowed to re-audition. By the second semester of their sophomore year all dance oreorofessional students who have oassed the audition must petition for admission into one of the four concentrations: choreography, dance education, dance studies, or performance. Depending upon the concentration selected, the petition process may include a technique audition, and the submission of video tapes of choreographed works, an artistic portfolio, a writing sample, and a written statement of intent andlor research interests. All students are interviewed and must have a 3.00 GPA before being accepted into an area of concentration. Specific criteria and policies related to petition procedures for each of the concentrations are available throueh the Herberger College of Ftne An\ (HCFA) ~dvtscmen; Office and on the Web site. Admi,siun is highly select~\e. Students who fail to meet the criteria for theconcentrations axe not dismissed from the Bachelor of Fine Arts program and may re-petition once during the following semester. If a student still fails to meet the criteria of one of the four concentrations, he or she will not be dismissed from the university altogether; the student may transfer to another program. Students should work closely with the department advisor during the decision-making process. .. -. . Schnlarshiu Auditions. Hiehlv comoetitive scholarshio auditions are conducted for incoming and transfer students durine the Sorine Admission Audition. For more information, c o n t a c ; t h e % ~Advisement ~~ Office. Ransfer Students. Dance Minon. and Bachelor of Interdisciplinary Studies studen&. Transfer, minor, and BIS students must successfully complete the admittance audition before enrolling in Dance major courses. Additionally, transfer students who have completed music theory for dance, dance production, or choreography courses at other institutions must also take placement examinations in these areas. These examinations are offered during the August and January orientation periods. - - DANCE-BFA The faculty in the Department of Dance offer a Bachelor of Fine Arts (BFA) degree at the undergraduate level with four areas of concentration: choreography, dance education, dance studies, and performance. All new students are admittedinto the preprofessional program and petition for admission into one of the concentrations durine the soohomore year of study. Transfers, who have succe~sfullycompleted the admission audition, may petition into one of the four concentrations after one semester in residence. Further details may be obtained from the HCFA Advisement Office. Graduation Requirements. In addition to fulfilling the major requirements, students must meet all university graduaiion requirements and college degree requirement;. At least45 semester hours must be upper-division courses. See "University Graduation Requirements," page 89. and "College Degree Requirements:' page 439. Preprofessional Dance Major Program. First-semester preprofessional students who passed the audition should take the following courses: DAN 134 Technique and Theory of Modem Dance...................... 3 DAN 135 Technique and Theory of Ballet .................................. 2 ENG 101 First-Year Composition Daoce elective General Studies courses - Total............................................................................................... 16 C o r e Curriculum The Dance major consists of a minimum of 59 semester hours in the dance core. All courses in the major must be completed with a grade of " C (2.00) or higher. The following areas make up the core curriculum. Technique. Twenty-six semester hours in ballet and modem technique are required. Performance. Two upper-division courses are required. Theory. The following dance theory courses are required: DAH 201 Dance in World Cultures HU, G ................................... 3 or DAH 191 Finl-Year Seminar (3) DAN 221 Rhythmic Theory for Dance I ....................................... 2 DAN 222 Rhythmic Theory for Dance 11 ...................................... 2 DAN 340 Dance Kinesiology ........................................................ 4 Total............................................................................................... II Choreography and Impmvisation. The following courses are required: Stmclures. ............. 3 DAN 26.1 lrnprovi~sl~ondl DAN 265 Appmx'hcr to Churcuprdphy ..................................... 3 Total................................................................................................. 6 History. Choose two of the following three courses: DAH 301 Philosophy and Criticism of Dance M U ....................3 DAH 302 Cross-Cultural Dance Studies U H U ,G ........................ 3 DAH 401 Dance History HU ......................................................... 3 Production. For the concentration in dance studies, choose one of the following two courses: DAN 210 Dance Pmduction I* .................................................... 3 DAN 21 1 Dance Production 11' .................................................... 3 60th courses are requtred for performance. s h o ~ u ~ ~ qand ~h). dmce cduialion cunscnvslions. Dmce rludner nudenu should select one of the two courses. Dance Concentration Curriculum. Each concentration in the dance curriculum-choreography, dance education, dance studies, and performance-is composed of specific criteria as defined by the concentration. Refer to the following for details. Choreography Concentration Core Curriculum. See "Core Curriculum," on this page. L ltelacy and cr rlcs ongi ry MA mslhemat cr CS comDLler,nal n cr ~ ~ a n t nve a l am1calms HU n m a n lfer ano hoe arar SB rrx al ano behavioral sciencesI SO natural ~isnse--generalcore courser I SO natural scienc-uantilatiw 1 C cultural diversity in the United Stales I G global I H historical I See 'General Studies,"page 93. , 465 THE KATHERINE K. HERBERGER COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS Concentration Requirements. The following courses are required for the choreography concentration: DAN 321 Music Literature for Dance ...................................... 3 DAN 364 Choreography and Accompaniment.............................. 3 DAN 365 Advanced Choreography............................................... 3 4 DAN 480 Senior Performance in Dance .......................................Total ............................................................................................. 13 Dance Education Concentration Performance Concentration Core Curriculum. See "Core Curriculum," page 465 Concentration Requirements. The following c o m e s are required for the performance concentration: DAN 321 Music Literature for Dan DAN 480 Senior Performance in Dance ....................................... THP 101 Acting: An Introduction Core Curriculum. See "Core Curriculum," page 465. Concentration Requirements. The following courses are required for the dance education concentration: DAN 350 Methods afTeaching Children's Dance ........................ 3 DAN 352 Dance Education Theory............................................3 DAN 354 lntemated Aooroaches in Dance Education .................. 3 DAN 356 .\lethod, of Tcaihtng Cantemporq Dan;c Tcchn~quc~ n Compoc~tion d ~nScrondvy .. Educdrwn ............................................ 4 DAY 301 C h m.>drdpb! and Acuompanimrnt. . . . . . . . . . . 3 D.AY 496 Ssntor Ddl~ceEducation Caprtunc. . .. 4 Total .............................................................................................. 20 .4 \tudent pursutnp the dance education concentration may n1.u choose to become certified to teach rlance (K-12) in Arizona public schools. In addition to the dance concentration courses, students must complete education courses, two semesters of field experience, and one semester of student teaching. Students should apply to the College of Education in the middle of the sophomore year. To be considered for admission to the Initial Teacher Certification (ITC) program, students must complete an application portfolio specified by the College of Education. Application deadlines for the ITC programs are February 1 for fall admission and Seotember I for sorinr admission. Students should be advised that additionai semester hours are required to complete certification requirements. For more information, cootact the College of Education Office of Student Services, or phone 4801965-5555. For swcific information related to the ITC anolication deadlines and eligibility for admission, see "Initial Teacher Certification Professional P r o ~ r a mAdmission.". oaee . 350. Additional requirements for certification are listed on the check sheet available from the Colleee of Education or Department of Dance. .. - - Dance Studies Concentration Core Curricutum. See "Core Curriculum:' page 465. Concentration Requirements. The following courses are required for the dance studies concentration: DAH 495 Theory and Methods of Dance Research ...................... 3 DAH 496 Senior Dance Studies Capstone .................................... 4Total ................................................................................................ 7 tightcm additional ,emester hours in related ticlds must he dp~rc~\,ed hv the BFA Dance Sludtes Commtttee The conceit of related fields should support the research project. Additional reauirements are listed on the check sheet available from t i e Department of Dance. Performance. Choose from the following four courses (six semester hours are required): DAN 371 Dance Theatre PerformancelProduction ................... 1-3 DAN 471 Dance Arizona Repertory Theatre ............................. 3-4 DAN 472 Concert Dance ............................................................. 2 DAN 494 ST: Guest Artists ........................................................... 3 Additional requirements are listed on the check sheet available from the Department of Dance. MINOR The deoanment offers a minor in Dance consistine of 18 u semester huurs uf course work. in~ludtng12 upper-dirision hours. A minimum prsdc o i ' B 13.00) . . is reoutred in all courses. .&dditionalbance minor include the followinr: DanceMinOr Chwse from the following courses................................................. 3 DAH 101 Introduction to Dance (3) DAH 191 First-Year Seminar (1-3) DAH 201 Dance in World Cultures HU,G (3) Choose from the following courses............................................3 DAH 301 Philosophy and Criticism of Dance U H U (3) DAH 302 Crass-Cultural Dance Studies M U . G (31 .. DAH 401 Dance History HU (3) Choose from the following courses' ............................................ 2-3 DAN 134 Technique and Theory of Modern Dance (3) DAN 135 Technique andTheory of Ballet (2) DAN 234 Technique and Theory of Modern Dance (3) DAN 235 Technique andTheory of Ballet (2) DAN 334 Technique and Theory of Modern Dance (3) DAN 335 Technique and Theory of Ballet (2) DAN 434 Technique and Theory of Modern Dance (3) DAN 435 Technioue and Theorv of Ballet (2) .. 7 Chwse from the following caurser- ............................................... 2 DAN 130 Dance (2) DAN 194 Special Topics (14) DAN 294 Special Topics (1-4) DAN 394 Special Topics (1-4) Dance Electives .......................................................................... 7-8 Total...................... . .............................................................17-19 I No more than a total of three major level techniques courses may be taken; transfer credit will not fulfill the major-level technique requirement. There is no limit an the total number of nonmajor technique courses that may be taken. Questions about the minor may be referred to Herberger Academic Advising. THE KATHERINE K. HERBERGER COLLEGE OF FINE -- Irish Dance I Irish Step I lrish Step Ii Latin Salsa I Fee. Latim!SwingBallraom i Strictly Ballrwm Swingltindy I Fee. West African Dance I M DAN 210 Dance Pmductlon 1. (3) fall Theory and practice of lighting, scenery, sound, and stage management for dance production. Labs cwer all areas of pmdudion. Lecture, lab. Fee. M DAN 211 Dance Pmduction 11. (3) spnng Theory and practice of arts management and costume design for dance croduction. Labs wver all areas of pmdu&n. Lecture, lab. Fee. M DAN 221 R h y t h m i c l h ~ l r y f o Dance r 1. (2) fall Elements of music, music structures, and their relationshipto dance. Emphasis an mythmic analysis and dance acmmpanimsnt.Fee. M DAN 222 RhythmicTheory for Dance 11. (2) spring Continuation of DAN 221 with an emphasis on small grouplmovement projects in relation to musical time and structure. CD-ROM work included. Fee. Prerequisite:DAN 221 or proficiency exam. M DAN 230 Dance. 121 fall, sprmng, summer lntermed~atelevels. Continuation of DAN 130. May be repeated for credit. M DAN 234Technlque sndlheory of Modem Dance.@) fan and spring Intermediateconcepts of modern dance technique. Development of movement oualitv and ~erformanceskills. 6 hours weekhl. May be repeated fo;cre&t. ~ e ePrerequisite: . placement audition. MOAN 235Technlaue a n d m e o w of Ballet 121 fall and sDrrnno /\&need st& of elementary batlet technlqde through me traolhonal exercises. wolh proper awareness of we and phrasng 4 noun weekhl ~ a be u reoeated tor crea t Fee Prerca~ute olacement aLaLon .~.,-. M DAN 237 Beginning Pointe. (1) fall and spring Siudy of elementary pointe technique through the traditional exercises. 2 hours weekly. May be repeated far credit. Prerequiaes: basic ballet training; instructor approval. M DAN 264 lmprovlsational Sructures. (3) fali introduces basic improvisationaland choreographic principles with emphasis on current media and technology, group structures, and movement invention. Lecture, studio. M DAN 265 Approaches to Choreography. (3) tall lnlermea ate app carton 01 oaslc choregraph c pnnc p es wctn emphas s on mprov saaon, form, wntenl, and evaldat ve sklls Loct~restddo Prerea~lateDAN 284 or nstructor approval M ~ ~ ~ ~ p2e c9i a l 4~ i p i c(1-4) s. selectedsemesters Topics may include the following: ArgentineTango 1 I Ballet I1 Beginning Ballet Fee. Competitive International Ballrwm I1 Country Western I1 lntermediate Ballet Fee. lrish Dance iI Irish Step I Irish Step iI Latin Salsa iI LatinlSwingBallroom11 LatinTeam I1 . .. ~ ... . -.. . 7 - ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ - -. SwingRindy Ii West African Dance I1 M DAN 311 Dance for the ClassmomTeacher. 13) .. fall and spring Develops teaching methodology for implementationof dance cuniculum in K-I2 dassrwms. Lecture.. lab.. studio. Prereauisite: nonDance major. M DAN 321 Music Literature for Dance. 131 fall and spring Historical survey of music and comwitionai elements relative to dance Emphasts an anaksms of choreography fmm a mdslcal standpoint Lecture lab CD.ROM ac Fee Prerequ eles both DAN Pre- or corewlslte MbS 340 221 and 222 or onlv instmelor aDcrova .. M DAN 323 Dance, Cornputws, and Multimedia. (3) (alland spring Introduces desktop multimedia as it relates to dance creation, education, production, and research. Lecture, lab. Fee. Prerequisite: ART 112 or instructor approval. Pre- or corequisites: DAN 2M, 265. Geneal Studies: CS M DAN 330 Dance. (2) fall, spring, summer Advanced levels. Continuationof DAN 230. May be repeated far credit. M DAN 334Technlque andTheory of Madern Dance. (3) fall and s ~ r i n 4 Advancea coicepts ot modern dance technlq~eDevelopment ol movement qLa iry and performanceskllls 6 hodrs week,y May oe reoeatea for credlt Fee Prereou ste ~acementaddot on M DAN 335Technlque andTheory of Ballet. (2) h a and spring lntermediate ballet technique with emphasis on strenah. dvnamics. myvlmical impulses, and fransitions with awareness Gf p&er style and phrasing. 4 hours weekly. May be repeated far credit. Fee. Prerequisite:placement audition. M DAN 337 Intermediate Pointe. (1) far and spring Study of intermediate and advanced pointe technique through the traditional exernses. 2 hours weekly. May be repeated for credit. Fee. Prerequisite: DAN 237 or instructor appmvai. M DAN 340 Dance K l n e s i o l-. w . (41 fall and spring Pnnclple~of nnes,olgy appllcd to dance movement im udlng ldent8ftcatlon of m ~ s c ~ l ambalances r mhented anatomtca ddlsrences ana Dathamcchan~cs in aance techn aJe Prerw~~sttes both E l 0 201 and admission to a Dance BFA wncentration or only instructor approval. M DAN 342 ldeokinesis. (2) selectedsemesters Study of posture using the visualization of imagelgoais to facilitate improved alignment and movement efficiency. May be repeated for credit. Lecture. studio. M DAN 350 Methods otTeaching Children's Dance. (3) fall Theory and practice of teaching creative dance to children. Lecture, studio, field experience. Fee. Prerequisite:Dance major or instructor approval. M DAN 351 Methods ofTeaching .Ballet. 131 .. spring Analysis and acquisition of teaching techniques and materials far ballet. Lecture, studio. Pre- or wrequisite: DAN 352. M DAN 352 Dance Educationmeory. (3) .. fall Motivation: learning: assessment: historical, cultural, and sacial wnstructs; outreach; service: advocacy: curriculum development in dance education. Lecture, field experience. Fee. Prerequisite: Dance major or instructor approval. M DAN 3YI Integrated Approaches i n Dance Education. (3) spnw hew methms a l dance ed~catlonpedagogy St~osnts ga n ersenhal skflls lo employ and intograte onslrucl onal technology wlh n tneor dance c a r cu a Lect~relab f e o exoenence mea a lab Prerea~slle both DAN 350 and 352 or only mstictor approval DEPARTMENT OF DANCE M DAN 356 Methods ofTesching Contemporary DanceTechnlque and Composltlon i n Secondary Education. (4) tab Analysis and acquisition of skills and materials for teaching contemporary dance technique and composition in secondary education. Lecture, studio, field experience. Fee. Pre- or corequlsites: both DAN 350 and 352 or only instructor approval. M DAN 364 Chorecgraphy and Accompaniment. (3) h,, .-., Experience n tne use 01 trad~ttonaano nontraotsonalmLscal S~~UCIUI~Sas a bass for chorwgraphtc proteas Lendre, SILO o Prerea~lslleDAN 321 or lnstrudor approval .. M DAN 365 Advanced Choreography. (3) spnng Investigationand pradice of contemporary styles 01 choreography. Studio. Prerequisites:DAN 264 and 265 (or their equivalents). M DAN 371 DsnceThsatre PertormanMroducflon.(14) fall and sorina ~erfoformincebrtechnical theatre work In designated dance proouct On6 3 nodrs a rreer per semcsler ho"r May be repeated for Cleo t Pfereq.s$te n6lr~ctorapproua M DAN 380 Petiormance Studles Practicum. (3) spring Focus on developing rehearsal skills and achieving performance excellence through the preparation of three completed works. Sludio. lab. M DAN 394 Speclal Topics. (1-4) selectedsemesters Topics may include the following: Advanced HP Hop Ballet Methodology Capoelra CompetitiodExhlbition CompetitiodExhibitionI1 Compet~ltveBa room l a 1 n Compet~l~ve lnternatrana Bal r w m Com~et~t~ve lnternallona Bal room I i IntegratedApproaches in Dance Education Fee. Intermediate Ballet Fee. Intermediate Hip Hop lntermed ate Mooern Dance Internalonal Ba lroom Laton Formatoan Teams Latin Salsa Ill Latin Salsa IV LatiniSwing/Bailrwm Ill PilateS Mat ----- M D ~ G ~ e c h n i andmeory ~ u e of Modem Dance. (3) fall and s ~ r f n a preparation the performanceand comprehensionof pmfesslanallevel modern dance technique. 6 hours weekly. May be repeated for credit. Fee. Prerequisite: placement audition. M DAN 435Technique a n d m w r y of Ballet. (2) fall andspring Study 01 prole~~ional advanced ballet technique with emphasis on preparation for oerfarmance. 4 hours weeklv. Mav be repeated for credil.~ee.prerequisite: placement audl8ai. M DAN 443 Bodwork for Dancers. 121 spring Introduces various massage therapy modalities for dancers, including Shiatsu. Swedish massage, spans massage and propriacepliie neuromuscular facilitation techniques. M DAN 445 Laban Movement Analysis. (3) spring Theory and practice of Laban movement analysis and Bartefeniefl fundamentals through movement investigation, observation, notation, and analysis. Lecture, studio. Prerequisite:admission to a BFA in Dance concentration. M DAN 471 Dance Arizona RepertoryTheatre. (1-4) fall and spring Preprofessionalmodern dance company, emphasizingoutreach and performance. Opportunity to work with guest anists and community schools and omanizations. Mav be repeated for credit. Ledure. studio. approval: Fee. ~rerequis~e:instructor M DAN 472 Concert Dance. (2) fall and s ~ r f n s Extens ve priparat.on of repenov or new worrs crealeo by experienced cnorcograpnem S mL ales dance company experience. eu mlnalma n ocrformance Slddto Fee Prereou s tes aLor1lon instructor Gprovai M DAN 480 Senior Pertormance in Dance. (2) fall Original choreography lor gmup pefioformance with analysis and critique of problems encountered in produdion. Dance maiors reau ng aperformancecapstone pro,ect mJSl repeat th~sco~rselor a total 01 4 semester hods Prereq,.sles DAh 364 365 M DAN 484 Dance Internship (1-3) faN and spring M DAN 494 SpcialToplcs. (1-4) once a year Topics may Include the following: Collaborative Multimedia Fee. concen Dance. (2) Dance Education and Technology Fee. Guest Anise IntegrativeTeaching Methods - . . --. 5. Senior Dance Education Project Sound Design Fee. M DAN 4% Senior Dance Education Capstone. (2) fan and spriw Oriainal dance education researchthat includes wrinen document and pubilc presentat on. May oe repealed tor a Iota of 4 semester hours Lecl~ra.lab. Prereq~:saesa como nattan of DAh 350 an0 352 ano 352 and 356 or on y nslruclor approva O m n i b u ~Courses. For an explanation of courses offered but not specifically listed in this catalog, see "Omnibus Courses:page 63. Graduate-Level Courses. For information about courses numbered lrom 500 to 799. see tne Graduate Catalog. or access w as, edlJ aaUcalaiogs on tne Web In some rllLattons ~ndergrad~ale sl~dene mav be el o de lo lare these coJrses for more tnlormatlon see '~Lduate-"~evelCourses: page 62 in . .. L literacy and critical inquiry IMA mathemalies ICS compulerlstatistics/ quantitative applications I HU humanities and line arts I S8 soeial and behavioral sciences I SG natural rcienc%--general core courses ISO natural science-quantitative IC evltvrsl diversily in the United Stater IG global I H historical ISee 'General Studies.' page 93. THE KATHERINE K. HERBERGER COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS School of Music herbergercoUege.asu.edu/mnsic 4801965-3371 MUSIC El85 Kimberly Marshall, Associate Director, Graduate Studies Karen M. Bryan, Associate Director, Undergraduate Studies Regents' Professors: Hickman, Pagano Professors: Bailey, Brinon, Cosand, Crowe. DeMars, Doan, Dreyfoos, Hackbarth. Hamilton. Hill, Humphreys, Koonce. Marshall, Oldani. Pilafian. Reber, Rikakis. Rogers, Russell, Schildkret, Sellheim, Smith, Solis, Spring, Stauffer, Sunken, Thompson. Williamson, Wytko Associate Professors: E. Buck. N. Buck. Bush, Carpenter, Haefer, Holbr&. Kocour, Kopta, Lyman. May. McLin, Norton, Rio, Rockmaker, Rotaru, Schuring, Wilson Assistant Professors: Barefield, Bryan. Campbell. Cuciurean, Ericson. Feisst. FitzPatrick, Gentry. Jiang. Landschoot, Meir, Mills. Montiiia. Province. ~ a m ~Schmidt, e , Sullivan, Swartz Senior Lecturers: Crony. Larson, Mook, Shellans Lecturer: Tongret The School of Mustc In the Kathenne K Herberger Cullczc ot Ftne Anc at ASU ir an accrcd~tcdtnst~tut~onal mentbe; of the National Association of Schools of Music. The requirements for entrance and graduation set forth in this catalog are in accordance with?he published regulations of the association. The School of Music strives to create an environment that enriches and enlivens the role of music in our society by providing the highest level of instruction and research for music professionals in the fields of performance, conducting, pehagugy, music educatton. muclc therapy, music history. ntusic theory. and cumpu$ition. The following statement o i basic musicianship is endorsed by the-school of Music: All musicians, whether performen,composers, scholars,or teachers, share common professional needs. Every musician must to some extent be a performer,a listener, a historian, a composer, a theorist, and a teacher. For this reason, certain subject matter areas and learning processes are common to all baccalaureate degrees in music. Basic musicianship is developed in studies that prepare the student to function in a variety of musical roles that are supportive of hislher major concenmion. All undergraduate curricula, therefore. provide the following: 1. A conceptual understanding of such musical properties as sound, rhylhm, melody, harmony, ramre, and form and opponunities for developing a comprehensive grasp of their internlatianships as they form the cognitiveaffective basis for listening, composing and performing. 2. Repented opprlunitier for enacung in a vanel) oi wayr the raler of llrtcner (snalyrlrl. performer (tnlr.rprekUon). compoicr (crc3t~un,.,;hulx tre5euchl. 2nd leduhcr. 3. A repenory for study that embraces all cultures and historical periods. All students registering in a School of Music major program enroll through the Katherine K. Herberger College of Fine Arts. Audition/Admission Requirements. All students who wish to enmN in an undergraduate music degree program are required to pass an entrance audition in theirprimav performing medium (instrument or voice) before being admitted to rhe School of Music. Audition forms and specific audition requirements for each instrument or voice mav he obtained upon request by contacting the School of Music. or bv accessing the Web site at music.asu.edu. Official dates for theseauditions are set for each academic year. Until the auditiun prucerc is finlrhcd. a11 students intcresred in majonng in Music at ASC enter h e univenay \n the preprofess~unalprogram. I.'pon successful completiun of the audttton. the student is admtttcd to his or her specifid degree option. Students may audition up to three times for admission. Students mav enroll in music ensembles. concert attendance, and general studies until the audihon is successfuUy comoleted. Students are encouraged to obtain additional instruction on their major instrument with a private instructor. These private instructions are not required and do not generate university course semester hours. The reauditions are heard and evaluated by School of Music faculty. Admission to the composition concentration is subject to the approval of the composition faculty based upon an evaluation of the student's compositions andlor interview. - Diamostic Examinations. All freshmen must take atheorq diagnostic exam. If the student scores less than 70 percent; they must take an online fundamentals course before enrollinein MTC 125.All transfer students and entering freshmen u with a background in piano must take a diagnostic examination in piano during orientation week of their first semester on campus. All students are required to attain a minimum level of piano proficiency. Continuatton in the composition program is subject to review in the sophomore or iunior vear. All Music ducati ion majbrs, including transfer and postbaccalaureate students, must perform an additional audition before being admitted to the teacher education program. Normally, this audition occurs during the sophomore year. All students majoring in Music Therapy must pass MUJ? 21 1 Music in Recreation and a music therapy faculty review and screening interview before being passed into upperdivision study. - SCHOOL OF MUSIC MUSIC-BA The Bachelor of Arts degree requires a of 120 semester hours for graduation. The Music major consists of 70 semester hours and includes the requirements that follow for each area of study. In addition to fulfilling the major requirements, students must meet all university graduation requirements and college degree requirements. See "University Graduation Requirements," page 89, and "College Degree Requirements:' page 439. Music History. The following music history courses are required: 3 MHL 194 ST: Music and Cultu MHL 341 Music Histo MHL 342 Music Hista Upper-division MHL cows Tat 3 3 12 Nine elective upper-division semester hours in music history andlor theory are also required. Music Theory. The following music theory courses are required: MTC 125 Basic Music Theory ...................................................... 3 MTC ~221 - Music . Theoq: 18th Century ....................................... 3 MTC 222 Music Theory: 19th Century .........................................3 MTC 223 Music Theory: 20th Century .........................................3 MTC 320 Modal Counterpoint....................................................2 or MTC 321 Tonal Counterpoint (2) MTC 422 Musical Acoustics .............. ..........................................3 Total .............................................................................................. 17 ~ : Maior Performinp. Medium. Eight semester hours of MGI I I Srud~oln\uucliunor f i 31~ 1 Studiu Instructiun are rrquired At least four of these hours muct he at ASIJ. Four skmester hours of ensemble panicipation are required. Recital Attendance. Six semesters of MUP 100 Concerr Attendance are reauired. Diagnostic Examination. Four semesters of class piano (MUP 131,132,231,232), unless waived by a diagnostic examination at the time of entrance, are required. The remaining scnwster hours in music are selected by the student ~ncon.;ultatinn u tth an advisor. Course wurk mav be chosen from ethnomusicoloev, music education, music history, music theory, and perf&nance. Students must select sufficient elective courses to complete the 120 semester hours required for graduation. The curricula for the Music Education and Music Therapy majors require more than 120 semester hours. A student wishing to complete these programs in four years is required to take more than 15 semester hours per semester Or to attend summer sessions' The music curriculum for the BM majors on the pages that follow consists of a minimum of 79 semester hours. In addition, the Music Education major provides certification to students interested in teaching in the public schools. In addition to fulfilling the major requirements, students must meet all university. graduation requirements and college degree requirements. See "University Graduation Requirements," page 89, and "College Degree Requirements," page 439. MUSIC EDUCATION-BM Students in Music Education must complete the requirements for the Initial Teacher Certification prngram offered through the College of Education. Teacher Certification. The Music Education program leads to K-I2 certification in music for the State of Arizona. The undergraduate music education program contains three concentrations. The instrumental concentration is designed for those interested in teaching band in the public schools. The string concentration focuses on those who wish to teach strings and orchestra. The chorallgeneral concentration is geared toward those interested in teaching general music or choir. Teaching music education reuuires a K-I2 endorsement in ~rizona;All students in the Initial Teacher Certification (ITC) program take classes in elementary and secondary methods. The field experience requirement (three semesters) usually involves placements at the elementary, middle, and high school levels. Student teaching includes two experiences: elementarylmiddle, elementaryhigh, or middlehigh school. Students submit a special application to the ITC program in the College of Education. Application deadlines for the ITC program are February I for fall admission and September I for spring admission. Appointments with an advisor can be made in the Office of Student Services. College of Education, by calling 4801965-5555. cenificatibn is also a\atlablc thruugh the postbaccalaurcate program in the College of Fducat~on.lnleresled students shohdcontact an advisor in thecolleee of Education and in u music education for admission requirements to the postbaccalaureate program. Foreign Language. Sixteen semester hours in one language are required for the Bachelor of Arts degree. Choral-General Concentration This degree program may include instrumental music as a minor teaching field. BACHELOR O F MUSIC DEGREE Music Theory. The following music theory courses are required: All Bachelor of Music (BM) degree programs require 120 semester hours for graduation excluding Music Education (125 to 129 semester hours) and MusicTherapy (128 semester hours). The BM curriculum offers majors in Music Education, Music Therapy, Performance, and Theory and Composition. MTC 125 Basic Music Theory ......................................................3 MTC 221 Music Theory: 18th Century ......................................... 3 L literacy and criti-I inquiry I MA mathematics I CS computerlstatistiwl (1uanlilative ilo~li~ations I HU humanities and fins arts I S 8 social and .. bhaviolal sciences I SG natural scienc-eneral core CoUrs9s I SO natural rsiense-guantitative I C cultural diversify in the United States I G global I H historical I See 'General Studie9," page 93. THE KATHERINE K. HERBERGER COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS MTC 222 Music Theory: 19th Century .........................................3 MTC 223 Music Theory: 20th Century .........................................3 Total ..............................................................................................12 Music History. The following music history courses are required: 3 3 MHL 194 ST: Music and Culture MHL 341 Music Histo MHL 342 Music Histo Tota 3 9 Conducting. The following conducting courses are required: L MUP 209 Beginning Choral Conducting MUP 339 Choral Conducting ....................................................... 2Tors Music Education. The following music education courses are required: MUE 110 Introduction to Music Education ..................................I MUE 313 Elementary Music Method MUE 480 Choral Methods - - Mnior Medium. Eieht semester hours of -~~ " Performing \IUI' I I I Sludio ln\truction 2nd eighl ccmcsler hours of VUP 7 1 I Studlo lnstruct~onarc reuuired to obtain a ~ r u f i ciency level necessary to meet the graduation recital requirement. M W 495 Performance completes the requirement. ~ ~ ~~~ ~~~~~ ~ - Minor Performine Medium. A oroficiencv. eaual . to six \eme,tcrs of stud" in keyboard or votce (wh~cheveris not thc in.tp,r p.rf~,rmlng medium) is required Studenls wiching 10extend thcir lln,ficlency beyond thls le\,el may con11nue10study in .MUP 321 Studio Instruction. Enwmble. tlghl different serne,lers of panlclpatlon. ~nelud~ng at lcA,t \ I % scme.tcrc or MUP 352 Concm Chulr and/or&kIP 353 University Choir, four of which must be at ASU, are required. Recital Attendance. Six semesters of MUP 100 Concert Attendance are required. Instrumental Concentratlon It is strongly recommended that this degree program include courses in choral music or courses in jazz education. ~ ~~ ~ ~~ Music Theory. The following music theory courses are required: MTC MTC MTC MTC Total 125 Basic Music Theo 221 Music Theory: 18 222 Music Theory: 19th Century ......................................... 3 223 Music Theory: 20th Century .........................................3 12 Music History. The following music history courses are required: MHL 194 ST: Music and Culture .................................................. 3 MHL 341 Music History.............................................................. 3 MHL 342 Music History................................................................ 3 T m l................................................................................................. 9 Conducting. The following conducting courses are required: MUP 210 Beginning Instrumental Conducting ............................. I MUP 340 Instrumental Conductin To Music Education. The following music education courses are required: MUE 110 Introduction to Music Education...................................I MUE 315 General Music in the Secondary Schwls ..................... 2 MUE 317 Educational Methods for Violin and Viola .................... I MUE 318 Educational Methods for Cello and Strine Bass ........... I MCE 327 Ed~ia~o!b31 \lulhuds fdr Trumpel and Horn.. . . I .UUE 3% W ~ c ~ t ~ 3lelhn~plst~ng thc ln-semcstcr hour <<>reof BA in tllm ;uur.;cr Appliimtr tu the film and nlcJia ~ruJuctionconcentration must have a minimum GPA of j.00in the core classes. The\? sourse, muit he complctcd with u mlntmum 3.00 GP.4 h! the cnJ of the iemester in n hich *pplic~tionis made the BA in Film with a concentration in film and media production IW Introduction to Film (CLAS) ........................................3 200 Film History (CLAS)..................................................3 270 Race and Ethnicity in American Film (CLAS)............. 3 201 Film: The Creative Pmcess I: Praduction Survey (HCFA)(formerly THE 3W)............................ 3 THE 400 FOF: Introduction to Ethics in ~ntenainment'(HCFA) ................................................3 THP 261 Introduction to Screenwriting (HCFA) ......................... 3 FMS FMS FMS THE * Course renumbering is in process: see an academic advisor to confirm course eligibility. Students interested in the film and media production concentratl~mn~ubt\uhm~tthe follou ing applicatiun marcrials h\ the lint ucek of Marsh tu be cunsiJcreJ fur acceptance I. interview with faculty-the interview date for smdents is the first week of April; 2. a three-page, double-spaced essay answering the question "Why do you want to study film and media production, and how will this study further your own goals?": 3. a shon (no more than two-page, double-spaced) critical essay about a film the applicant has seen: 4. at least one and no more than three letters of reference from teachers or others with whom the applicant has had a professional andlor artistic interaction: 5. one of the following: a. an original screenplay of any length b. an original video (no more than 10 minutes in length) on D V D or VHS. Transfer students who are elieible to aoolv, to the film program who are unable to travel to the Tempe campus in Aoril can be admitted into the oremaior pronram and intervikw in October lor formal admission to the major. - .. All supplemental materials should be sent to: STLDENT ACADEMIC SERVICES HERBERGER CO-LEGE OF FlhE ARTS ARIZONA STATE UNIVERSITY PO BOX 872102 TEMPE AZ 85287-2102 Materials should be received by March 1.2006. Call 4801 965-4495 with any questions about the application process or interviews. The admissions committee is made up of a cross-disciplinary group of theatrelfilm faculty appointed on staggered terms. The committee provides students with written feedback on the material submitted for admission. Film and Media Production Concentration The BA in Film with a concentration in film and media production consists of 57 semester houn. The following are required of all students: FMS 1W Introduction to Film ...................................................... 3 FMS 200 Film History .................................................................. 3 FMS 270 Race and Ethniciw in American Film ........................... 3 THE 201 Film: The Creative Process I: Production Sune) .................. . 3 'THh 220 Pnnclple\ nf I ) r i # o l i ~ i ~Anal) . ,or. . . 3 1 H t AN1 Introducu.,n lo l(thn<, in Cntrrwinmcnt~ 3 THE 403 Independent Film .......................................................... 3 THP 261 Introduction to Screenwriting ....................................... 3 THP 387 Actina: - TV and Film ..................................................... 3 THP 428 Theaue and the Future 1caoston.e) . . . ................................. 6 THP 494 ST. Business Ethics in Entenainment Media ................ 3 Selected FMP courses* ................................................................... 9 * Coune renumbering is in process: see an academic advisor to confirm coune eligibility Total of required courses: 45 semester hours; an addicourses in production are also tional 12 hours of approved .. required. A minimum GPA of 3.00 must be maintained in all required courses for continuation in the concentration. GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS In addition to fulfilling the major requirements, students must meet all university graduation requirements. See "University Graduation Requirements," page 89. MINOR The department offers a minor in T h e a m consisting of 22 semester hours of course work. The followinn- courses are required: THE 100 lntmduction to Theatre H THE 300 Film: The Creative Proc THE 320 History of theTheam I HU.H ..................................... 3 THP 101 Acting: An Introduction THP 301 Theatre Productia Concentration area* Total.............................................................................................. 22 * Also required are three three-hour courses within the same curricular area. Contact the department for options and coune requirements. Courses ordinarily limited to majors only are available to minors on a second-priority basis; that is, minors may not preregister for these courses, but are allowed to register after all majors' needs have been met. All prerequisites for the minor courses must be met (see course listinrs). Transfer students may trsnsicr up LC) ntnc scmcstcr hours touarJ their minor. A "C ' t2.00, ur hlphrr IS rcqujrcd lor all coursr., in the minor. - SCHOOL OFTHEATRE AND FILM BIS CONCENTRATION A concentration i n theatre i s available under the Bachelor o f Interdisciplinary Studies (BIS) degree, a program intended f o r the student who has academic interests that might not he satisfied w i t h existing majors. B u i l d i n g o n t w o academic concentrations (or one double concentration) and an interdisciplinary core, students in the B I S program take active roles in creating their educational plans and defining their career goals. For more information, see "School o f Interdisciplinary Studies:' page 139. GRADUATE PROGRAMS The faculty in the School o f Theatre and F i l m offer programs leading to the MA degree in Theah-e; the Master o f Fine Arts degree i n Theatre w i t h concentrations in directing, integrated digital media, performance, petformance design, and theatre f o r youth; the PhD degree in Theatre w i t h concenwations in theatre and oerformance o f the Americas and theatre f o r youth; and, i n conjunction w i t h the Department of English, an interdisciplinary Master o f Fine Arts degree in Creative W r i t i n g (playwriting). See the Graduate Catalog for details. FILM AND MEDIA PRODUCTION (FMP) M FMP 194 SpecialTopics. ( 1 4 ) selecledsemesters M FMP 294 SpeclalToplcs. ( 1 4 ) selecfedsemesters M FMP 394 SpecialTopics. ( 1 4 ) selecfedsemesters M FMP 484 Internship. (1-12) selecfedsemesters M FMP 494 SpecialTopics. (1-4) seiscfsdsemesters M FMP 498 PmSeminar. (1-7) selectedsemesters M FMP 499 Individualized lnstruclion.(l4) selecfedsemesters Omnibus Coumes. Far an explanation of courses alfered but not speciticalty listed in this catalog, see 'Omnibus Courses: page 63. THEATRE (THE) For more THEcoomes, see the "Course Prefixes-table. o r a w e s m a s u . e d d a a ~ ~ t a I o g d m ~ nThe e s .campus designation-4 (Downtown Phoenix), E (Polyfechnic). M (Tempel, or W (WestJ--may affect how murses may be used to fuffill requirements. MTHE 1W InVoduction tomeatre. (3) fall, spring. summer Surveys theatre production fmm the Greeks to contemporary theatre. Taught in conjunction with distance learning. Lecture, discussion, guest artists. Fee. Prerequisite: nonmajor. General Studies: HU MTHE 125 Orientation tomealre. (1) hb Orientationto university and department resources and procedures. Career planning and guidance. Ahendance and wrinen responses to theatre productions. Required far BA Theatre majors. Prerequisite: Theatre premajar or major. MTHE 201 Film:The Creative Pmcess 1. (3) fall, spring, summer History, elements, and techniques of theatrical film: cinematography, directing, acting, scriptwriting, producing, and criticism. Leclure. demonstration via film, video, and DVD. Fee. GeneralSludies: HU MTHE 220 Princbles of Dramatlc Analysis. . (3) .. fall and spring Analysis, evaluation, and interpretationof dramatic literature for theatrical production. Emphasizes the traditional canon of dramatic literature and traditional stmclures and forms of drama. Prerequisites: ENG 101 (Or 105 or 107):Theatre major. Prerequisite with a grade of 'E? (3.00) or higher:THE 125. General Studies: L-~ -~ . -~MTHE 301 Fi1m:The Creative Pmcess 11. (3) fall and spring Advanced study of mntemparary cinema history and film techniques: analyzes social changes in film, multiculturalfilmmaking, and the star system. Lecture, demonstration via film, video, and DVD. Prerequisite: THE 11. 1.. .. .- 2 General Studies: HU MTHE 320 History of theTheatre 1. (3) fall and spring Traces major developments in theatre produclion and dramatic literature from their beginnings to the mid-17thcenntry LLecfre. student presentations. Prerequisite:Theatre major or minor General Studies: HU, H MTHE 321 Hlslory of themeatre 11. (3) spring Traces major developments in theatre production and dramatic iiterature from me mid-17th century to the 20th century. Lecture. student presentstions. Prerequisite: Theatre mj a r or minor General Shidies: HU, H MTHE 322Thealre History and Culture. (3) fall, spring, summer Critically examines major developments in theatre history. histori~lra~hy, and dramatic literature. Internet. Prerequisite: nanmajor. General Sludiss: HU, H MTHE 325 Play Reading tor Educauonalmeatre. (1) fall and spring Assigned independent madings in plays for secondary scixoi play omduction. Prerequisite: wrinen instrunor moroval. MTHE 400 Focus on Film. (3) fall and sorino ~pecialiied s k y of prominent film arfists, techniques, and genres. Emphasizes the creative pmcess. May be repeated tor credit.Topin may include the following: Film Production Part I Fee. Film Production Part I1 ~~ - . Fee Prerequisite: ENG 102 or 105 or 108. MTHE 403 Independent Film. (3) once a yea, Examines the independent film movement fmm the French New Wave to contemporary independent filmmaken. L a u r e , demonstration via film, video, and WD. General Studles: HU MTHE 400 Foreign Films and Filmmakers. (3) fall and spring Films and filmmakers fmm Europe, Asia, Australia, the Far East, South America, and the Caribbean. Emphasizes cultural content and filmmaking philosophies. General Studles: G MTHE 405 Film: Gnet Performers and Directors. (3) fall, spring, summer Examines prmesses and influences of one or more great film Derformenand/or directon. Mav be reDeated for credit when t o ~ i c s hry. Topin may include the foll&ing: Alfred Hdchcock Fee. H a l h o o d Rebels ~ee: General Studies: HU . L literacy and critical inquiry I MA mathematics i CS computerlstatlsticsi ouantitative aDDlicstionS i HU humanities and line arts I SB social and .. behavioral sciences ISG natural scienc%--general core courses iSO natural scienc-uantitative IC cultural diversity in the United States iG global I H historical ISee 'General Studier:pags 93. 487 THE KATHERINE K. HERBERGER COLLEGE OF FINE MTHE 406 American Multicuhvral Film. (3) .. fanand spring Examines Native, African, Asian, and Latina and Latino American films and film anists in cinema history and production. Internet course. Fee. Prereouisite: ENG 102 or 105 or 108. General Studies: HU, C MTHE 422 Latina and LatinoTheatre. (3) selectedsemesters Reao ngs o SCJSS on, Video of Oramatlc Ileraldre an0 product on styles of Lasna ano Latano piaprnghls and lnealre compantes in the Unltec Stales Prereo~s te ENG 102 or 105 or 108 MTHE 423 African AmericanTheatre. (3) selectedsemesters Readings, discussion, video of the history and dramatic literature of African American playwrights and theatre companies in the United States. Prerequisite: ENG 102 or 105 or 108. General Stud% C MTHE 424Trends inTheatreforYouth.(3) selecledsemesters Surveys the history, literature, and contemporary practices in theatre for youth. MTHE 426Theatre of the Americas. (31 .. fall and sprhg Selected studies in pre-Columbiantheatre forms and tens of the AZlecs, Mayans, Caribbean islands, and North American Indians. interne1course. Prereauisite: ENG 102 or 105 or 106. MTHE 430 History of'~ostume:WesternTradiiion. (3) selectedsemssters Studies major costume styles throughout history of Western civilization and how these fashions reflened society Explores how styles can be used by theatrical costumers. MTHE 440 Experimentalmeatre and Pelformance. (3) fa# and spring Explores20th-century modernisttheatrical forms and movements and develoment of alternative strateaies for analvzino contemwrarv theatri and peltormance. ~rerea;isites:~~~>20:320,32i:~h&tre major MTHE 480 Methods of Teaching Theatre. (3) spring Applies materials, techniques, and theories for theatre with 9ththrough 12th-grade students. Emphasizes curriculum development and praxis. Prerequisite: Theatre EducationorTheatre for Youth majors or instructor approval. M THE 494 SpeelalToples. (1-4) selecled semesters Topics may include the following: Ethics in Entertaiainmenf PeltoformanceTechnology i Fee. Omnibus Courses. For an explanation of counes onered but not soecificallv listed in this cataloa. see "Omnibus Counes." .oaae 63. Graduate-Level Courses For tnformatcon a b a l codrses n~mbereo from 500 lo 799, see lrbe Graduate Caralog, or access w as, edu cata oo on the Weo In some s 1.attons LnocroraaJale stddents ma" be eli5ble to take these courses; for mire in1d;mation. see "~raduaie~evei~aurses: page 62. ~ ~~ ~ . - THEATRE PERFORMANCE A N D PRODUCTION (THP) For more THP courses, see tne Codrso Prebxer'lab!e or access www asu eduaaa ~ald,ogscourses The campus deslgnason--0 (Donnrown Pnoemx). E (Wlflecnncl M (Tempe), or W (Westpmay affect how courses may be used lo fulfillrequtrements MTHP 101 Acting: An Intmduction. (3) t a spnng. ~ summer lnlroouces basic prlnclples of act ng Tapla ncldde term no ogy. Scene an0 cnamcler ana , vsls . cxerc ses and mDrov salton aLolI an Studio. Prereuuisite:nonmaior. .oreoaralioo . MTHP 102 Acting I:Fundamentals. (3) fall and sprjng Explores and applies basic principles of acting.Topiw include terminology, scene and character analysis, exercises and improvisation, audition preparation. Studio. Prerequisite:Theatre major. MTHP 201 Theatre Production Crew. (1) fan andspring Partclpal on n Ln rerslty ma nstage theatrcprod.cuon baFkStageand ooard opera1ons May w repealea lor creatt -a0 Prereq~s tes aool . . cal on. nrlltcn tnarbctor aooroval .. MTHP 213 lntmduction toTechnicalTheatre. (4) fall ands~rino ~roceduias2 technical theatre production and demonstration.Tooia rnc boe destgn an0 constr~cr~on of scenery llghl ng, an0 propenes 3 noas ectLre 3 "OLE. la0 Fee Prereq~site Tnealre ma or M THP 214 intrnductaon to Costum~ng(4) far and spring Basic principles of costume design, construction, and survey of selected historical periods. including makeup styles. Costume design project and production experience. 3 hours lecture, 2 hours lab. Fee. Prerequisite:Theatre malor. MTHP 218The Director'svision. (3) falland spring History, theory, and principles of directing. Examines directafs mle and respansibilities, piay selection, conceptualizing,ground plans, blocking. Fee. Prerequisites:THE 220; THP 102. MTHP 260 Introduction to Playwrlting. (3) ~elscted~eme~ters Basic skills of playwriting, including exercises in monologues, scenes, and conflict and resolution, leading to completion of a one-act piay. Prerequisite: ENG 101 or 105 or 107. MTHP 261 Introduction to Screenwriting. (3) once a year Basic skills of screenwriting, including exercises in wnflict and resolution, plot paints, and theories of three-act structure and design. Prerequisite:ENG 101 or 105 or 107. MTHP 272 Acting: lntmduction t o Movement. (3) .. fall and spring Movement vocabulary and physical training in relaxation, alignment, conditioning, and stage presence. Application to peltormance. Studio. Prerequisite with a wade of 'B"13.00) . . or hiuher:THP 101 or 102 or wrinen instructor approval. MTHP 277 Acting: .Introduction tovoice. (3) far and spring Exerc ses ano lechn qdes to tree the vote ana fmproveq-a ity and proecton Apptcatlon to pedormance Sl.dlo Prereq~lslew th a wade of -B. (.3 00,. or nlaher TrlP 101 or 102 or Hnnen lnslrLctor ipprowai. MTHP 285 Acting II: Beainnina Scene Studv. 13) fall and spring Renearsai technlq~osand app tcataon of act on lo dramat c !en Empnasaes rea rst~cdrama St-a o Prereqt, s le v, th a grade 01.0" 13 00, or h oncr THP 101 or 102 or wr tten lnstr~ctoraoorova Pre- or &ore&isite>~~220. MTHP 301 Theatre Production. 11-2) fall a n d s ~ r l m Pan c pat on an movers ty maonstage lnealre prwJcllans (e g acung. wnslr~cl,on,slage rnanagemenl) May oe repeated for creo I Lao Prereq~,SneSTHP 213 (0, 214 01 *r.nen rnstruclor approva 1. apolrcat on 307 Acting: Research and Petformance. (1-3) once a year Acting in theatre projects, productions, or collabarative partormances in directing classes. May be repeated for credit. Studio. Prerequisite: written instructor approval. MTHP 311 Improvisation withVouth. (3) fall, spring, summer Basic materiais, techniques, and theories far facilitating impnwisatianai drama with children and youth. Not open to freshmen. MTHP 312 Puppetry and Children. (3) fall, spring, summer Construction and manipulationof puppets; practice in pertormance skills. Emphasizes educafional and recreational uses of puppetry by and with children. Fee. Prerequisite: junior standing or above. MTHP 313 Fundamentals of Design. (3) fall and spring An and practice of scenic, costume, and lighting design forthetheatre and the media. Prereouisite:THP 213 or 214. - - - - - . MTHP THE KATHERINE K. HERBERGER COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS The Katherine K. Herberger College o f Fine Arts Department of Dance i s one of the nation's leading contemporary dance and T~T-W dance education programs. MTHP w ~ d v a n Piaprning. d (3) selectedsemeslem Pra& and shdy d cresting baranen, di-ue, scenes, plays, and monologues for lhe slap. culminating in a full-lengm m p t . May be repeated tor credit. Studlo, lecture. Prerequisite: instructor a p p m l . MTHP 461 S C ~ D1" ~PSW m W . (3) .. h a and spring Studio work with the instrunor, centered on revisions of original plays. May be repated for credit. Studio. Prerequisite: THP 460 or wrinen instructor mroval. MTHP 445'~dvsncadLighting [Mdgn. (3) Selected ssmestem S~ecializedtechniques in staqe Advanced apploatian of . lighting. . aestgn process grapnlc tecnnq.es of ieslgn presentat on, and dse of qla18tlesof lghl Lecldre cass workmops Fee Prereq~,$!leThP 345 01 *r nen nstr~ctoraoorova M M P 450Theatm Orpanllatlon and Managemant. (3) once a year Overview 01 nonprofit arts: organizational design, strategic planning. financial management. and leademhip. Prerequisite: wtinen instrudor approval. M THP 481 Secondary School Play Pmductlon. (3) fall Memods of directing, designing. and coordinating play produnion exptiences at the secondary school level. Oftcampus pradcum. Prerequisite: THP 318 or instrunor approval. MTHP 482Thealn for Social Chanpe. (3) hi1and spring l n t e r a n i theatre techniques (e.g.. Boal, drama beraw, playback theatre) to examine and mmbat institutional. social, cullural, interpersonal. and personal oppressions. Lecture, lab. General Studies: C MTHP 483 Acting: VlmpolnU and Compoonlon. (3) W""9 Tra n ng in Anne Bopan's vaewphntr and cornps tlon lecnnlqres. appm callon lo reheam8 an0 petlormanee. sna creatnng ne* m* St~dloPrereq.osote TdP 285 or arlnen lnstrdnor apprwa - ~ ~~ .. M THP 484 Internahlp. ( 1 4 ) selectedsemeslem MTHP 489 Acting: Career b v e l o p m n t . (2) selected~~meslerr Familiarizallonwith the business ol acting: self-promotionaltools and temniques, marketing strategies. finances, interview skills, and actor unions. Studio. Prerequisiteswith a grade of 'B (3.W)or higher: both THP 101 (or 102) and junior (or senior) standing or only wtinen instrudor aooroval. MTHP 494 SpsclaIToplcs. ( 1 4 ) SBIBCI~~semestem TWNCS maw I O C L the ~ ~tolow no Advanced Screenwriting Busmess Elhlcs on Enl&a nment Meooa M~ltmea d Desgn n Theatre Pehrrnance ana Tecnnoloov ", PmMems in Directing Storytelling Student Production Board Technical Direction Theory and Practice of Pertarmance MTHP 498 Pro-Seminar. (1-7) once a F a r Top& may include the following: Directing. (1-6) meatretor-Youth Tour. ( 1 4 ) Theatre in Education. ( I d ) Prerequisle: wrinen instructor appmval. Omnibus COUM.. For an explanation of m u m s onered but not spenfmily listed in mis catalap. see 'Omnibus Courses: page 63. GradustblevslCounes. For inbrmation about munes numbered from sW to 799, see the Graduate Catalog, or access www.asu.edu/ catalog on the Web. In same situations. undergraduatestudents may be eligiMe to take these murses; b r mare information, see 'Graduate Level Courses: page 62. ~ --. -- ~~ 7 7 ~ ~ - Walter Cronkite School of Journalism and Mass Communication Christopher Cailahan, MPA, Dean cronkite.asu.edu ............................. .491 Advising.. ............................. .492 Admission Degrees ................................492 Program Requirements. .................. ,492 Minor in Mass Communication Faculty and Courses.. .............493 ................... ,493 PURPOSE AND PHILOSOPHY The facultv of the Walter Cronkite School of Journalism and Mass ~'mmunication offer a strong professional promam that values applied scholarship. Faculty members Eombine e~cellen<~rofessional experiences with outstanding records as productive scholars. The primaGmission of the school is to 1. prepare students for careers in journalism and related fields; 2. examine mass communication through research and teaching, thereby preparing informed life-long consumers of the mass media; and 3. develop new approaches to practicing journalism in a university setting, providing ample opportunities for students and faculty to serve audiences beyond the classroom. To that end, the school offers classroom instruction in a blend of conceptual courses (such as media law, media ethics, media history and media management) and professional skills courses (such as print and broadcast writing, editing, reporting, and production techniques). The school also offers on-campus media work experiences, including the campus newspaper The State Press; The Blaze radio station; "Newswatch:' a weekly student-produced cable television news magazine: "ASU Web Devil"; and "Channel 2," the s exoeristudent-run campus cable station. O f f c a m ~ u work ence opportunities include internships at newspapers, magazines, and television and radio stations. Other off-campus options include: public relations, visual journalism, saies and promotions, and media analysis and criticism. PreprofessionalAdmission Students admitted to ASU must meet additional requirements to be admitted to the Walter Cronkite School of Journalism and Mass Communication with preprofessional sta- tus. Preprofessional admission to the school does not guarantee admission to the upper-division professional program. Preprofessional students must possess a minimum 2.50 GPA with at least 12 semester hours earned before they are permitted to enroll in school courses at the 200 level. All preprofessional students who intend to take courses beyond the 100 level must oass an Enelish oroficiencv examination administered by th; school. - . Professional Program Admission Admission to the Walter Cronkite School of Journalism and Mass Communication professional program, which enrolls students in their junior and senior years, is competitive and based on available resources. Once a student is granted admission, the upper-division professional program may require two years to complete. A separate application procidure is required for ently to the upper-division professional program. To be eligible to appl; for admission to the prof~ssi~nal program, students must 1. be admitted to ASU as a classified student; 2. have completed at least 56 semester hours by the close of the semester in which the application is submitted, 3. have completed lower-division courses or their equivalents, as specified below; 4. have completed, with a passing score, the English proficiency examination administered by the school; and 5. have at least a 2.50 cumulative and major GPA. Preprofessional status students must complete the following courses: JMC 201 Journalism Newswnting L ........................................... 3 MCO 110 Introduction to Mars Communication SB .....................3 or MCO I20 Media and Society SB (3) Total................................................................................................. 6 .. To be considered for admission to the school's uooerdivision professional program, students must obtain an application form from the school office in STAUFA231, or online at cronkite.asu.edu. Precise application procedures and submission deadlines are outlined on the form. Comnletion of the minimum requirementsfor eligibility does no; L literaw and critical inauirv I MA mathematics I CS com~uterlstatisticsl quantitatvs appliitionr humanities and 6ne arts I SB Ernie1 and behavioral sciences / SG natural scienc-eneral core murres ISO natural scienc-uantitative I C cultural divesiw in the United States I G otobal I H hirto&~ I see .General Studies: page 93. ;HU 491 WALTER CRONKITE SCHOOL O F JOURNALISM A N D M A S S COMMUNICATION guarantee adtni.ssir>nro rhr rq>per-di~.i.~ion pnfissionol p m - g r a m The admissions committee considers a variety o f criteria. including major and cumulative GPA. media experience. writing ability. and commitment to the field. Students may apply twice. ADVISING Students should follow the sequence of courses outlined on school curriculum check sheets. their online degree audit, and the advice o f the school's academic advisors. Students who enroll as preprofessional or who seek and ultimately gain professional status should meet regularly with their Walter Cronkite School o f Journalism and Mass Communication academic advisor. Conscientious. careful ~ l a n ning and early advising are cmcial to students who desire to progress through the program in a timely fashion. DEGREES TRANSFER STUDENTS Transfer students must be formally admined to ASU to be considered for admission to the professional program in the Walter Cronkite School of Journalism and Mass Communication. Students completing their first two yearn o f course work at a community college or four-year institution other than ASU should consult the school's academic advisors at least one full semester before they hope to be considered for admission to the school's professional program. Transfer to AS" does not guarantee admission to the upper-division professional program. PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS Because the Walter Cronkite School o f Journalism and Mass Communication is accredited by the Accrediting Council on Education in Journalism and Mass Communication. its students are reauired to take a minimum of 80 \cme\trr huurr in courrzr c,ut\ldr. the major of Juurnal~\m and Mas* (:~~mmun~cat~ctn. with m, feuer than 65 \emester hours in liberal arts and sciences. This requirement ensures that students receive a broad academic background. At least 18 semester hours of major courses required by the school. including one writing course, must be taken at ASU. A student must receive a grade of "C" (2.00) or higher in all courses taken in the major and i n the required related area. ~~~ The szhtx~loilerr a pn,gram le.tJ~ngto the Bdchclor o f An, dqrec in Jt,urnxl~\mmJ hla\, C<,mmun~.'~tn,n.Sludents select one o f five concentrations: journalism. media analysis and criticism. media management. media production. or strategic media and public relations. The school offers a program leading to the graduate degree Master of Mass Communication. ~ ~~~ ~~~ ~ ~~ ~~ B A REQUIREMENTS A l l students are required to demonstrate proficiency in a language other than English (a spoken language or American Sign Language). Proficiency is defined as completing the second semester intermediate level, or higher, of a language other than English with a grade o f "C" (2.00) or higher. The undergraduate major in Journalism and Mass Communication consists of a minimum o f 30 semester hours i n Walter Cronkite School o f Journalism and Mass Communication courses. Required core courses (12 o f the 30 to 39 hours are required of all students in all five concentrations): JMC 201 Journalism Newswriting L .......................................... 3 MCO 110 Introduction to Mass Communication SB ..................... 3 or MCO I ? O Media and Society SB (3) MCO 302 Media Research Methods............................................. 3 MCO 402 Mass Communication Law L ........................................ 3 Total.............. . . . ....................................................................... 12 Students complete the required core courses o f the major (12 semester hours), plus the required courses o f one concentrat~ . - ~xercisescience or teacher pre - jcal ScienceS lges and Literatures School of Global Studies .. Department of History College of L~beralArts and Sciences Department of Languzkges and Literatures " - ~ . -lnqulry . . School of Justice and hoclar Global Studies History Integrated Studies Itdlian Justice Studies Ki "I YLlllgU' science, Lollege or uoeral xlrs ana bclences ' If a major offersconcentrations,one must be selected unless noted as oprionnl. The depamnent is in the W.P.Carey Sehml of Business. which also offen this major, with different requirements. This degree pmhas special eligibility requirements; for more information,confact the Officeof Undergraduate P r o m s . COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES College of Liberal Arts and Sciences Baccalaureate Degrees and Majors (continued) Major on cent ration' Degree BA ~athe&tics ak statistics' BS Microbiology ~ o l e c u l a~r i d i & i c e s l ~ Biotechnology .. Philosophy ....... Physi( ,. .... ..z .-..,... .. - - - ~ . -::' - Environmental science and ecology or plant biochemistry and molecular hiolo ">.~ ." .- .. BA,BS - . - 'BA BA. - "--. :. ... -.--.=..,,.. ,--,, - BA ..... -~ 'sociology Spanish - - ..,, . .. - _ ..~.-, - .--~-:> - ~- - aod Hearing ~ z e n Women and Gender Studies BA - ' If a major offersconcentrations,one must be selected unless noted as optional. ~ - Depamnent of Philosophy k p m e n t of Physics a Astronomy School of Life Sciences ~e"t~of.so~tia-Scienn&Depamnent of Psychology .Departinent of Religious ~ t u & Department of Languages and Literatures . . . -bepamnentdSociolofi Depamnent of Languages and Literatures -Depamnentof ~ - &d~ Hearing h ' Science Women and Gender Studies Program ' - : - - .- . xpan&ent c)f MathemiICS am Statistics )epamnent c)fMathemalics and Statistics School of Life Sciences . . . . . . . ~chooiof~ i f e ~ c i e n c e i . ,"" . .-........ . - BA,BS - .... -.. sFh - BS %litid Scihoe Psychology Religious Studid Russian -.'...-.. - .-- BA Plant Biology .. BS BS Administered By . . . . . . . .. - The depamnent is in the W.P.Carey Schml of Businerg which also offers this major. with different nqoi~menu. This degree program has special eligibility requirements: for more information, contact the Office of Undergraduate Programs. SCHOOL OF EXTENDED EDUCATION The university-wide School of Extended Education provides an interactive link between ASU and the diverse communities it serves. The college assesses lifelong learning requirements and works in parmership w~thcampuses, other colleges, and the community to serve learners, using a network of locations, programs, schedules, and technologies. For more information, see "School of Extended Education.'' page 134, or access the Web site at www.asu.edulxed. UNIVERSITY GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS In addition to fulfillinn coUene and maior requirements. students must meet all univers6 graduation re&irements. For complete information, see "University Graduation ~equir&ents:' page 89. General Studies ~equirement All students enrolled in a baccalaureate degree program must satisfy a university requirement of a minimum of 35 hours of approved course work in General Studies, as described in "General Studies," page 93. Note that all three General Studies awareness areas are required. Consult an advisor for an approved list of courses. General Studies courses are listed in the "General Studies Courses" table. page 96, in the course descriptions, in the Schedule of Classes, and in the Summer Sessions Bulletin. COLLEGE GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS All students in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences (CLAS)must complete the university General Studies requirement as well as all requirements in the major. In addition, the college has established requirements that are swcific to the Bachelor of AN and Bachelor of Science -c-----degrees - A. Bachelor of AN Decrees. Students oursuine BA ~ degrees in the ~ ~ ~ f mdemons&te u s t intermediate oroficiencv in a second laneuaee bv completinn the'courses specified below w& a-gahe of 'c" (2.00) or higher in each course. Second language course requirements consist of 1. ampletion of second language course work at the intermediate level (202 or equivalent, those students completing this requirement in L Ilteracy and oritlcsl inquiry I MA rnathsmatia I CS cornputerlstatlsticsl quantitative applications / HU humanities and line arts I SB social and behavioral sciences ISG natural science-aeneral core courses I SO natural ociencs--quantitaiive I C cullurel divarsiQ in the United Stater I G global I H historical I See 'General Studies, page 93. COLLEGE O F LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES Ancient Greek must take both GRK 301 and 302: students cornoletine the reauirement in . Portuguese or Romanian must cbmplete POR 314orROM 314): 2. a foreign language course at the 300 level or higher taught in the foreign language and having 202 or its equivalent as a prerequisite; 3. completion of secondary education at a school in which the laneuaee of instruction is not English: or 4. comnletion of SHS 202 American Sien Language IV or its equivalent. - -- - B. Bachelor of Science degrees. Students oursuine BS degrees in the CLAS must complete six semester hours (two courses) of "Science and Society" courses. Students should consult with an advisor in the department or school of their maior for a list of appropriate courses. C. All students are required to take a minimum of MAT 119 or higher. A grade of " C (2.00) or higher must be earned in the chosen mathematics course. Major R e q u i r e m e n t s Each student is required to select a major from among the fields of study offered by CLAS. The requirements for completion of the major are described under departmental listings. A. The major department may require up to 45 semester hours of course work. The minimum is 30 hours. A maximum of 15 additional hours may be required in related courses and prerequisites. No more than 60 semester hours of course work may be required to complete the major, related courses, and prerequisites. Some departments require calculus-level mathematics: up to five of these semester hours may he excluded from the 60-hour maximum because they satisfy the mathematics proficiency requirement. A minimum of 12 upper-division hours in the major must be taken in residence. B. No credit is granted toward fulfilling major or minor requirements in any upper-division course in that subject field unless the grade in that course is at least a " C (2.00). In CLAS, the assignment of a erade of "Y" indicates a level of oerformance that would have resulted in a grade of'at least "C.' (2.00) had the normal eradine scheme been used. See the indivzual d;partments for other mini mum grade requirements. C. Major fields of study are classified into the following three divisions: I. Humanities: Asian Languages (Chinesellapanese) (CHU JPN) English (ENG) French (FRE) Film and Media Studies (FMS) German (GER) History (HST) Italian (ITA) Philosophy (HPS, PHI) Religious Studies ( E L ) Russian (RUS) Spanish (SPA) 2. Natural sciences and mathematics: Biochemistry (BCH) Biology (BIO) Chemistry (CHM) Clinical Laboratory Sciences (CLS) Computational Mathematical Sciences (MAT) Conservation Biology (B10) Geological Sciences (GLG) Kinesiology (KIN) Mathematics (MAT) Microbiology (MIC) Molecular BioscienceslBiotechnology (MBB) Physics (AST, PHS, PHY) Plant Biology (PLB) Psychology (PGS. PSY) Speech and Hearing Science (SHS) 3. Social Sciences: African and African American Studies (AFH, AFR, AFS) American Indian Studies (AIS) Anthropology (ASB) Chicana and Chicano Studies (CSH, CSS) Communication (COM) Economics (ECN) Family and Human Development (CDE, FAS) Geography (GCU. GPH) Global Studies (SGS) Justice and Social Inquiry (JUS) Political Science (POS) Sociology (SOC) Women and Gender Studies (WSH, WST) G e n e r a l Electives Most CLAS majors can meet all of the above requirements with fewer than the 120 semester hours required for graduation. Remaining hours are general electives that may be selected from any of the departments of CLAS and from the offerings of the other colleges. - Declaration of Graduation. The declaration of maduation. which is required by university regulations during the semester in which an undermaduate earns the 87th hour. must be filed and approvedat least two weeks before the preregistration period for the subsequent semester. Students should run a new Degree Audit Reporting System reporl every semester to gauge how well they are meeting all requirements for graduation. Students should contact the Office of Undergraduate Programs, in FOUND 110. reearding college graduation rules and deadlines. Deadlines for filing the declaration of maduation after enrolline in the 87thhour are March 1 and October I of each Students with 87 hours must have a college-approved declaration of . .. graduation before registering for the next semester. COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES Credit Requirrment All candidates for graduation in the BA and BS degree curricula are required to complete at least 120 semester hours, of which at least 45 hours must consist of upper-division courses. A minimum ASU cumulative GPA of 2.00 is required for graduation. sessions but e m s no credit. The student should obtain the instructor's approval before registering for the course. For more information, see "Grading System:' page 82. Note: This grade option may not be changed after the dropladd period. Concurrent Degrres. Students who wish to obtain concur- Independent Learning. Study by Independent L a m i n g is not a normal part of a degree program; special circumstances must exist for a degree-seeking student to take Independent L a m i n g courses. Any enrollment in such courses must have the prior approval of the college. rent degrees must realize that there are certain combinations that would not be approved because there is too great an overlao between the courses reouired for each maior. For example, students may not obtain concurrent degrees in two life sciences. Students who wish to obtain concurrent degrees may not double-count courses from one major to the next. but must have at least 30 different semester hours in each major. Course Load. The normal course load is 15 to 16 semester hours. First-semester freshmen and entering transfer students are not permitted to register for more than 18 semester hours in the initial semesterr~therstudents who wish to register for more than I8 hours must have a GPA of at least 3.00 and must file a oetition in the Office of Undereraduate Programs, in FOUND 110, before registration. Any petition for an overload in excess of 21 hours must be presented to the Standards Committee of the college. No student should assume that his or her petition for overload will be granted. - SPECIAL CREDIT OPTIONS PadFail Grade Option. The passlfail grade option is intended to broaden the education of Liberal Arts and Sciences undergraduates by encouraging them to take advanced courses outside their soecialization. A mark of "Pcontributes to the student's L e d hours but does not affect the GPA. A failing grade is computed into the GPA. Only CLAS students with at least 60 semester hours may take courses under the uasslfail oution. The oution may be used under the following conditidns: 1. enrollment for passlfail needs the approval of the instructor and the college; 2. enrollment under this option must be indicated during regismtion and may not be changed after the late registration period; and 3. a maximum of 12 hours taken for passlfail may be counted toward graduation. Students may not enroll under the passlfail option in the following courses: 1. those taken to satisfy the second language or FirstYear Composition requirements; 2. those in the student's major, minor, or certificate program; 3. those counted toward or required to supplement the major; 4. those counted as 499 Individualized Instruction; 5. those taken for honors credits; or 6. those counted toward satisfying the CLAS graduation requirements or the General Studies requirement. Audit Grade Option. A student may choose to audit a course in which he or she attends regularly scheduled class ACADEMIC STANDARDS The standards for GPA and the terms of probation, disaualification. reinstatement. and anwal are identical to kose of the university as set forth under "Retention and Academic Standards:' uaee 86. exceut that the disaualified student in CLAS is s u s b i d e d for atieast two reguiar semesters at the university. When students are placed on probation, one of three things can happen: I. the student may raise his or her cumulative GPA to academic good standing (see "Academic Good Standing:' page 86) by taking new classes and be removed from probation after the fall or spring semester; 2. the student may receive the required semester GPA, but not raise the cumulative GPA to academic good standine. -. in which case. the student mav continue on orohation, eaming the requited semester GPA, for as many semesters as it takes to raise the cumulative GPA to good standing; or 3. the student may fail to achieve the required semester GPA and be disqualified. Students who leave the university for a semester or more while on probation are not automatically readmitted. Such students, as well as all disqualified students, should contact the Office of Undergraduate Programs in FOUND 110, regarding procedures and guidance for reinstatement and returning to good standing. By following recommendations and meeting established standards for summer school work or course work at other institutions. the oossibilitv of successful reinstatement is enhanced. Academic discipline is one of the functions of the Office of Undergraduate Programs. All students having academic difficulties of any kind should contact this office. Also available in this office is information on policies and procedures of the college on academic honesty, student grievances with reswct to grades, and various regarding collegd standards and graduation requirements. Academic honesty is expected of all students in all examinations, papers, academic msactions, and records. The possible sanctions incluae, but are not limited to, appropriate grade penalties, loss of registration privileges, disqualification. and dismissal. .. L literacy and critical inquiry I MA mathematics I CS compuleristatislicsi ouantitative aDDliCation5 I HU humanities and One arts / SB social and behavioral sciences I SG natural science--general core courses I SO natural rcience-quantitatius I C cvllural divecrity in the United States i G global I H historical I See 'General Studies: page 93. .. 505 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES College dLiberal Arts and Sciences Graduate Degrees aod Majors Major Degree concentration1 Administered By Anthropology MA Archaeology, hioarchaeology, linguistics, museum studies, physical anthropology, or social-cultural anthropology Archaeology, physical anthropology, or socialsultural anthropology - School of Human Evolution and Social Change PhD Asian ~$&a&s CivilizationsChinese1Japant.r Audiology ..... ~ - - ~iology Chemistry ~ .. AuD - .. .Opti-on& ~e;;,OG,'-- - - . School of Human Evolution and Social Change , ..<. Department of &Gages and. . , Literatures ~ ' Department of Speech and Hearing Science . ..... School of L& Sciences Department of Chemistry and Biochemistry ~ MS. PhD Analytical chemistry, biochemistry, geochemistry, inorganic chemistry, organic chemistry, physical chemistry, or solid-state .- ......- chemistry . . . .......................... cokunication 3 Hugh Downs School of Hnman -Communication I ,,,rc,.r. . ,".Lc,r Hugh Downs School of Human -.~.'ganmhonal Communication communication Communication Disorders MS Department of Speech and Hearing Science . ....,-. . . . . . . . . . ‘+allege ofLi&rd -j& an^"^"-&$ ~~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~om~utaiionsl'~ibsciences F -~Creative writing2 Engli I MS e ~~, ~ n & s hlinguistics, literature and language, or rhetoric and compositio~ Literature or i linguistics Optional: family studies' -.. I Optional: m b PhD Family and Human Development . F a dly Science ~ French MA ~ &&hicJiifonnation Systems Geography Geological Sciences German . . . . Histo ~ *$?. MA.PhD MS,PhD MA F PhD .. . -- .- . .~~ familythera Comparative literature, linguistics, or literature ...... . - . -~ ... ~- . ~. Comparative IiteraNre, language and cultwe, or literature ....... *Asian history, British history. E h plean' ' history, Latin American history, pahlic history, U.S. history, or U.S. Wesltern history Asian histo]y,British history, Europlean history, Latin American history, a~rU.s. history I If a major offersconcenmtions, one must be selected unless noted as optional. This program is administered by the Division of Graduate Studies. Students may pursue this degree only in conjunction with the doctoral degree in the SamE unit. d e program. ~ Creative Writing Committee Department of English of English Depamnent of Family and Human Development .. Department of Family and HU&I Development Department of Languages and Literatures .-Depamnent of&ographj .. ,: L-~m-. Department of Geography Depatment of Geological s&&& Department of Languages and Literatures . -,--Department ofIIistory Department of History which admits students to only the doctoral COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES College of Liberal Arts and Scienees Graduate Degrees and Majors (continued) Major Degree ~oocentratiou' Justice Studies MS PhD - -. School of Justice and Social Inquj, Optional: criminal and juvenile justice; dispute School of Justice and Social Inquiry resolution; law, justice, and minority populations; law, policy, and evaluation; or women, law, and justice' -- -~ Administered By I -Dep'&ent I Committee on Exercise Science Liberal Studies Materials science? MLSt MS Mathematics MA - PhD Optional: computational biosciencesl College of ILiberal Arts and Science Committee on the ScierIce and " ' g..-"-Lc.'"Ldlc, rials Engineer: Department of Mathemar~csana Statistics Department of Mathematics and Statistics .. .,. .. School of Life Se'eniis Interdisciplinary Committee on Molecular and Cellular Biology Interdisciplinary Committee on Molecular and Cellular Biology School of Life Sciences Department of Chemistry and Biochem .". XIsclences Department Depamnent atics and Statistics Department ott'hvsics :and Astronon Department ' h ~ Department of Physics :and Asmnomy School of Life Sciences ~~. Depamnent of Political Science ~ Kine! ' '.' ~ -. . ~ -. r&~10gy Molecular and Cellular Biology - ~ .al Science - MS;F%D . ~ ~---.. . - - ~ ~ -~ .,. MS - PhD Optional: computational bioscieucesl .~.. ,~.. "*. ~- $ S T ~ ~ i o l o hgjr,&biology, , ~ - -. ~ ..~- or plant biology' Chemistry Geological :sciences MathematicS -. . Philosophy Physics Plant Biology Politi,cal science Psychology MA, PhD MS. PhD AS, PhD AA,PhD MA3 Optional: ec otosynthesis 1 .~. American p ~arativepoli tics, .... meory internationm reranons, or pouoca ... ofj&&ial;gy . .. ~ ~~ ~~ -. - Deoartment of Psvcholow Behavioral neuroscience, clinical psychology, Department of Psychology comitive/behavioralsystems, develo~mental psichology, quantitatiie research methods, - --- .,MA:,pl;a-. - -- . .% -. -"Z*i':-., .,- .'.. Lor social- psychology ... ,, < . ".:.-~~ . -. : , .. Ril~g~ous Studies Depamnent i f ~ e l i s o u studies s Science and Engineering PhD High-resolution nanosmcture analysis or Comm~tlecon the Science and of ~ a a n a l s ~ -solid-statedcvice materials desirn Enaineerine of Malerials -. -W p 6 - biology Depamnent of Sociology MA Comparative literature. language and Department of Languages and Spanish culture, linguistics, or literature Literatures PhD Cultural studies or literature Department of Languages and Literatures PhD ~~ I ~ - Ifa major offenconcenwtioos,one must be selected unless noted as optional. This program is administered by the Division of Graduate Studies. Shadenu may pursue this degree only in conjunction with the doctoral degree in the same unif, which admits studentsto only the doctoral degree program. COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES College of Liberal Arts and Sciences Graduate Degrees and Majors (continued) Major Degree I Administered By Develoomental neurolinguistic diso litory processes, or ontologic communicatio.. Speech and hear^ Science statistics2 Teaching Englist Second Langu on cent ration' MS - ,..,.,,.. Department of ~ m & hand Hear& Science Committee on Statistics Departmen . ~~ If a major offers concentrations,one must be seleeted unless noted as optional. This program is administered by the Division of Graduate Studies. Students may pursue this degree only in conjunction with the doctoral degree in the same unit, which admits students to only the doctoral degree program. STUDENT RESPONSlBlLlTlES Any student enrolling in courses offered by CLAS is expected to follow the rules and deadlines specified in this catalog and the current Schedule of Classes. Students are urged to meet with their departmental academic advisors before registration. Students with additional questions or problems are also urged to meet with advisors in the Office of Undergraduate Programs, in FOUND 110, regarding the academic rules of the college and the university. writina requirement. The CLAS Learning Communities offer students an oppomnity to learn ho; to think about issues on multiple levels and apply skills across different domains. Course material and extracurricular activities are integrated to enhance the student's intellectual development. Each Learning Community is limited to fewer than 100 students, enabling the student to develop a supportive network of oeers on camous. For more information. includine resid e k e hall infoAation, access the Web site at clas.&.edu/ studentsneaminecommunities. SPECIAL PROGRAMS Bachelor of Liberal Studies. The College of Liberal Am and Sc~encesoffers a 120-semcster-hourundergraduate degree completion progrdm in Liberal Studies to Arizona students who have previously earned 60 to 90 semester houn at one of the Arizona un~versitiesor community colleges and meet our eligibility requirements. This degree completion program is most suitable for working adults since courses will be offered online and via independent study. There will be registration and individualized instruction fees in addition to tuition. For more information on eligibility requirements, call the Office of Undergraduate Programs at 4801965-6506. Barren Honoa College. CLAS works closely with the undergrad. B~~ H~~~~~ college, which uatcs opponunities for enhanced educational experiences. For a comolere descriotion of reauirements and oo~onunities, see "The Barren 'Honors ~oile~e:'page 145:' CLASWorks. The colleee orovides a comorehensive career management program fo; ail CLAS majors: CLASWorks. This program includes a first-year seminar as well as an upper-division course in career management. Individualized advisina sessions, career events, and a Web-based list of C L A S W O I contacts ~~ are available. Students are encouraged to meet with the director of CLASWorks during their first semester at ASU to explore opportunities in full- and part-time employment, volunteerism, and internships. For more information. call 4801965-6506. or access the Web site Integrated Studies. An Integrated Studies major leading to the BA or BS degree provides students of outstanding abilitv in the humanities. natural sciences and mathematics. and social and behavioral sciences opportunities to pursue courses of study that cut across departmental boundaries and focus on specific topics or problem areas. Completion of 32 semester hours at ASU with a GPA of at least 3.25 and three letters of recommendation from ASU faculty members are required for admission. For more information about degree requirements, visit the Office of Undergraduate Rograms in FOUND 110. Learning Communities. These nine to 12 semester hour communities allow students to explore an important topic in depth, in mainly small classes, while earning a number of General Studies credits and completing their university - - - Washineton Semester Propram. Students have a varietv of opportunities for practicum and internship experiences that enable them to meld classroom learning with practical application. Among the several individual departmental promams that provide internships for maiors. the Department of ~oliticaiscienceis the^^^ sponsor of the washington Semester Program. The program provides students a ooesemester opportunity to study in Washington, D.C., through any one of several programs sponsored by the American Universitv. The oromam is available to outstandine iuniors or seniors and requires careful planning with an academic advisor earlv in the student's career. For more information. call the ~ e i a r t m e nof t Political Science at 4801965-6551. ' . - u > Militarv Officer 'hinine. The Denartmenu of Aerosoace ~ t u d i e s k dMilitary science offer ~rogramsleading t d commissions in the m e d forces. but thev do not offer majors or minors. For more information, see the appropriate department descriptions in this catalog. COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES Certificate Programs a n d A r e a s of E m p h a s i s Certificates are available from numerous units in CLAS, and one collegewide Enriched College Degree Certificate is available to any major in the college as shown in the "CLAS Certificates" table, page 510. Areas of emphasis are also available in some of the same subjects (e.g., Latin American Studies). Enriched College Degree. CLAS offers an Enriched College Degree Certificate, available to any student within the university. The Enriched Colleee Deeree Certificate consists of a minimum of 15 semester hours with a minimum of "C" (2.00) grade credit. The certificate consists of 1. a theme requirement composed of a three-course sequence outside the student's major, characterized by an identifiable theme of intellectual relevance for students (courses used for the theme requirement cannot be from one's major, minor, or another certificate); 2. an approved upper-division bridge course selected to address the relationships among areas of inquiry and means of acquiring knowledge; and 3. an approved upper-division course in spoken English to provide a meaningful for substantive . opportunity .. or2 presentations. - - For more information, visit the CLAS Office of Undergraduate Programs, in FOUND 110, or call 4801965.6506. Asian Studies.Asian and East Asian Studies certificates are offered through the Center for Asian Studies. The certificates orovide students with official transcriot recoenition of specialization in Asian Studies related to their major area of study. The certificate curriculum includes 24 semester hours of course work: I. I5 semester hours of upper-division area studies course work in at least three disciplines outside of languages and literature courses (such as anthropology, art, geography, history, political science, and religious studies); and 2. nine additional semester hours may be some combination of lower- andlor upper-division courses. Six hours may be satisfied with language and literature courses limited to 321 and above. In addition, certificate students must demonstrate proficiency in an Asian language at the intermediate level. The language requirement can be satisfied by completing the 201 and 202 sequence, one year of study abroad at the intermediate level, or satisfactory placement on a proficiency exam. Asian languages include Chinese, Hindumrdu, Indonesian, Japanese, Korean, Lao, Thai, and Vietnamese. Students oursuine an East Asian Certificate must fulfill the language requirement in either Chinese, Japanese, or Korean, and the 15 hours of upper-division course work must be courses with significant focus on East Asia chosen in consultation with the Center for Asian Studies advisor. A graduate certificate in Asian Studies is also available. For more information, see the Gmduate Caralog. - - 61.7 Concenrror~c,,z.i.An Asian ctudic, cc,n.'cnlration is abailable under the Bichelor of inttrd~sc~pl~nxy Stud~cb (BIS) degree, a program intended for the student who has academic interests that might not be satisfied with existing majors. Building on two academic concentrations (or onedouble concentration) and an interdisciplinary core, students in the BIS program take active roles in creating their educational plans and defining their career goals. For more information. see "School of lnterdisciolinarv . . Studies." page 139. An Asian Studies concentration requires 23 to 25 semester hours of course work: I. one year of an Asian language consisting of 10 semester hours of lower-division courses or six semester hours of upper-division courses; 2. 12 semester hours of upper-division area studies courses drawn from at least two disciplines outside of languages and literatures; and 3. three to six semester hours of lower- or upper-division approved area studies courses; three of these remaining &rs may be satisfied with languages and literaturescourses limited to 321 and above. BIS students pursuing an Asian Studies concentration will be reauired to consult with the academic advisor of the Center fo;~sian Studies as well as the BIS advisor. Students are strongly encouraged, but not required, to continue Asian language study beyond the concentration requirement. Civic Education. See "Certificate in Civic Education," page 629. Classical Studies. Students admitted to undergraduate degree programs in any field are eligible for the Classical Studies certificate program. In addition to the course work and examinations required in the student's major, the student is responsible for fulfilling the following minimum requirements: I. five semesters of ancient Greek (17 semester hours: GRK 301 and 302 may be repeated for credit) or Latin (19 semester hours) language - - and Literature insuuction; 2. two semesters (six semester hours), in courses related to classical studies (to be approved by coordinators of the certificate); 3. a thesis (three semester hours), a Barren Honors College thesis (six semester hours) or two additional courses at or above the 300 level (six semester hours); and 4. a minimum grade of "C"(2.00) in each course leading to the certificate. Students interested in the Classical Studies certificate program need to submit an application before being accepted into the program. For more information, call the program coordinators at 4801965-1 110 or 727-6512. , L t e c a ~ yan. cr f CT a n q ~ry MA mathemat cs r CS eompuer stat SI cr qbanl la! ve appllcafoons I HU h ~ n t a nl er ano hne a m SB rocal and benav om rclencer S G naural rc ence-genela coreco.rssr I SO nallral relene%--qLan! la, ve 1 C cr l.ral o rerrlty #n me Unlted Staler. G plooal I H h storfcafl Sao 'Gcncral Slro as 'pago 93 . COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES CLAS Certificate8 Certificate Program Administered By Page College of Liberal Arts and Sciences Enriched Certificate African and African &&can Studies Certificate African and African Diaspora Studies, Graduate Certificate in1 American Indian Studies Certificate Asian Pacific American Studies Certificate Asian Studies certificate2 Asian Studies, Graduate Ceriificate in1 Atmospheric Sciences, Gradualr. Leruuc: Civic Education Certificate Classical Studies Certificate Early Intervention Certificate CLAS 509 ~ ~~ East Asian Studies G f i & e Ethics Certificate Geographic Information Science Certific Geographic Information Science, Interdi! Certificate in1 Healthcare Organizations ad Swiety, Certificate in History and Phi11~sophyof S( icate International SN'dies Cenific .~A:C-.~~ Islamic Studies Cernncace Jewish Studies Certificate Latin American Studies Certificate2 -2te in' Linguistics, Graduate Certifi~-.-. Medieval and Renaissance Studies Certificate Medieval Studies certificate' Museum Studies ~ertificate' .. Renaissance Studies Certifis3te" Russian and East European 5ltudies Certi ScandinavianStudies Certii51xte Scholarly Publishing Certificate' Southeast Asian Studies Certificate Statistics, Certificate in1 .Symbolic Systems, Cenificate in Translation Certificate Women and Gender studies Certificate Writing Certificate ' For more information, ree the Gmduotc Cotolog. Emphases an also available in lhese programs. and African American Studies Rog&n African and African American Studies Program -can '~~rnerican Indian ~ & d i &Rogmm Asian Pacific American Studies Program Center for Asian Studie Center for Asian Studie ...: ?,:: CLAS and h A. Fulton ~ ~ n uo~ u cngmwnng t , .. Department of Political Science Department of Languages and Liter Department of Family and Human Development and School of Social Work . . ~. Center for Asian Studies Department of Philosophy , Department of Geography CLAS and Division of Graduate Studies SchoOlof ~ife-Sciences and the*..~. .o..I, Carey School of ~ u & & s . Schwl of L ife Sciences of Political Department of Religious Studies Jewish Studies Commit Latin American Studies Committee on Linguisti Arizona Center for Mec :naissance Studies (ACb ACMRS School of Human Evolution and Social Change ACMRS Russian and East European Studies Center Department of Languages and Litera m Department of History Rogram for Southeast Asian Studie C o m t t e e on Statistics and the Dl\ S : Department of Philosophy Depmment of Languages and Literatures Women and Gender Studies Rogram Department of English r,-"d...-". YCYaY..CuL . 523 524 509 :.. 629 509 51 1 509 511 511 - 511 COLLEGE O F LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES BIS Concentration.Concentrations in (I) classical studies-Greek or (2) classical studies-Latin are available under the Bachelor of Interdisciplinary Studies (BIS) degree, a program intended for the student who has academic interests that might not be satisfied with existing maiors. Building on two academic concentrations (or one double concentr~tion)and an tnterdtsctpltn;iry cure. students in the BIS pn)grdm take active roles in creatlng their educduonal plans and Jetin~ngtheir career goals. Fur more information. see 'School of lnterdisciplinaq Studiei:' page 139. Early Intervention. The Early Intervention Certificate is cross-disciplinary and is certified by the Arizona Early Intervention Program in the Arizona State D e p m e n t of Economic Securitv. Students interested in eamine the certificate must make formal application to the director of the Early Intervention Training Program. Students must have completed 56 semester hours and have a cumulative GPA of at least 2.50. Students are required to complete the application form for the Early Intervention Certificate. d entails 17 semester hours of The ~ o w s e certificate requiredcourse work. All 17 semester hours must be ASU credit. - Required Comes CDE 337 Early Childhood Intervention........................................ 3 SWU 437 Infant Family Assessment and Observation U S E .........3 or CDE 437infant Family Assessment and Observation U S E (3) .. SWU 446 Risk and Variation in Child Development ..................... 3 or CDE 444 Risk and Variation in Child Development (3) Choose from the following combinations ....................................... 8 CDE 338 Child Development Practicum (3) FAS 484 Internship (5) -or - SWU 412 Field Insrmction I(5) SWU 414 Field Insrmction I1 (3) All students admined by the program are advised by the director of the Early Intervention Training Program through completion of the certificate requirements. Advising includes identifying field placements for FAS 484 and SWU 412 and SWU 414. Completion of the certificate is verified by completion of all required courses with a grade of 'T" (2.00) or higher in each course. - - Ethics. This certificate is desiened to eive students a richer - understanding of systematic philosophical thinking about ethics. Students with majors in business, nursing, journalism, and public administration, among others, may well find that training- in ethics is beneficial for their career goals. The . certificate pruymni pcrmitr come flexihtlity about cuurse selection, thcrchy Cs~ilitntinethe inlercstsof many students. For ~~~~-~ more -~~~~ infornkion. visit the ~ e n m m e nof t ~hilosoobv ,in COOR 3309, or call 4801965-339.j. BIS Concentration.A concentration in ethics is available under the Bachelor of Interdisciplinary Studies @IS) demee, a promam intended for the student who has acade&c interests that might not be satisfied with existing maiors. Building- on two academic concentrations (or one double c~~ncenwttonj and i n interdtsciplinary core. students in thc BIS prugmm lake acttve roles in crcarlng their ~~ . educational pl3nq and derining their career goal.. For nlorc ~nformatlon,see "School of lnvrdirciollnar, . . Studic,." page 139. - - G e o ~ r a o h i cInformation Science. The cross-disciolinan . . undergraduate certificate in Geographic Information Science (CIS) is desimed for undermduates wishing- to .oursue a G l ~ - r e l t e r<&r. l The cenifi'ate is awarded to students completing the iollowinr 19 scmester hour; wtth 3 grade of "C" 12.00)or higher. Required Courses CSE 100 Principles of Programming with C++ CS ..................... 3 GCU 495 Quantitative Methods in Geography CS........................ 3 GPH 370 Geographic Infomation Technologies CS ....................3 GPH 373 Geogaphic Information Science I CS ..........................4 GPH 473 Geomaohic " . Information Science I1 CS ......................... 3 Elective (choose from the courses below)....................................... 3 ABS 485 GIS in Natural Resources (3) ARb 586 Kemnle Scn,lng 10 Enrtrunmentd Resuurcr, (41 GCU 361 Ilrhan Geography S B O ) GCU 441 Economic Geography SB (3) GCU 442 Geopphical Analysis of Transportation SB (3) GPH 371 Loh.oduction to Canography and Georepresentatian CS (i) GPH 372 Air Photo Interpretation (3) GPH 471 Geogaphics: Interactive and Animated Cartography and Geovisualiration CS (3) GPH 481 Environmental Geography (3) GPH 483 Geographic Information Analysis (3) GPH 484 Internship: GIS-Based (3) PLB 434 Landscape Ecological Analysis and Modeling (3) For more information, call the Department of Geography at 4801965-7533. Healthcare Organizations and Society. The certificate oromam is designed to allow undergraduate students interested in healthcare and the healthcare indusuy to access a and issues relevant broad ranEe of disciplinary. approaches . . to the subject. To complete the certificate, students must take 18 semester hours of course work. Before startine the oromam students should seek advice and informati& in h e ?School of Life Sciences Student Services Office in the College of Liberal A m and Sciences or Business Honors advising in the W. P. Carey School of Business. The course work must conform to the following structure and must be drawn from the three areas listed below. Additional courses are permissible with the approval of an advisor. In addition, students must meet the following.require. ments: I. complete 18 semester hours, 12 of which must be in the upper division; 2. earn a "C" or higher in all upper-division courses taken for the certificate; and 3. complete at least 12 of the semester hours for the certificate in residence at ASU. L literacy and critical inquiv I MA mathematics I CS computerlstatisticsl auantitalive aDDlications I HU humanities and fine ans I SB social and .. ~ehavaoraS C D ~ C C S .SG naldlal rc enee-genera core co.rrcr SO nal.ral re~ence~.anttas.e c c.!.ra o.,arvn, in tns unwa Stater G g.ooa. H nasto, cat see ' ~ m a r n ts ~ eoi ' page 93 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES Overview of the U.S. Healthcare Industry. HSM 220 Health Care Oreanizations is reauired. HSM 498 PS: Health Economics is required for business students. HSM 561 Biostatistics may be taken by petition. No more than three courses in this area may be taken. Ethical and Legal Issues in Healthcare. PHI 320 Bioethics is reauired. A second course is also resuired. PAF 460 public Service Ethics or HSM 498 ~ ~ : - L . eand ~ a lEthical Issues in Healthcare. No more than three courses in this area may he taken. Anthmpological. Historical, and Social Perspectives on Healthcare. One course is rwuired. No more than two cuunes in tht5 area may be &en, trom among ASB 462 Medlcal Anthropology Culture and Health. HPS 331 HIStoly uf Medlclne. and SOC 427 Snc~ologyof Health and Illness. For more information, visit the School of Life Sciences in LSC 206, or call 480fl27-6277. Or visit Business Honors in the W. P. Carey School of Business in BA 150, or call 4801 965-8710. Historv and Philoso~hvof Science. The School of Life ~ c i e n c i offers s an uGe&aduate History and Philosophy of Science Certificate. The certificate oromam is desiened to give students an understanding of doth-traditional philosoohic issues surrounding science and the historical development oiconcrete rcieniific theories and ideas. The philosoohic q u r ~ t ~ u nofs .the belief-u,onhiners and internretation of;cientific claims as well as norms within or ahoui science, both enrich and are enriched by their combination with historical study. Such philosophic~andhistorical study will also often include the examination of contemporary sciences and their olace within the lareer societv. The sertlllsate requlrec I X %eme\terhours hearing a PHI or HPS nrefix of uhlzh I2 \eme\ter houn mull be upper-divisidn. Included within the 18 semester hours, at least nine must hear the HPS orefix. PHI 314 Philosoohv of Science is also required. All courses counting toward'thk certificate must be approved for this purpose by an undergraduate advisor and passed with a grade of '%" (2.00) or higher. For more information. visit the School of Life Sciences in LSC 206. or call 480fl27-6277. - International Studies. See "Certificate in International Studies:' page 630. Islamic Studies Certificate. Students admitted to undergraduate degree programs in any field are eligible for the Students who comolete Islamic Studies Certificate oromam. . all the requirements of their major, their college, and &e certificate program receive the certificate plus transcript recognition of their particular emphasis. The certificate program 1s declgned lo prepxc studcnu for graduate programs in Religious Studies. Islamic studies. and area studies or for any academic discipline (such as professional programs in international law i d business) that focuses oiglibal Muslim societies. Students must comolete a minimum total of26 semester hours, chosen in cons;ltation with the Islamic Studies program coordinator. A minimum grade of "C"(2.00) is required in each course. To earn the certificate, students must complete these requirements: - 1. eight semester hours of Arabic, Indonesian, or another language approved by the program coordinator; students who are native speakers of these languages or who otherwise have equivalent knowledge substitute two additional courses approved by the program coordinator; 2. nine semester hours from REL 260 Introduction to Islam, REL 365 Islamic Civilization, and REL 366 Islam in the Modem World; 3. three semester hours taken from REL 394 (topics may vary) or REL 460 Studies in Islamic Religion (topics may vary); and 4. six semester hours drawn from an approved list of courses in Arabic, anthropology, French, geography. history, religious studies, Spanish or from other courses approved by the program coordinator. Direct inquiries about the program to the Department of Religious Studies, ECA 377, or call 4801965-7145. Jewish Studies. The Jewish studies program is designed with the following goals in mind: 1. to examine the histoly and culNre of the Jews; 2. to provide a model for interdisciplinary teaching and research; 3. to generate and facilitate research on ludaica; 4. to provide the community with programs, courses, and research furthering - the understandine of ludaica: and 5. to stand as an example of the university's commitment to a program of meaningful ethnic studies on a firm academic base. - The Certificate of Concentration in Jewish Studies may he combined with a major in any college. For information about the program, visit the Jewish Studies program office in the Department of Religious Studies. or access the Web site at as~.edu/clas/jewishstudies/certificateinfo.hm, BIS Concentration.A concentration in Jewish studies is available under the Bachelor of Interdisciolinarv . , Studies (BIS) degree, a program intended for the student who has academic interests that might - not be satisfied with existine majors. Building on two academic concentrations (or one double concentration) and an interdiscidinarv core, students in the BIS program take active roies in creating their educational plans and defining their career goals. For more information, see "School of Interdisciplinary Studies," page 139. - Latin American Studies. The Latin American Studies Certificate program is designed to give students an understanding of culture, economies. wlitical structures. and the history of Latin American nagons. The Departments of Economics. Geomaphy, Histow, Languaees and Literatures e s c~oiitic-al ), Science: the School (Spanish a n ~ ~ o ~ r t ~ g uand of Human Evoluuon and Social Change; and the W. P Carey School of Businejs offer courses that combine lo make up the interdisciplinary certificate. Studenu must complete 30 scmester hours of upper-div~siuncourses from the above departmcnts/cc~lleprlwtth a uuncentratlon in Latin America-15 re3 murl br. completed at ASC. Caribbean a n d Afm-Latin American Emphasis Area Requirements. Students who opt for the c a b b e a n and Afro-Latin America regional emphasis area must take: AH1 318 Afncdn anJAfric3n I)~&poraWomen Wnten .... 3 or A M 319 Black Experience tn Lill~nAmrncr (3) \ 345 Thz M&mg of the Caribbean Smicly .................... 3 Related courses* ...................................................................... Total............................................................................................... 9 15 * Six semester hours of Caribbean and Afro-Latin Americanrelated courses (i.e., 50 percent or more Caribbean and A b Latin American content) at the 300 level and three semester hours of courses at the 400 level are required At least nine of Ihe 15 semester hours in this emphasis area must be completed at ASU. African America Emphasis Area Requirements. Students who out for the African America reeional emnhasis area must take: - AFH 3 18 African and African Diaspora Women Writers ............. 3 or AFR 210 introduction lo African American Studies C(3) AFS 363 African American Histow to 1865 SB. C. H ................. 3 or AFH 3 ~ ~ f r i c a n ~ r n ~ r i r~i ci as nt o i Since 1865 SB, C, H(3) Related courses' .............................................................................9 Total........................................................................................I5 Six semcqier hours ofi\fncan Americdn-related:aur,es (i.c.. 50 percent or mot: African Amcncan cunlc'nl)11 the 300 level and three scmcslcr huun of counes 31 !he 400 level are required. At least nine of the 15 semester hours in this emphasis area must be completed at ASU. Thematic Emohasis Area. Students in the African and may also opt for a 15African Ameri'can Studies prosemester-hour thematic emuhasis area hv takine the following courses: - A M 305 The Global History of the Trans-Atlantic Slave Trade. 3 or AFS 415 Black PoliticalThought and the Limits of Liberal Democracy (3) Related courses* ........................................................................... 12 Total............................................................................................... 15 * Tkelve semester hours of courses chosen from at least three themrtic area, listed h l u u : or from other Afriidn and Afncan American S~die,-relrtrdcour\es ( ~ . e. 50 percent or mure themst~ccuntcnl, st the 3(W snd 4 M levels arc reuuired At IC.LCI nine of the 15 semester hours in this emphasis area must becompleted at ASU. ~ ~ ~~~~~~ Hislory AFH 300 Precolonial Africa ......................................................... 3 AFH 305 The Global History of the Trans-Atlantic Slave Trade . 3 AFH 319 Black Experience in Latin America .............................. 3 A M 465 Harlem Renaissance: A Cultural History: 1877-1945.. 3 AFS 340 The Making of Modem Africa ...................................... 3 AFS 345 The Makine of the Caribbean Sociecv .......................... 3 AFS 363 ~fncan.\&ncan Htstury to 1865 $6. C. H.. ........ 3 ... 3 AFS 364 AhcdnA#ncncan Himry Since 1865 SB. (i. H. At's 366 AfncmArchsr.ology: Precolonaal I:rbon Culture SB. C. H ........................................................... 3 AFS 466 Peoples and Cultures of Africa SB, G.H ...................... 3 Governance and Politics AFR 210 lntmduction to African American SNdies C................. 3 AFS 203 InlroJuUrun t* African and ~ f r i c r nDiaqwra Studnes.. 3 AFS 301 Race mJ Racism In AmcdAfricun Vaaspord .............. 3 AFS 3M lslandr 01 Glubdimtion: Canhhean Political Economy ....................................................................... 3 AFS 320 Africa: Politics. Environment, and Development ......... 3 :AN AND AFRICAN AMERICAN STUDIES PROGRAM AFS 327 Human Rights in Africa ................................................ 3 AFS 355 Democracy and Civil Society i n Africa ........................ 3 Culture and Literature AFH 303 African and African American Art ................................ 3 AFH 318 African and African DiasporaWomen Writen ............. 3 AFH 331 Studies i n African American Women Writers of Re-Harlem Renaissance............................-.- ................ 3 AFH 333 American Ethnic Literature UHU. C ............................ 3 AFH 335 Survey of African Literalures ...................................... 3 AFH 353 African American Literamre: Beginnings Through the Harlem Renaissance UHU, C ................................. 3 AFH 354 African American L i t e r a m : Harlem Renaissance to the Res AFH 459 Studies in Gender, Family, and Society 3 AFR 375 Race, Gender, and Sport SB. C AFR 428 Critical Race Theory ..................................................... 3 AFR 460 Race, Gender, and Media C ........................................ 3 AFS 312 ContemporaryAfrican and African Diaspora Women .. 3 AFS 360 Black Families in the Diaspora: U.S. and Caribbean.... 3 AFS 370 Family, Ethnic, and Cultural Diversity SB, C ............... 3 O f the remainine course work. 15 hours may be taken in related area courr&(i.e., nun-African and ~ f r i c a n ~ m e r i c a n Studies programs prcfixrs with at least 5 0 percent A h c a n . Cxibbean, and Air<,-Latin American. or African American continent) i n consultation with the A A A S advlsor andlor director. SNdents are expected t o fulfill the college's language requirement in ~f;ican languages o r any of the languages s w k e n b y the African Diaspora, such as Arabic, French. ~ o r t u ~ u e i and e , Spanish CERTIFICATE IN AFRICAN AND AFRICAN AMERICAN STUDIES Course Requirements. The certificate requires 24 semester hours. Fifteen core hours must be taken from the following courses: AFH 353 African American Literature: Beginnings Through the Harlem Renaissance UHU, C ................................. 3 or AFH 354 African American Litera re Harlem Renaissanceto the Present UHU, C : AFR 210 Introduction to African American Studies C................. 3 AFR 429 African American SNdies Theory and Methods........... 3 AFS 363 African American History to 1865 SB. C, H................. 3 AFS 364 African American History Since 1865 SB, C, H........... 3 & In addition, one course from each o f the three concentrations (i.e.. social and behavioral sciences, humanities/arts, politics and society) nlust he taken. These courses lrre in addttjun to the required core courses. Courses should he selected in consufmtion w i t h the major advisor. MINOR IN AFRICAN AND AFRICAN AMERICAN STUDIES COUM Requirements. The minor requires 18 semester houn. 1\11 African and African American Studies minors must take the following six core hours: AFH 300 Precolonial Africa ....................................................... 3 AFS 200 Intmduction to African and African Diaspo~aStudies.. 3 Chwse one of the following regional courses ................................ 3 AFH 319 Black Experience i n Latin America (3) AbH 210 lnlrudui~iunlo Alr#;an Amerocln Studies C 0 1 AFS 340 The hldking ut Mdcrn Africa 0 1 AFS 355 Demwrncy and Civil Srrlety In Afnza (31 Related courses* ............................................................................ 9 ' Nine semc,ter hour, are required. uith one 300 or 400 level each ol'lhe folluuing thcmrti; srcas Cullure dnd Litcrsture. Polnlas 2nd (iovrrn~nuc. 2nd Famni). Gender, a d C U U ~ C frdm . Society. A t least 50 percent of the course content (which may or may not be AFH or W S ) must deal with African peoples inside and outside the African continent. At least nine o f the 15 semester hours in this cenificate must be completed at ASU. BIS CONCENTRATION A concentration in African and African American studies i s available under the Bachelor o f Interdisciplinary Studies (BIS) degree, a program intended for the student w h o has academic interests that might not be satisfied with existine majors. Building o n t w o academic concentrations (or one double concentration) and a n interdisciplinary core, students in the B I S program take active roles in creating their educational olans and definine their career eoals. For more information, see "School o f Interdisciplinary Studies," page 139. - - - - AFRICAN AND AFRICAN AMERICAN STUDIES HUMANITIES (AFH) M AFH Note 1. Completionof We First-Year Composition requirement (ENG 101 and 102 [or 1051ar ENG 107 and 108 with a grade of'C L2.001 or higher) is aprerequisiiefor all English wursesabovethe 100 iwi. M AFH Note 2. A term paper or equivalent out-of-classwritten work is required in all upper-d'rvlsion(3W-and 400-level) ENG courses. M AFH Note 3. English mj o r s and minors are expected to have wmpleted ENG 200 before taking 4Wlevei literature wurses. M AFH 202 Art of Africa, Oceania, and the Americas. (3) spring History of art of Africa, Oceania, and the New World. Meets nonWestern art history requirement. Lecture, discussion. Crass-listed as ARS 202. Credit is allowed far only AFH 202 or ARS 202. General Studies: HU. G, H M AFH 3W Precolonial AMca. (3) fall Surveys sacial, economic, political, cultural, and economic institutions and civilizations of Africa before European colonialism. Lecture. discussion. films. M AFH 303 Afrlcan and African Amerlcan Art. (3) hli, spring, summer Anthropologicalperspective of African and African American visual arl traditions from the past to 1970. Lecture. discussion. video and slide films. M AFH 305The Global History of theTrans-AtianHc SlavsTrade. (3) SeiBnedsemesters Origins, development, aboiiion, and impact of Atlantic slave trade as a g l o w w n o m i c enterprise and great human tragedy; slavery e ~ p r i e n wLecture, . discussion, films. L literacy and oritical inquiry IMA mathematics ICS computerl~tatirticd q~sntitativeapplications IHU humanities and tine arlr ISB social and behavioral OC~BIIC~B ISG natural seienc%--generalcore cwcrer ISR natural science-quantitative IC cultural diversiw in the Uniled States IG global 1 H htSlOriCBl ISee -General Studies: page 93. COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES M AFH 318 African and AMcan Diaspora Women Writers. (3) spring Intersection of race, class, gender, and ethnicity in Mack women's tiction from the United States, the Caribbean, and Africa. Lecture. discussion. films. M AFH 319 Black Experience i n Latin America. (3) selscfsdsemesters Exam nss severa aspects of tne experience of Atncans n the Latln Amer ca a aspora compar sans w.th -nllcd Stales Lecture. o .Y-ss .....on . . Ilms Preread s le soohomore slana na M AFH 331 Studies in African Ame"canWomen Writern of P*I Harlem Renaissance. (3) tar FOCLS~S on nove s snort slor es essays sposches and dramas lhal gave voces'la Alr can Amencan woman m pre-Harlem Rena ssanca era Ma/ be repeatea for credll *hen lop cs vary -ecIbre dlscbsslon films. M AFH 333 American Ethnic Literature. (3) - " " ,"- Exam nos Amerlcas m~lttetnnccldeniny lnradgh *or- of ilterature tnal oepol Amencan etnnlc gender and dass senslbl ttes Cmssl steo as ENG 333 Cve&t IS a w e a lor only AFh 333 or ENG 333 See AFH Notes 1.2. General Studies: UHU. C M AFH 335 Survey of African Literatures. (3) selectedsemesteri intersection of calonialism, race, class, gender, nationalism. postcoloniaiity,social transformation, and ethnicity in African writers' Lecture. discussion, films. fiction and iiteraw . omduction. . M AFH 347 Ji n America. (3) ratf, spring, summer Current practices employed by contemporaryiau musicians: the historical development a1j a u techniques. Credit does not apply to major requirements for music degrees. Lecture, discussion. Crosslisted as MUS 347. Credit is allowed for only AFH 347 or MUS 347. Fee. General Studies: HU, C M AFH 353 African American Lilerature: Beginningsl'hrough the Harlem Renaissance. (3) tall h sloncai survey oi Alncan Amencan nerary lradtl Ons and c~ltural COII~~X~Sfrom slavery 1hro.g" tne 1930s Cross .steo as EhG 353 Cleat 5 a o w d for on v AFH 353 or EI\G 353 See AFh Notes 1. 2 General Studies: UHU..C M AFH 354 African American Literature: Harlem Renalesance to the Present. (31 spring rl~sloncais m e y ot Afrlcan Amencan lnorary lraan ons and cultural conlexts from the 1920s lo the present Cross-i slea as ENG 354 Cred I s a lowed for anlv AFH 354 or EhG 354 See AFh Notes 1.2 ~ & e r a fstudies: M U . 'C M AFH 459 Studies i n Afrlcan AmerleadCaribbean Literatures. 131 Studies in African American or Caribbean literatures according to genre, period, theory, or selected authors. May be repeated for credit when topics vary Cross-listed as ENG 459. Credit is allowed for only AFH 459 Or ENG 459. See AFH Notes 1.2.3. Topics may include the following: African American Short Story General Studies: L M AFH 465 Harlem Renaissance: A CulNral History: 1871-1945. 131 spring Socio-poiiVml, historical cantexts and woddwide ramificationsof the cultural pmducfions (theater, music, visual arts, and literature) of the Harlem Renaissance. Lecture, discussion. films. Omnibus Courses. For an explanation of courses oflered but not specifically listed in this catalog, see "Omnibus Courses: page 63. ~~ .-, ~ AFRICAN AND AFRICAN AMERICAN STUDIES (AFR) M AFR 191 FimYear Seminar. (1-3) selectedSemesters M AFR 194 SpcialTopics.(l4) selectedsemesters M AFR 210 Introduction to Afrlcan American Studles. (3) tall Examines the political, historical, and cultural origins of African American studies as an academic discipline. Lecture, discussion. General Studies: C M AFR 294 SpecialTopics. ( 1 4 ) sel~ctedsemesters M AFR 298 Honors Directed Study. ( I d ) selectedsemesrers M AFR 317 Genes, Race. and SocieIy. (3) sp"hg Examines history of biological and social constructions of "race" in western society Lecture, discussion. General Studies: SB, C. H M AFR 375 Race, Gender, and Sport. (3) ran and spring interdisciplinary examinationat the social concepts of race and gender and their economic impact on sports in America. Lecture. discussion. Prerequisite: ENG 102 (or its equivalent) or instructor approval. GeneralStudies: SB, C M AFR 394 SpecialTopics. (1-4) selectedSemesters M AFR 428 Critical Racelheary. (3) spring Examines ways in which race has been historically utilized. constructed, and cantested in American civil saciety. Lecture. discussion. M AFR 429 African American SludiesTheorv and Methods. (3) .. spmg Examines m i a l and behavioral science theories and methadoiogical p-dures pertaining to African Americans. Prerequisite: senior standing. M AFR 460 Race, Gender, and Media. (3) spring and summer Reading seminar designed to give a probing examination of the intedace between AHANA Americans and the mass media in the United States. Lecture, discussion. Cross-listed as MCO 460. Credit is allowed for only AFR 460 or MCO 460. General Studies: C M AFR 484 Internship.(l-12) selecteds e m e s t q M AFR 490 Field Studies i n the Diaspora. (3) sprmg introd.ces mclhods an0 pr nc.ples of rcsearcn appi eo to BlacK c0mm.n Ies w thln and o~tsldeAl~zonainvolves workng w In toeid alllcer and lac" N Lecture lmela sluav Prereou s te sentor stananno Pre- or corequisfie: AFR 429. M AFR 492 Honors Directed Study. ( 1 4 ) selecledsemesters M AFR 493 HonorsThesis. ( 1 4 ) selenedsemesters General Studies: L M AFR 494 SpeclalTopics. (1-4) selecfedsemester~ M AFR 497 Honors Colloquium. ( 1 4 ) selecledsemesters M AFR 498 PmSeminar. (3) cnn'nn Top c s selecleo by nstr.clor m consLitallon w~lhtne st~dent. Des~gnwlo ntegrate and aeve op researcn sbl s R e q 2 . r ~ for ma om Prarea~isltesen or Stanam0 Pre- or c a r s a ~ sle AFR 429. M AFR 499 individualized Instruction. (1-3) SeleEtedSemesters Omnibus Courses. Far an expianallon of courses onered but not SPBCIRC~II~lcsted in thrs catalog, see 'Ornnlbus Courses," page 63 - :RICAN AND AFRICAN AMERICAN STUDIES PROGRAM GraduateLevei Courses. For information about courses numbered from 500 to 799, see the Graduate Catalog, or access www.asu.edu/ cataiog on the Web. in same situations, undergraduate students may be eligiMe to take these courses: for mare information. see 'GraduateLevel Courses: page 62. AFRICAN AND AFRICAN AMERICAN STUDIES SOCIAL SCIENCE (AFS) M AFS 200 Introduction to African and African Diaspora Studies. (3) spring introduces the study of African and African-descendedpeoples; theory, themes, and perspectives. Lecture, discussian. M AFS 202 Ethnic Relations i n the United States. (3) fall - andsorim Pmcesses of ~nterculturairelattons. systems aeemach to history of U.S. interethnic relations: psychacuitiral analysis of mntemporiry U.S. ethnic relations. Lecture, discussion. Cross-listed as ASB 202 Credit is allowed tor oniy AFS 202 or ASB 202. General Sludies: SB.. C. .H M AFS 210 lnboduaion to Ethnlc Studies in ule U.S. (3) fan and spring Covers diversity of experiencesand relations among racial and ethnic groups in the United States. Lecture, discussion. Crass-listed as APA 2101CCS 210. Credit is allowed far oniy AFS 210 or APA210 or CCS 210. General Studies: C M AFS 301 Race and Racism i n AfricdAfrican Diaspora. (3) spring Construction of race, racism, and race relations in AtticalAfrican Diaspora: practices of agency to challenge ethnicity, ransm, and racial oppression. Lecture, discussion, fiims. M AFS 304 Islands of Gioballzation: Caribbean Polnical Economy. (3) spring Impact of globalizationan the economic, political, and social condition of the islands and mainland countries of the Caribbean. Lecture. disc~ssion,films. M AFS 310 AfricadAfrican American Psychology. (3) faa and spring Historical and contemporary overview of the development of Atricanl Black psychology and African American frame ot reference. Leclure. discussion. M AFS 312 Contemporary African and African Diaspora Women. (3) selectedSemwters Explores recent literary, theoretical, and methodologicalthemes concerning the study of AfricanlAfrican Diaspora women and the phenomena of modernization. Lecture, discussian, films. M AFS 320 Africa: Politics, Environment, and Development. (3) selectedsemesters Uses African experience to understand the mnsequencesof human environment relationships. weallh and power d'fierentiais, and individual and global citizenship. Lecture, discussion, films. Prereauisite:soehomore standim. M AFS 327 Human Rights in Africa. (3) selemedsemeslers ........ - - ~ ComparativeRudy of human rights focusing on mionial and postcolonial Africa from historical and contemporary perspectives. Lecture, discussion, fiims. Prerequisite:junior standing. M AFS 340The Making of Modern Africa. 13) sofin9 Ebents and processes ieao ng to the colanzal on at Afr ca and sdbseq.ent changes n Atrocan soc elres ~ n d e m r on a n i e ana naeoenaence Lect~red8sc~sscnf ms Prerea~#s#te ENG 102 M AFS 345The Making of the Caribbean Society. (3) selectedsernestem Historical smioeconamic and political factors and institutions creating the wider Caribbean from the 15th century to the present. Lecture. discussian, fiims. 7 0 M AFS 355 Democracy and Civil Society In Africa. (3) .. selectedsemesters Examines contending perspectivesan the state and civil society and democratic struggles using Sub-Saharan Africa and case study. Lecture. discussion. films. Prereauisite: iunior standina. M AFS 3W Black Families in the Diaspora: U.S.and Caribbean. 131 ~~, fall Comparativestudy of historical and current themes in the structure and internal dynamics of African Diasparafamilies. Lecture, discussion, fiims. M AFS 363 Afrlcan American Hlstory to 1865. (3) - veer -. .-- - , 0"- 2 The African American in American history, thought, and culture from slavery to 1865.Cross-listed as HST 333.Credit is allowed far only . AFS 363 or HST 333. General Srodies: SB, C,H M AFS 364 African American Historv Since 1865.13) .. once a year m e African American in American history, thought, and culture fram 1865 tome present. Cross-listed as HST334. C r d d is allowed for only AFS 3E4 or HST 334. General Sudies: SB. C. H M AFS 366 African Archaeology: Precolonial Urban Culture. (3) tan and spring Overview of African civilization from the last 10,000 years up to 1850 via archaeological, documentary, and oral data. ~eciure,discussion. Crass-listed as ASB 3 6 . Credit is allowed for oniy AFS 366 or ASB 366. General Sfudies: SB, G. H M AFS 370 Family, Ethnic. and Cultural Dierstly. (3) fall and sorlno inteqratiM aipmach to understandinq historical and current issues related to tno strdctdre and nlernal dynamlw of a verse Amencan famri e~ LenLre a YLSS on Crass 1 sted as FAS 370 Cfedot is a lowed lor on AFS 370 or FAS 370 Prereq~sltePGS 101 or SOC .,",. n. General Studies: SB, C M AFS 415 Black PallticalThought and the Llmits of Liberal Democraw. 13) selected s&eslen Biac* pol hcai and roea, ~ h o ~ g hconn~ct t. oetweon l oera domocratlc ,deals an0 ~bucturesoi domlnat on and cxoloralon fram Afncan Dlas~ora Lecture. dtwuss~on,ftlrns . .DerrDectlveS . M AFS 466 Peoples and Cultures of Africa. (3) fall and spring Survey of African peoples and their cultures, external contact, and changes. Meets non-Western requirement.Lecture, discussian. Crass-listed as ASB 466. Credit is allowed for oniy AFS 466 or ASB 466. General Studies: SB. G. H Omnlbuo Courses. Far an explanatnon 01 m-rses oifereo bat not specn8cai1y asled in thns catalog see -0mnlb~s Co-rses.' page 63 - ~ ~ ~ - L literacy and crilicai inquiry I MA mathematics I CS computerlstatisticd q~anl'laliveappiicstions 1 HU humanities and fine arts I58 social and behavioral sciences ISO natural ~cience--generalcore courses I SO natural scienc-"antitalive I C cullurai diversity in the United Stales IG global I n historicalISee 'General Studles: pape 93. COLLEGE OF L I B E R A L A R T S A N D SCIENCES American lndian Studies Program lndian nations. The degree program offers courses that provide students with intellectual and practical knowledge pertaining to American Indian cultures. history, law, literature, laneuaee, an, and eovernment. Students are required 10 takc 42 remertcr hours. includtng 24 hours o f rcqulrcd counci and 18 hours in one oi t u n areas ot emphasis ( I) legal p ~ l i c yuommunlt), , and natton hulldlng; or ( 2 1an,. iaquagc\. and cultures Contact thr program oftice for a current II\Iof eiectlse coursct Students must rccctve a mlnlmum grade of "C" I?00)tn requ~rcdand emphas~scoune\. The foll~,uing cources are required for all students mqonng in American lnd~anStudter - - Eddle F. Bmwn, Director Professor: Brown Associate Professors: Lujan. Riding In Assistant Professors: Miller, Vicenti Carpio The American Indian SNdies Program is an academic discipline that emphasizes the wlitical and cultural exwricnuc of thc \ariou\Amencan lnd~anNat~onrand peoplcc of the Un~tedState,. Cour\r work fwure\ on the uulturcs, ans. history. and contemporary experiences o f the various American lndian nations. The cuniculum alsoconcentrates on the practical application for professional career development, preparation for advanced degree programs, and preparation for service to lndian eovernments and reservations. I t emphasizes scholarly expertise i n selected fields of study and its practical application to community service. AMERICAN INDIAN STUDIES--BS - - Students ~ursuinea BS deeree i n American lndian Studies gain a broad knowledge o f American Indian nations and peoples. with particular emphasis on Southwest American AIS 180 Introduction to American Indian Studies C...................3 AIS 280 American Indian Sovereignty and the Counr C ...........3 3 AIS 285 Federal Indian Policy .................................................... AIS 370 American Indian Languages and Cultures ....................3 AIS 380 Contemporary Issues ofAmerican Indian Nations .......3 AIS 394 ST: Basic Statistical Analysis* ...................................... 3 AIS 420 American Indian Studies Research Methods L .............3 AIS 498 Pro-Seminar .............................................................. 3 * Until American lndian Studies is able to offer its own course in statistical research methods, students must take JUS 302. or a comparable course, in consultation with an advisor To assure the breadth and depth of their education. all American lndian Studies undergraduates must complete the requirements o f the university General Studies promam and the College of Liberal Arts i d Sciences. For descAptive information on university requirements, see "General Studies:' page 93, and "University Graduation Requirements:' page 89. For descriptive information on College o f Liberal ARs and Sciences requirements, see "College Graduation Requirements:' page 503. - As part of the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences living-learningcommunity concept, students learn scientific methods together during class and share the same residence hall. ~m-T 522 AMERICAN INDIAN STUDIES PROGRAM MINOR IN AMERICAN INDIAN STUDIES The minor in American lndian Studies is designed for students interested in developing an understanding of Amercritical ican Indian issues and analvzine , u issues throueh u inquiry. Fifteen semester houn are required, including AIS 180,380, and 385 and six elective semester hours from the two areas of emphasis. No passlfail or credit!noncredit course work may be applied to the minor. A minimum of nine hours must be in resident credit at the Tempe campus. Students must receive a minimum grade of "C"(2.00) for all courses in the minor and meet all course eligibility requirements. CERTIFICATE IN AMERICAN INDIAN STUDIES The certificate program recognizes the need for training American lndian and non-Indian students for employment and leadership roles in American lndian government, in statelfederal agencies, in education programs, and in urban and Indian community programs. To this end. the American Indian Studies Certificate orogram seeks to address the myriad of contemporary social, oolitical. and economic oroblems and issues imoactine k m e r i c k Indian The program provides students with I. useful knowledge pertaining to American lndian sovereignty, govemment, law, history, economic development, and culture; 2. practical experience in the form of an off-campus internship working in an American Indian government, a community program, an educational entity, an urban program, or a statelfederal agency; and 3. educational skills so that graduates can pursue jobs with an American Indian focus. A certificate in American Indian Studies requires the comoletion of 21 semester hours. A minimum of 12 hours must be upper division, and a minimum grade of "C"(2.00) or hieher is reauired exceot for the AIS Internshio course. whici requiresa passing " Y grade. AIS 180 Introduction lo American Indian Studies C .................. 3 AIS 280 American Indian Sovereignty and the Courts C ........... 3 AIS 380 Canternwrarv . . Issues ofAmerican Indian Nations ....... 3 AIS 484 Internship ...................................................................... 3 AIS 494 S T Law. Policy, and American Indians ........................ 3 Emphasis courses* .......................................................................... 6 * Select courses from the two areas of emphasis; contact the pmgram office for a current list. For more information, call the director of the American Indian Studies Program at 4801965-3634. educai~onalplan, and defining the11 career go319. For murc ~nformalron.see "School uf i n t e r d ~ \.c ~ n l. ~ Studles." n~n, page 139. AMERICAN INDIAN STUDIES (AIS) . . M AIS 180 lntmd~nlonto American lndian Studles. (3) once a year Introduction to the study of American Indian justice issues from an Interdisciplinary perspective. Primary topics include sovereignty, law. and culture. General Shrdfes: C M AIS 194 SpecialToplcs.( 1 4 ) fail and spting M AIS 280 American lndian Sovereignly and the Courts. (3) 611 Examines the sovereign status of American lndians and legal relationships between the tribes and the U.S. government. Lecture, discussion. General Studies: C M AIS 285 Federal lndian Policv. . .13). spring Examines the sovereign status of American lndians and legal relationships between the tribes and the U.S. government. Lecture. discussion. M AlS 294 SpecialT~pIcs. (1-4) Selectedsemeslers M AIS 370 American lndian Languages and Cultures. (3) 6,) Emphasizes understanding of lndian language families and the relationship of oral traditions to culture. Prerequisite:AIS 180. M AIS 380 Contemporanl Issues of American Indian Natlons. (3) spring Survey of legal, socioeconomic, political, and educational State of Contemporary ~. reservation and urban lndians. Prersquisite:AIS 180. M AIS 394 SpeclalToplcs. (1-4) hll and spring Topics may include the following: American lndian World Views and Philosophies. (3) Basic Statistical Analysis. (3) M AIS 420 American lndian Studies Research Methods. (3) -- fall Survey of divene research methods, including statistical, historical. interpretative, and narrative approaches. Prerequisite: AIS 180. General Studies: L M AlS 484 Internship. (1-12) ~ele~led~eme~ter~ Fee. M AIS 494 SpeclalToplcs. (1-4) fall andsprhg Topics may include the following: Law, Policy, and American lndians. (3) M AIS 498 ProSemlnar. (1-7) selectedsemeslers M AIS 499 Individualized Instrunion. (1-3) selected semesters Omnibus Courses. For an explanation of courses offered but not specifically listed in this catalog, see 'Omnibus Courses: page 63. BIS CONCENTRATION A concentration in American Indian studies is available under the Bachelor of Interdisciplinary Studies (BIS) degree, a program intended for the student who has academic interests that might not be satisfied with existing majors. Building on two academic concentrations (or one double concenuation) and an interdisciplinary core, students in the BIS program take active roles in creating their L 1 lelacf ano c#l ra inq. ry MA lllalhemal cs CS cornprlor slal st C , o.ant tat r e aoo*eaoons HU h.nvan l er ano !one arts SB ~ o ac anu .. behavioral sciencesI SO natural scienc-eneral core courses I SO natural science-quantitative I C cultural diversifyIn the United Stater I G global I H historical I See .General Sludier,"page 93. COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES Asian Pacific American Studies Program asu.edu/cl&apas 4801965-9711 SS loo Karen J. Leong, Director CORE FACULTY Associate Professom: Leonp, Li. Nakagawa AssIslanl Prolessor' Rosa Ass stant D renor and Aovlsor KLO AFFILIATED FACULTY Islanders, what they have contributed to our society, and the complexitv of racial formations in the U.S. The program is designed to help students of all ethnicities 1. to think critically, develop clear written arguments, and present their perspectives effectively; 2. to learn about Asian American and Pacific Islander experiences and communities i n Arizona, nationally, and within a larger global context; and 3. to prepare students to participate i n an increasingly diverse and global U.S. society. .. The certificate Droeram ~rovidesstudents with oooorlunities to think c r i t i c ~ l l ~ a b interethnic ou~ cooperation and conflict in the formation of social institutions and communities. The program also encourages students to learn about local Asian American and Pacific Islander communities and organizations through research, courses. and community internships. Community Resources and Development Professor:Yoshioka CERTIFICATE IN ASIAN PACIFIC AMERICAN STUDIES English Assistant Professor: Sadowski-Smith Lecturer: Fuse COUM Requirements. The certificate program requires 18 semester hours. Taelve core hours must be fulfilled by the following courses: Global Studies Assistant Professor:Wang APA 200 lnrmduction to Asian Pacific American Studies HU/SB, C.......................................................... 3 APA 360 Asian Pacific American Exoerience HU/SB. C ............. 3 APA 450 A s t a Pacific Amencan Cunlempordry I,auei SE. C....3 APA 484 intcrnsh~p . . .. ....................... 3 or APA 191 ST A s i a Pactfic Amencan Communities(3) Human Communication Associate Professor: Martinez Human Evolution and Social Change Professor: Eder Justice and Social Inquiry Professors: Romero, Jurik Assistant Professor: Quan Languages and Literatures Associate Professor: Choi Nurslng Assistant Professor: Chia-Chen Chen Social and Behavioral Sciences (West campus) Assistant Professor: Guevarra Social Work Professor: Seaal Associate Professor: Steiner Assistant Professor: Kang - sociology Associate Professor: Menjivar Women and Gender Studies Associate Professor: Leong PURPOSE Asian Pacific American Studies is an interdisciplinary undergraduate o r o m that addresses the historical and contemporary ixp&ences of Asian Americans and Pacific The remainine six semester hours must be filled bv courses from anapproved list, including any additional courses with an APA prefix, as well as COM 263 and MCO .. Students must apply for the ccn~fico[cprogram through the A,ian Pacific American Studies Program office. For propram director at 4801 more information. call the . . 965-971 1. BIS CONCENTRATION A concentration i n Asian Pacific American studies is avatlable under the Bachelor oi Lnterdtsc~pltnqStud~es (BISJdegree. a program Intended fur the \tudent who ha.. academic intereits that mieht not be satisfied with existine majors. Building on two academic concentrations (or one double concentration) and an interdisciolinan core. stutake active roles increating their dents in the BIS educational dans and definine their career eoals. For more information:see "School of Interdisciplinary Studies:. page 139. - - ASIAN PACIFIC AMERICAN STUDIES (APA) M APA 194 SpeciaiTopics. ( 1 4 ) fall and spring M APA 200 lntmductionto Asian Pacific American Studies. (3) fall and spring Examines historical and contemparary issues tadng Asian Americans and Pacific Islanders in the United States. Lecture, discussion. GeneralStudies: HU/S8, C DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY AND BIOCHEMISTRY M APA 210 lntroductlon to EUlnic Studies i n the U.S. (3) hlland snrino Covers d b r & of experiences and relations among racial and ethnic groups in the United States. Lecture, discussion. Cross-listedas AFS 2101CCS 210. Credit is allowed for only AFS 210 or APA 210 or CCS 73n -. . GeneralSNdles: C M APA 294 SpecialTopics. ( 1 4 ) hfIand spring O ~ e to n all students Mav be repeated for credit. M APA 310 Asian Pacific American Arts and Culturea.(3) fall and spring Explores Asian Pacific American cultural expression in art, laerature, film, theatre, dance, and music. Lecture, discussion. Generalstud& HU. C M APA 315 Asian Paclflc Amerlcan Literature. (3) tall Explores me nerary n story. crmca. reception and malor thmnes n Aaan Pac.1c Amer can poelv hctlon and prose L m ~ r ea, wLss.on General Studdes HU. C M APA 330 Asian Paciflc American Genders and Sexualities. (3) spring Expiares gender and sexuality issues as they relate to Asian Pacific American experiences, including interracial relationships, stereotypes, feminism, queer theory. Lecture, discussion. General Sludles: SB. C M APA340 Asian Pacific Americans and Media. (3) hN Analyzes social construction of Asian Pacific American media images and resistance to those images in various historical contens. Lmure. disc~ssion. General SNdies: HU C M APA 345 Asian Pacnlc Americans and Film. (3) spring Examines representations at Asian PacificAmericans in narrative, popular, experimental, and documentary Rlm. Lecture, discussion. General Studies: C,H M APA 380 Asian Pacific American Experience. (3) fall and spring Historical and contemporary experiences of Asian Pacific American raciaVethnic orou~sin the United States. Lmure, discussion.ToDics mav include ihs fb~towing: Cn nese Amerlcan Flilp#naand FI zptno Amencan JaoansseAmencan &&American Pacitic Islander South Asian American Southeast Asian American General Studies: HU/Ss. C M APA 394 SpeclalToplcs. (1-4) hN and spring O w n to all students. Mav be repeated for credit.Topics may include -... --- As an Pacflc Amer can irnmgratton issbes ASan Pacrf c Amer can Legal H story ASan Pacrtlc Amer can Women lssdes and denlltles Asian Pacific Americans and Politics M APA 450 Asian Paclflc American Contempraw Issues. (3) hllandsnrin4 Focuses bn issues shaping Asian Pacitic American communities. including immigration, polilh, education, health. family, gender. youth, interracial relations, and other wntemparary topics. Lecture. discussion. Prereauislie: APA 2W or instructor auproval. General Studies: 58, C M APA 484 Internship. (1-12) fall and spring Fee. M APA 494 SpecialToplcs. (1-4) fall and spring O w n to all students. Mav be re~eated tor credit.Topics may include m i following: Asian Paciflc American Communities. (3) . - Asian Paclflc American Leadership Voices and Visions: Asian Pacific American Women. issues, and Identities M APA 498 Pro-Semlnsr. (1-7) fall and spring M APA 499 lndlvldualized lnstrudlon. (1-3) fall and spring Omnlbus Courses. For an explanation of courses offered but not specifically listed in this catalog, see 'Omnibus Courses: page 63. Department of Chemistry and Biochemistry -- Robert E. Blankenship, Chair Regents' Professors: Angell. Buseck, Pettit Professors: Allen. Blankenshlp. Fromme. Fuchs. Gllck, Gobld, Gust. Hollowav. Kobvetakts. Lonr. A. Moore, T Moore, , Steimie. Wang, Williams, Petuskey, Rose, ~ h o d k Skibo. Woodbury, Yarger Associate Professors: Anbar. Bond-~obinson.Booksh. Francisco. Hayes. Richert, Wolf Assistant Professors: Chaput, Chen. Ghirianda, Hartnett, Hausserrnann, Herdnes. Levitus. Matyushov, Seo, Wachter, Yan Senior Lecturers: Bauer, Marks Lecturers: Briggs, Lefler, Pruis CHEMISTRY-BA The BA degree in Chemislry consists o f 46 semester hours. Required courses are as follows: Choose between the course combinations below ..................... 8 or 9 C H M 113 General Chemistry 1 SQ (4) C H M 115 General Chemistry with Qualitative Analysis S Q (5) C H M 117 General Chemistry for Majors ISQ* (4) C H M 118 General Chemistry for Maiors 11 SQ* - (4) Choose between the course combinations below ............................ 8 C H M 333 Organic Chemistry for Majors I* (3) C H M 334 Oreanic Chemistrv for Maion 11* (3) CHM 337 0rgsnLc ~ h e m t s & ~aburdioryfar Maph I' 0 ) CHM 338 Orgdnlc Chcmtslry LabUrltIo~for Majur. 11' \ II L literacy and critical inquiry i MA mathematics i CS cornputeristatisticsi quantitative application~i HU humanities and fins arts i SB roeial and behavioral sciences I SG natural science-genersi core murses ISO natural rienc-uantitative iC cultural diversity in the United States 1 G global i n historical I see 'Genemi Studies: pagi 93. COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES CHM 233 General Organic Chemistry 1(3) CHM 234 General Organic Chemistry Il(3) CHM 237 General Organic Chemistry Laboratory l (I) CHM 238 General Organic Chemistry Laboratory 11 (1) CHM 325 Analytical Chemistry CHM 341 Elementary Physical Chemis CHM 343 Physical Chemistry Laborato CHM 453 Inorganic Chemisl * CHM 117, 118,333,334,337, and 338 are swongly recommended for qualified students. Related courses must include the following: MAT MAT PHY PHY PHY PHY 270 Calculus with Analytic Geometry I MA ........................ 4 271 Calculus with Analytic Geometry I1 MA ...................... 4 I I I General Physics SQ'. 112 General Physics SQ'. 113 General Physics Labo 1 14 General Physics Laboratory SQ CHM 326 Analytical Chemistry Laboratory.................................. CHM 327 lnsrmmental Analysi CHM 328 Insmmental Analysis Laboratory ................................. CHM 345 Physical Chemistry CHM 346 Physical Chemistry II CHM 348 Physical Chemistry Laboratory I L .............................. CHM 349 Physical Chemistry Laboratory I1 L' ............................ CHM 452 Inorganic Chemistry L a b o r a l o r y ~ ~ CHM 453 Inorganic Chemis CHM 460 Biological Chemis Chemistry elective (choose from CHM 302 Environmental Chemisw (3) CHM 392 Inmduction to ~ e s e a r c h G c h n i ~ u(1-3) es CHM 424 Separation Science (3) CHM 431 Qualitative Organic Analysis (3) CHM 471 Solid-state Chemistry (3) CHM 481 Geochemiswy (3) CHM 485 Meteorites and Cosmachemistry (3) Total............................................................................................... I . More advanced PHY courses may be taken in place of PHY I I I . 112, 113. and 114. BothPHY 11land113orPHY 112;md114mustbetakento secure SQ credit. T h e remaining courses to complete the major are determined by students in consultation with their advisors. The program consists of 46 semester hours in chemistry and 20 hours of related courses outside the major. Required c o m e s are a s follows: Chwre k t u c e n thc i~~sbr. iombinstion, k l o u . . . . . . 8 ur 9 CH\I I I I Cienr.nl (:ncrnl,t~ I SQ (4, (Hhl l I5 Cicnzr~lChea16t~uorh Qu.tltI3llve Analysis SQ (5) -orCHM 113 General Chemistry I SQ (4) CHM 116 General Chemistry Il SQ (4) -or- CHM 117 General Chemistry for Majon I SQ* (4) CHM I I8 General Chemistry far Majon I1 SQ* (4) Choose beween the course combinations below ............................ 8 CHM 333 Organic Chemistry for Majan I*(3) CHM 334 Organic Chemistry for Majon 11* (3) CHM 337 Organic Chemistry Laboratory for Majors I* (1) CHM 338 Organic Chemistry Laboratory for Majors Il* (I) -or- 233 234 237 238 General Organic Chemistry 1 (3) General Oreanic Chemism I1 (3) General organic chemist& ~aboratory1(1) General Organic Chemistry Laboratory 11 (1)- .............................................16 or 17 Total ..................................... * Completing MAT 274 and 342 satisfies CHM 240 requirement. CHM 348.349, and 452 must all he taken to secure L credit. 270 Calculus with Analytic Geometry I MA ........................ 4 271 Calculus with Analytic Geometry II MA ....................... 4 272 Calculus with Analytic Geometry Ill MA .....................4 121 Universily Physics I: Mechanics SQ' ...........................3 122 University Physics Laboratory I SQ' ........................... I 131 University Physics l l Elecwicity and Magnetism SQ' ............................................................. 3 I PHY 132 University Physics Laboratory I1 sQ2...........................- MAT MAT MAT PHY PHY PHY Total.............................................................................................20 CHEMISTRY-BS CHM CHM CHM CHM 30 Additional required related field courses are as follows: ToU I 1 3 2 3 3 1 1 I 3 3 3 CHM 1 1 7,118,333,334,337. and 338 are suongly recommended for qualified students. Additional required chemistry courses are a s follows: CHM 240 Inwaducrion to Physical Chemisuy CS' ....................... 3 CHM 325 Analylical Chemistry .............................................. 3 I Bolh PHY 121 and 122 must be taken to secure SQ credit. Bolh PHY 131 and 132 must be t&en lo secure SQ credit. Transfer students are interviewed and advised of nossible preparatory work. They must contact the department to arrange for the interview before reristration. See "Collene radiation Requirements:' page 503. CHEMISTRY-BS Environmental Chemistry Concentration The program consists of a minimum of 40 semester hours in chemistry o r biochemistry and 26 hours of related courses. Required courses are as follows: CHM 113 General Chemistry I SQ ................................................ 4 CHM 115 General Chemistry with Qualitativehalysis SQ .........5 Choose between the course combinations below ............................8 CHM 333 Organic Chemistry for Majors I* (3) CHM 334 Organic ChemisQ for Majors 11' (3) CHM 337 Organic Chemistry Laboratory far Majors I* ( I ) CHM 338 Organic Chemistry Laboratory for Majors II* (I) -or- CHM CHM CHM CHM - 233 General Oreanic Chemistry 1(31 234 Gcnersl Org3ntc C'hcm~,tr) 11 $3, 237 Cencr.J Organtr C l r n l ~ r qh h l r a t o g I r I I 238 (irnerrl O r y a n ~(hcm15try ~ Labur~toqI I , I , Total............................................................................................... 17 * CHM 117.118.333.334.337, and 338 are strongly recorn mended for qualified students. DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY AND BIOCHEMISTRY Additional required chemistry and biochemistry courses are a s follows: CHM 240 CHM 302 CHM 303 CHM 327 CHM 328 CHM 345 CHM 348 CHM 460 CHM 481 Introduction to Physical Chemistry CS' ....................... 3 Environmental Chemistry Environmental Che Instrumental Analy Instrumental Analy Phvsical Chemistrv , Physical Chemistry Laboratory I L* ............................. I Biological Chemisuy ................................................3 . ........ ...............3 Geochemistry ............................. 233 234 237 238 General Organic Chemistry ((3) General Organic Chemistry 11 (3) General Organic Chemistry Laboratory 1 (I) General Organic Chemistry Laboratory U (1) ~ Total ............................................................................................. 23 * CHM CHM CHM CHM CHM 303 or both CHM 349 and 452 must also be taken with CHM 348 to secure L credit. Additional required related field courses are as follows: GLG 321 Mineralog 272 Calculus with Analytic Geometry IllMA ..................... 4 121 University Physics I: Mechanics SQ' ........................... 3 122 University Physics Laboratory I SQ' ............................ I 131 University Physics n:Elecuicity and Magnetism SQ ......................... PHY 132 University Phy Related field elective (cho BIO 320 Fundamentals of Ecology (3) BIO 426 Limnalogy L (4) GLG 461 Geamicrobiology (3) Total 26-27 MAT PHY PHY PHY I Both PHY I21 and 122 must be taken to secure SQ credit. Both PHY 131 and 132 must be taken to secure SQ credit. American Chemical Society Certification. A student who satisfactorily completes the B S in Chemistry program is certified by the Department of Chemistry and Biochemistry t o the American Chemical Society (ACS) as having met the specific requirements for undergraduate professional traini n e in chemistry. Graduates meetinz ACS guidelines can receive a certificate t o indicate this fact. BIOCHEMISTRY-BA ~ T h e oromam consists of a minimum of 38 semester hours in chemist& and biochemistry and 18 semester hours of related courses. Required courses are a s follows: Choose between the course combinations below CHM 113 General Chemisuy 1 SQ (4) CHM 115 General Chemistry with Qualitative Analysis SQ (5) . 8 or 9 -07- CHM 113 General Chemistry I SQ (4) CHM 1 16 General Chemistry Il SQ (4) -orCHM 117 General Chemistry for Majors I SQ* (4) CHM 118 General Chemistry for Majon 11 SQ* (4) Chnnr Majorr 1' (31 CHhl 331 Orpnt; Chern~rtryl o r M a j n ~11' 0) CHM 337 Orgsnt: Chemlrvy Laburltory fur .Wajors I' ( I ) CHM 338 Orgontc Chemistry l.nhorulory for Majors 11' ( I ) Additional required chemistry and biochemistry courses are a s follows: General Biochemistry ................................................... 3 General Biochemistry ................................................. 3 Analytical Biochemistry Laboratory L ......................... 3 Environmental Chemistry ....................................... - .3 or CHM 325 Analytical Chemistry (3) 3 CHM 341 Elementary Physical chemistryi Chemtstry ~ h c r ~ v rrlho&e ., iru!~btile course . Reauirements of the Deoarhnent of Economics. The orogram consiitc of at least 45 scme\tur hours of course work distnhuted bclwcen economics and related ticlds as rhown below Onl) course, In whlch .J \tudcnt recelves a gndc of "C" (2 001 ur l ~ ~ a hma, e r he u\eJ tu meet thew rcqutrements Studcntr mu51 mret all prcrcqu~.;tlccand coune rcqulrcmenls ;alisted in thic catalog. 'lhese include A calculu\ and stausucs MAT ? I0 and 2 I I , or MAT 270, 271. and 272. or MAT 2YO.1nd191. STP 226 or QBA 221; B. principles of economics: ECN 211 and 212; C. completion of 24 semester hours in economics courses and auantitative business analvsis courses at the 300 level or above. At least four of these courses must be at the 400 level or above. These 24 hours must include 2. econometrics a d statistics: ECN 410 or 425 or OBA 321 or STP 421; 3. a capstone course or honors thesis: ECN 475 or 493; 4. economics electives at the 300 level or above to fill out the remaining hours. including a maximum of three hours of ECN 484 Economics Internship and excluding ECN 475 and 493, which cannot be used to satisfy this requirement; and D. electives chosen from the Approved List of Related Field Courses to fill out the remaining semester hours. Latin American Studies Certificate or Emphasis. Students majoring in Economics may elect to pursue a Latin American Studies Cenificate or emphasis, combining courses from the maior with selected outside courses of wholly Latin ~mericancontent. See "Latin American Studies:'page 512, for more information. Certificate in International Business Studies. Students majoring in Economics may elect to pursue a Certificate in International Business Studies, combining - courses from the major wtth rclrctcd intcrnatlonnl businr.,~courses. For more inft~mationsee "Certificate in lnlrrnational Bus~ncs\ Studies:' page 304. Certificate in Quality Analysis. Students majoring in Economics may elect to pursue a Certificate in Quality Analysis, combining courses from the major with selected quantitative business analysis courses. For more information, see "Certificate in Quality Analysis:' page 294. MINOR Minor in General Economics. 'lhic minor (and BIS area oiconccnvationj requires 18 .;emeslcr hous of cour%euork u htch tnilutluc ECN 2 1 1 and 2 I?. 311dI2 hours of euununlics courses at the 300 level or above for which all prerequisites have been met. Only courses in which a student ~~~ mathematics I CS com~uterIsta6stiwl q ~ a n t . f a ( ~auptcalonr e nu hjmala#tesan0 fino an3 SB roeal and ~ e n a oral * sclencesI SO n s t ~ t asc enc-enera coroco~rser SO natdral scen~e-a~au! tat *e C C J l ~ r aol u e f , ~m tne Un.tod Staler O gooal H historical / s e e "General Slvdieslpagi 93. L titeracv and critical inauiry I MA . COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES receives a grade of "C"(2.00) or higher may be used to meet these requirements. Minor in Economics for Students Planning a Career in Law. This minor requires I8 semester hours of course work that includes ECN 21 I, 212,314,450,453, and one additional economics coune at the 300 level or above for which all prerequisites have been met. Only courses in which a student receives a grade of "C" (2.00) or higher may be used to meet these requirements. Honors Students Students admitted to the Barrett Honors Colleee - mav, suhctltutc ECN 213 Hunurs Macnxconom~csfur ECN 21 1 2nd 313. and ECN 214 Honors Microeconomics for ECN 212 and 314. These courses with grades of "C"(2.00) or higher satisfy the prerequisites and prdcorequisites for all upper-division economics courses. BIS CONCENTRATIONS Concentrations in (I) economics and (2) economics for students ~ l a n n i n ea career in law are available under the ~achelo;of 1nte;disciPlinary Studies (BIS) degree, a program intended for the student who has academic interests that might not be satisfied with existing majors. Building on two academic concentrations (or one double concentration) and an interdisciplinary core, students in the BIS program take active roles in creating their educational plans and defining their career goals. For more information, see "School of Interdisciplinary Studies," page 139. SECONDARY EDUCATION-BAE This degree is offered through the Initial Teacher Cenification (ITC) program in the College of Education. Students pursuing a major in Secondaty Education (Economics) have an advisor in the Colleze of Education and an advisor wlthln the ~ e p m m c n t tconom~cs. ~f See "Cullere of Educauon:' v w e 349. fur lnformdtlon on admission elGibility requirements, admission deadlines, field experiences, and student teaching. For more information, or to schedule an appointment with an advisor, call the Office of Student Services in the College of Education at Academic Specialization I T C Admission Requirements. The following courses must he completed with a grade of "C" (2.00) or higher before applying to the ITC professional program: FCN FCN ECN ECN MAT 21 1 M3crmcon<,mtcPnnc~ple,SB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 2 12 hlurwiunom~cPrlnclplc, SR ............. .... 3 313 in!ermeal~rl:\I~croeconom~:ThevrySB. . . . . . . . . . 3 314 Intermediate Microeconomic Theory SB ...................... 3 210 Brief Calculus MA ......................................................... 3 Ei-onornlcs. The mdjur tedchmg field consists uf 45 scmesler hours and .;IX hours in traching methods. A mlntmum rradc uf "C" t2tX)r I S rtuuircd in all academ~croeiislizstion courses. kequked mBjor courses are as follows: . ~ ~~ ECN 21 1 Macroeconomic Principles SB ...................................... 3 ECN 212 Microeconomic Principles SB ....................................... 3 ECN 3 13 Intermediate MacroeconomicTheory SB.................... 3 ECN 3 14 Intermediate Micmconomic Theory SB ...................... 3 MAT 210 Brief Calculus MA......................................................... 3 Choose one of the following courses .............................................. 3 QBA 221 Statistical Analysis CS (3) STP 226 Elements of Statisrics CS (3) Choutudies:SB M FAS 435 Advanced Marriage and Family Relationships. (3) fell and snrina Recent reseakh, ssLes an0 trends re atlng to marrfage and tam y lnteract on lnfl~enceof famlly compos t.on physcal env ranment famoly panerns, and va ~ e an s tam cy Wnam cs Prerequ s les FAS 331 361 ~ e n e r aStudies: l USB M FAS 440 Fundamentals of Marriage and FamilyTherapy. (3) fall a n d s ~ h a lntrodu&s lhi fundamental orientations of mamiage and family theraw. Prerequisite:CDE 232 of PGS 101 or SOC 101. M FAS484 lnternship.(l-12) faliandspring M FAS 498 PmSeminar. (1-7) fall and spring M FAS 499 Individualized lnstructlon. (3) fall. spring, summer Omnibus Courses. For an explanation of m u m s offered but not specificalb listed in this catalog, see "Omnibus Courses: page 63. GraduateLevel Courses. For information about courses numbered from 500 to 799, see the Graduate Catalog, or access www.asu.edu/ catalog an the Web. In same situations, undergraduate students may be take more . .elioible . - - - to ~. ~. .these - - - courses: for .~ . . information . ~ . ~ See'Graduata. e Level Co~rses.~ a a 62. ~~ Film and Media Studies 4801965-6747 LL 641 Students interested in the BA in Film in the College o f Liberal Am and Sciences (CLAS) complete a concentration in f i l m and media studies, and student, accepted into the BA in Film in the Kathenne K Herberper Collegr. of Fine A n s complete a concentration in f i l m and media production. T h e concentrations include core courses and electives in the areas of critical studies and f i l m production. The faculty in the C L A S include a range o f nationally and internationally recognized film and media scholars, several of w h o m received their terminal degrees f r o m the L 1.teracy ana crotcal , n q ~ r y MA malnematcr CS somp.!enaa!>nss OJB~~~~BIIIB.DO cat on3 I HU ndmanat er ano fine arts Ss sossal and behavioral risnces ISG natural science--generalcore courses ISO natural ssience-quantitaave IC cultural diversity in the Unhed Staler IG global I H historical ISee 'General Studies: page 93. DEPARTMENT OF GEOGRAPHY . sprgng Exam nes the malor pos loons an0 lssues n I lm theory lrom an h6sto11caperspentve See FMS holes 1 2 M a K d n ty and Fl m (31 spring Examines the representation of masculinity and the male body in film. See FMS Notes 1.2. M FMS 498 PmSeminar. (1-7) SSIBCled YlmeLle,S Top cs may tnclddc tne lo1 av ng Caonane Sem nar 1 ,31 . once a year See FMS Note 1 Ornnlbvs Courses. For an explanation of courses offered but not spec$ficallylisted in this catalog, see 'Omnlbus Courses: page 63. Department of Geography geography.asu.edu 4801965-7533 SCOB 330 in geography must be in upper-division courses. The remaining hours are made up of electives from geography courses or related fields of study, chosen in consultation with an advisor Core Geographic Knowledge GCU 102 Intmduction to Human Geography SB .......................... 3 GCU I21 World Geaemhv* SB. G .............................................. 4 GPH I I I lnrroducuan to Ph),csl Geography 50 ...................... 4 or GPH41 I Physicdl Geography 13) Total......................................................................................... l&l I .... * Completion of three semester hours of transfer course work can also be used to fulfill this requirement. Corr Geographic Skills GCU 495 Quantitative Methods in Geography CS........................ 3 GCU 496 Geographic Research Methods L .................................. 3 GPH 371 Introduction to Canography and GeorepresentatianCS .................................................. 3 GPH 491 Geographic Field Methods............................................ 3 Geographic Region Richard Aspinall, Chair Pmfessors: Arreola, Aspinall. Balling, Brazel, Cerveny, Dorn. Gober. 0 hUallachBin. Pasqualetti, Zehnder Associate Professors: Ellis, Fall, Kuby, McHugh, Wentz Assistant Professors: Edsall, Keys, Lanon. Li. Lukinbeal, Myint. Schmeeckle. Torrens Lecturers: Larson-Keagy. Shaeffer Geomaphy - . -is a discipline that intenrates the physical and human dimensions of the world in the study ofblices, people, and environments. The mission of the Department of ?jeograph) IS the crration. disserninatron. andbpplicntion of geographic knou ledge and icholarshtp in a liberal x t s and . . . sciences tradition. Undergraduate students may choose to pursue a BA degree in Geography, BS degree in Geography, BAE degree in Secondary Education, or minor in Geography. A grade of "C" (2.03) . . or hieher is necessary in all required Department of Geography courses. Both BA and BS degrees *Geography. consist of a minimum of 45 semester hours. A minor . consists of a minimum of 18 semester hours. GEOGRAPHY-BA A student choosing a BA degree in Geography may be interested in a Liberal arts and sciences focus on the breadth of the field. A BA degree may also focus on a geographic region. In either case, the student crafts an individualized program of study in consultation with an advisor. The BA degree consists of courses in core geographic knowledge ( I s 1 1 semester hours), core geographic skills (12 semester hours), a regional course (three semester hours). and e l e ~ l ~ , e(12;erneslcr $ hours). fora mlnlmum of 37 sernesler houn In geography At leact 18 semester hour< Choose one of the courses below, in consultation with an advisor................................................................................... 3 GCU 322 Geography of U.S. and Canada SB, C (3) GCU 323 Geography of Latin America SB, G (3) GCU 325 Geography of Europe SB, G (3) GCU 326 Geography of Asia SB, G (3) GCU 327 Geography of Africa SB, G (3) GCU 328 Geography of Middle East and Nonh ~ f r i c aSB; G (3) GCU 332 Geography of Australia and Oceania SB. G (3) GCU 344 Geomaohv " . . of Hisoanic Americans SB. C (31 GCU 421 Geomaohv, of ~rigonaand Southwestern UnttcJ Slnlc, SB. C (3, GCU 423 Gcogrsph) ul South Arnmca SB, (i (3, GCU 421 G~,ugraph)uf Mexuo md hllddle America SB, G (3) GCU 425 Geography of the Mexican American ~orderiandUSB. G (3) GCU 426 GeoeraDhv - . . of Russia and Surroundines SB. G (31 GCU 433 Geographybf ~ o u t h ; a ~ t ~ s(3) ia GPH 433 Alpine and Arctic Environments G (3) -. A student can design, in consultation with an advisor, a eeneral BA d e-e m in Geoeraohv. -cooperative - . . In addition. there are three pro,pms whereby a student receives a BA decree in G e o m a ~ h vand an emphasis in Asian Studies. ~ G t h e a s t ~ s iStuiies, ln or Lath American Studies. Asian and Southeast Asian Certificates. Students maioring in (;cograph) may elect to pursue an A s i u ur Suutheasl Asian certificate. For more information, see "Asian Srudies," page 509, and "Southeast Asian Studies:' page 514. Latin American Studies Emphasis. Students majoring in Geography may elect to pursue a Latin American studies concentration combining courses from the major with literacy and critical inquiry I MA marhematics I CS computerlstatisticsl quantitative applications I HU humanities and fine arts I SB social and behavioral sciences I SG natural science-general core courser I SO natural 8 ~ i e n ~ - ~ ~ n t i l a t i ~I ec C Y I ~ Y diver~iw ~ ~ I in the united states I G gioba~I H hiSforiUI I See "General Studies: page 93. L COLLEGE O F LIBERAL A R T S AND S C I E N C E S selected outside courses of wholly Latin American content. At least 30 upper-division semester hours of the promam must be in ~ H i American n content courses, including 15 hours in geography (or in courses approved by the Depanment of Geography advisor) and 15 in other disciplines. A reading knowledge of either Spanish or Portuguese is required and a reading knowledge of the other language is suggested. The program must be approved by the Latin American Studies Center. See "Latin American Studies," page 512, for more information. The BS degree consists of courses in core geographic knowledge ( I s 1 I semester hours), core geographic skills (12 semester hours) and a geographic techniques course (from three to four semester hours), and electives (12 semester h o u r s t f o r a minimum of 37 semester hours in geography. At least 18 semester hours in geography must be in upper-division courses. The remaining hours are made up of electives from eeoeraphv - . .counes or related fields of study, chosen in consultation with an advisor. - Care Ceugraphic Knowldge CLU 102 lntrodurl~an10 Human Geugrdphy SB ................... 3 GCU 121 World Geaen~hv'SB, G ............................ 4 GPH I I I Inrroduction to Physical Geography SQ ....................... 4 or GPH 41 1 Physical Geography (3) - ~Total ....................................................................................... I S 1 1 Completion of three semester hours of transfer course work can also be used to fulfill this requirement. Core Generanhie Skills . ~ - n ~ ~ r ~ GPH 491 Geographic Fiel Tom GEOGRAPHY-BS * Core Courses GCU 102 Introduction to Human Geography SB..........................3 GCU 121 Wodd Geography* SB, GCU 495 Quantitative Methods GCU 496 Geographic Research GPH 111 Introduction lo Physic or GPH 41 1 Physical Geography (3) GPH 370 Geographic InformationTechnologies CS .................... 3 GPH 371 Introduction to Cartography and ~ ~ ~ ~ GCU 495 Quanl11dtn.eMclhc,dc tn Geogrsph) CS . . . . 3 GCU 4Yh Gcogrrphlc Rewuch hlcthals L ........... 3 GPH 371 Intrwlucl8cm lo Cvtography and tieorepresentation CS.................................................... 3 GPH 491 Geographic Field Methods............................................3 Total ............................................................................................. I2 Core Geographic Techniques Choose one of the counes below. in consultation with an advisor ............................................................................... 3 4 GPH 372 Air Photo Interpretation (3) GPH 373 Geographic Information Science I CS (4) GPH 471 Geographies: Interactive and Animated Cartography and Geavisualization CS (3) The remaining four courses (12 semester hours) of geography electives and nine hours of geography or related fields of study vary among the options available for a BS degree in Geography. There are two specific departmental concentrations: meteorology-climatology and urban studies. In addition, a student can design, in consultation with an advisor, an individualized BS degree emphasizing other areas within the major. 'Meteomlogy-Climatol~wConcentration. See an underenduate ad\ IFOT ~nthe Department of Gwcrdphy - . . for the latest National Weather Service certification requirements. The rsqu~redcourser for ille meleorology-climatulog~concentralton include a m~ntmumof 40 sc!neslcr hours in geogr a ~ h v~ l u cuurat s work in mathemar~urand physics: * Completion of three semester hours of transfer come work can also be used to fulfill this requirement. Required Metwmlogy Courses GPH 213 Introduction to Climatology SG*.................................. 3 GPH 215 Introduction to Climatoloev -, Laboratow SG* ...............I GPH 409 Synaptic Meteorology I ................................................ 4 GPH 410 Synoptic Meteorology 11.............................................. 4 GPH 412 Physical Climatology .................................................. 3 or GPH 41 3 Meteomlogicd Insfruments and Measurement (3) or GPH 414 Climare Change G (3) Total............................................................................................... 15 * Both GPH 213 and 215 must be taken to secure SG credit. Mathematics and Physics-Related Courses MAT 270 Calculus with Analytic Geomeq I MA ........................ 4 MAT 271 Calculus with Analytic Geomeq II MA ....................... 4 MAT 272 Calculus with Analytic Geometry 111MA .....................4 PHY 121 University Physics I: Mechanics SQ' ...........................3 PHY 122 Universitv Phvsics Laboratow. I SO' - ............................ I PHY 131 ~nivrrstl;~h'yrtisI1 Elwtnc~l)and Magnetlm .SQ2 ................................................. 3 l PHY 132 Unnrrrily Phy,tci Lsburdlug 11 SQ' ........................... Total............................................................................................... 20 I Both PHY 121 and 122 must be taken to secure SQ credit. Both PHY 131 and 132 must be taken to secure SQ credit. Urban Studies Concentration. The required courses for the urban studies concentration are as follows: Core Courses GCU 102 1nh.oduction to Human Geography SB.......................... 3 GCU 121 World Geography* SB. G .............................................. 4 GCU 495 Quantitative Methods in Geography CS........................ 3 GCU 496 Geographic Research Methods L .................................. 3 GPH I I I Introduction to Physical Geography SQ........................4 or GPH 41 1 Physical Geography (3) GPH 371 Introduction to Cartoera~hvand (ieurcprerenldlon CS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 GPH 373 Geugmphu Informsln,n S a c n i r . I CS. ................... 4 GPH 491 Geugrrphti FtelJ .Method, ...................................... 3 Total......................................................................................... 2 6 2 7 - G,mplet~un01 three wmcs1r.r huuh ut tran>trrcuuhc uurk ran also be used to fulfill lhis requirement Rquirpd GCI 361 Sludia Courw,* i'rh~n Gcogr~ph)SB ........................................ 3 - G C l ' 484 Humm Gr.c,ermhv Inlcrnih~o......................... 3 . > or GPH 484 Internship (3) DEPARTMENTOFGEOGRAPHY or one upper-division course outside thedepartment in a related field of study chosen in consultation with an advisor (3) Choose one of the courses below .................................................. 3 GCU 351 Population Geography SB. G (3) GCU 357 Social Geography SB (3) GCU 364 Energy in the Global Arena SB, G (3) GCU 441 Economic Geography SB (3) GCU 442 GeographicalAnalysis of Transportation SB (3) One upper-division GCU or GPH course chosen in consulfation with an advisor (3) Choose two of the courser below .................................................... 6 GCU 359 Cities of the World I SB, G.H (3) GCU 360 Cities of the World I1 SB. G (3) GCU 444 Geographic Studies in Urban Transportation SB (3) GCU 494 ST: Geography of Phoenix (3) Urban studies total ........................................................................ 15 MINOR IN GEOGRAPHY A mtnur in Geogmph) IS a u x d e d to students who complete a min~mumo i I8 hours in geography. A grade of "C (2 00)or h~gheri, rcqu~redfor all courses taken ior the minor. The following lower-division courses are required: GCU 102 Introduction to Human Geography SB.......................... 3 GPH I1 I Introduction to Physical Geography SQ........................ 4 or GPH 41 1 Physical Geography (3) Total ............................................................................................ 6 7 The remaining courses are selected in conjunction with an advisor. At least one course should be a eeoeraohic skill. these include: Geographic Information ~ e c i n & i e s (GPH 370), Introduction to Cartography a n d Georepresentation (GPH 371). Air Photo Interpretation (GPH 372). Geographic lnformation Science I (GPH 373). or Geomavhic Fieid Methods (GPH 491). At least four courses s k u i d be upper-division courses in geography. UNDERGRADUATE CERTIFICATE IN GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION SCIENCE This cross-disciplinary certificate is designed for undergraduates wishing to pursue a GIS-related career. The certificate is awarded to students completing the following 19 semester hours with a grade of "C" or higher. Required courser CSE 100 Principles of Programming with C++ CS ..................... 3 or CSE l I0 Principles of Programming with Java CS ~ (3)~ , ~ , GCU 495 Q u ~ n i ~ l ~Methods t ~ \ e in Gtugraph) CS 3 GPH 370 Gcofrsphu Informalon Technologic.; C.S .............. 3 GPH 373 Geographic Infomation Science I CS .......................... 4 GPH 473 Geographic Information Science I1 CS ......................... 3 ~~ E l d v e Courser Choose one of the counes below .................................................... ABS 485 GIS in Natural Resources (3) ABS 586 Remote Sensine in Environmental Resources (4) CSE GCU GCU GCU GCU 3 181 Applied ~ r o b l c kSolving with Visual BASIC G ( 3 ) 361 Urban Geagraphy SB (3) 441 Economic Geography SB (3) 442 GeographicalAnalysis of Transportation SB (3) 484 Human Geography Internship (3) GPH 371 Introduction to Cartography and Georepresentation CS (3) GPH 372 Air Photo Interpretation (3) GPH 471 Geographies: Interactive and Animated Cartography and Geovisualization CS (3) GPH 481 Environmental Geography (3) GPH 483 Geographic Information Analysis (3) GPH 484 Internship: GIs based (3) PLB 434 Landscape Ecological Analysis and Modeling (3) Total ............................................................................................... 19 BIS CONCENTRATIONS Five concentrations in Geography (geography, environmental eeoeraohv. . . eweraohical . information science. eeoenphy for business. and intemalional geography) are a w l able under h e B~chelorof lnterdiscinlinarv . . Studies (BISj degree. a prugrdm intendrd for the student u h o has &ademic interots that mirht nut be satislid with existtnn majors. Two double concentrations are also available: the global family (in conjunction with family resources and human development) and environmental science (in conjunction with plant biology). Building on two academic concentrations (or one double conce&tion) and an interdisciplinary core, students in the BIS program take active roles in creating their educational plans and defining their career goals. For more information, see "School of lnterdisciplinary Studies:' page 139. - - ~ ~~~~ -- SECONDARY EDUCATION-BAE This decree is offered throueh the Initial Teacher Certification (IT?) program in the college of Education. Students pursuing a maior in Secondarv Education (Geomaohv) . . . have Hn advisor in the College of Education and an advisor within the Department of Geogravhv. See "college of Education:' page 349, for information on admission eligibility requirements, admission deadlines, field experiences, and student teaching. For more infomation, or to schedule an appointment with an advisor. call the Office of Student Services in the College of Education at 4801965.5555. - Academic Swcialization ITC Admission Reouirements. At leajt three required uuunrs in the academtc specialilation must be corn~letedwith a erade oC"C" 12.00) . . or hicher before applying to the ITC pro?essional program. - Geoera~bv. . . The maior teachine field consists of 30 semester hours and \ I X holm In rrachlng methods. A grade of " C (2.00) . . or higher - IS rcuuircd in all academic swcial~zation courses. Required major courses are as follows: GCU 102 Introduction to Human Geography SB.......................... 3 GCU 121 World Geography SB. G ................................................4 GCU 141 Introduction to Economic Geography SB. G ................ 3 or GCU 322 Geography of U.S. and Canada SB, C (3) or GCU 35 1 Population Geography SB. G (3) or GCU 361 Urban Geo,sapby SB (3) GPH I I I lntmduction to Physical Geography SQ........................ 4 literacy and critical inquiry I MA mathematics I CS computerlstatisticd auilntitative BDDliCatiOnS I HU humanities and flne ans I S8 social and deha~loralsciince~I SG natural scien-eneral core courses I SO natural science-quantitative I C cultural diversity in the United Stales I G global I H hiEtarical I See 'General Studies: page 93. L COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES GPH 210 Societv and Environment G ......................................... 3 or GPH 21 Processes .~ -~1 landform ~-~L - 13) or GPH 212 inrmduction to Meteorology SQ' (3) and CPtI 214 lnuoducuon tu leteorolog) l ~ SQ' b II I or GPH 314 (ilohal Chmge HU. ti r3) Electives2 ............................................................................... 12-13 ~ ~~ ~ ~~~~ ~ ~ ~~ .~. - Minimum total .............................................................................. I 30 Both GPH 212 and 214 must be taken to secure SQ credit. Electives must be upper-division geography comes chosen in conjunction with an advisor to reach the 30-semester-hour major requirement. . . . . . . ...-...... 414 Teaching Geography Standards .................................... 3 SED 480 Special Methods of Teaching Social Studies ................ 3 or GCU 494 ST: Geography Methods GCU - - M GCU 323 GeoaraDhv of Latin America. 13) fall and spring Spat a dlstr obtlan of relevant physrca econam c, and e~ttbra phenomena n South M 00 e. and Canoboan Amenca General Sludes SB G M GCU 325 Geography of Eumpe. (3) spring Broad and systematic Overview of Europe, emphasizing physical. ecanamic, and cultural phenomena. General Studies SB, G M GCU 326 G e w r a ~ h vof Asla. (31 .. once a year Spatial distribution of relevant physical, economic, and cultural phenomena in Asia, excluding the former Soviet Union. General Sludies: $8. G M GCU 327 Geagraphy of Africa. (3) selectedssrnesteffi Spatial distribution of relevant physical, economic, and cultural phenomena in Africa. General Sludies: $6, G M GCU 328 Geaaraohv of Middle East and North Afrlcs. 131 selectedsemestsffi Spatial distribution of relevant physicai, economic, and cultural phenomena in the Middle East and North Africa. Prerequisite: GCU 121 or instructor aooroval. General Sludies: SB, G M GCU 332 Geography of Australia and Oceania. (3) seIec1edsemesleffi Spatial distribution of relevant physical, economic, and culhlral phenomena in Australia, New Zealand, and Pacaic Islands. General Slodies: SB. G M GCU 344 Geography ot Hispanic Americans. (3) .. CULTURAL GEOGRAPHY (GCU) For more GCU courses see rhe "Course Prel8xes'rable or access m a r u edulaad calalogs/courses Tne campus oeegnaao-D IDownlonn Phoen,xI E (PoIRechnel M ITsmw, or W I W e s r M a v M GCU 102 Introdunion to Human Geography. (3) fall, spring, summer Systematic study of human use of the earth. Spatial organization of ewnamic, social, political, and prceptud environments. Fee. General Studies: SB M GCU 121 World Geogra~hy. - . . .(4) . fall, spring, summer Description and analysis of areal variations in smial, economic, and political phenomena in major world regions. General Sludies: SB. G M GCU 141 intmducllon to Economic Geographr (3) fall Production, distribution, and mnsumption of various types of wmmodities of the world and relationshipsto the a c f i i e s of humans. General Sludies: SB. G M GCU 2W Orlentation l o Geography. (1) .".. k,, Basic introduction to the Department of Geography faculty, undergraduategraduation requirements,and possible jobs and skills in QeoOra~hv. Cross-listed as GPH 200. Credit is allowed for onlv GCU 200 O;GPH.~OO. M GCU 240 Introduction t o Southeast Asia. 131 fall and sDrino lnterdisc~liniryintroduction to the cultures, religions, political systems, geography, and history of Southeast Asia. Cross-listed as ASB 240MST 24OlPOS 240IREL 240. Credit is allowed for only ASB 240 or GCU 240 or HST 240 or POS 240 or REL 240. General Sludies: HU/SB. G M GCU 253 Introduction t o Cultural and Historlcal Geography. (3) selecfedsemesfers Cultural patterns, including such phenomena as language, religion. and various aspects of material euiiure. Origins and diffusion and division of the worid into cultural areas. General Sludies: SB. G M GCU 294 SpeclalTopics. (4) once a year Topics include global awareness. M GCU 322 Geography ot U.S. and Canada. (3) htl Spatial distribution of relevant physical, economic, and cultural phenomena in the United States and Canada. General Studies: SB, C h,, Examines the homelands. migrations,sefflements, landscapes, roles. and selected cultural traditions of Hispanic Americans. General Sludies: SB. C M GCU 3 M m e Geography of World Crises. (3) fall andspring Conternwary world crises viewed from a wmoective of amraohic concepts anritechn qdes. General Sluones SB. G M GCU 351 Population Geography. (3) - bl Demograpntc panerns spar a tempara and s t r ~ c t ~ rfnvest a i gat on of tne relat onsh~pafoemograpncvananlas toc.lturar economtc and envlronmenta factors General Studies: SB. G M GCU 352 Polklcal Geography. (3) seiectedsemesters Relationshipbetween the sociaphysical environment and the state. General Studies: SB, G M GCU 357 Social Geography. . . . . (3) . once a year Environmental perception of individuals and groups. Stresses the SDatial ssoect of social and ohvsical environments. . deneral ~tudies:SB M GCU 359 Clties of the World 1. (3) fall Historical evolution of urban patterns and structures in the Middle East, India. Southeast Asia. China, Japan, and Europe. General Studies: SB. G, H M GCU 360 Cltles of the World 11. (3) sprrng Historical evolution of urban patterns and structures in Latin America. North America, Sub-SaharanAfrica, and AusValasia. General Studies: SB, G M GCU 361 Urban Geography. (3) hfland spring External spatial relations of cities, internal city structure, and spatial aspects of urban problems in various parts of the world, particularly in the United States. Fee. General Sludies: SB . DEPARTMENT OF GEOGRAPHY M GCU 3 M Enerav -.in the Global Arena. 13) .. spring Product on, transponatoon,and mnsdmpl on of energy, emphaslnng the elmnc power !nd~stryan0 11s enutronmenlal prohems General Stuanes SB G M GCU 394 SpeeialTopics. (1-4) fail andsprrng M GCU 414Teaching Geography Standards. (3) fall andsummer introduces Arizona Geography Standards far K-12 educators. emohasizim excitina curricula and illustrated with best oracftces bv master tea&ers, iniernet M GCU 421 Geography of Arizona and Southweetern United States. 13) .. fall Geography at me Sa~lnwestw th an emphass on Anzona D v ded nnta physcal geograpny, nlmary, people, and economy General Srudnes SB C M GCU 423 Geography of South America. (3) selected semesteffi Prereq~nslteGCU 323 or nstruclor approva Gcneral Sludnes SB G M GCU 424 Geography of Mexico and Middle America. (3) selecfedsemesters Central America and Mexico. Prerequisite:GCU 323 or instructor approval. General Studies: SB, G M GCU 425 Geogra~hy . . . of the Mexican Amerlcan Borderland. (3) spring Geography of a binational and bicultural region. Examines settlement. boundary issues, ethnic subregions, population change, industrial development, and urban growth. Field trips. Fee. General Studies: U S 8 G M GCU 426 Geography of Russia and Surroundings. (3) selectedsemesleffi Examines the geography of Russia and other post-Soviet slates. Prerequisite: GCU 121 or instructor approval. General Studies: SB, G M GCU 432 Geography of China. (3) selectedsemsst~rs Examines the physical, economic, cultural, social, demographic, agricultural, political, historical. and environmental a s p * of the geography of China. Lecture, disoussion. Prerequisite: GCU 326 or isticioGpprovai. GeneralStudiss: SB, G M GCU 433 Geography of Southeast Asia. (3) seiec(easemesters Examines the biophysicaland saciai features of Southeast Asian Prereouisite:GCU 326 or instructor aoorovai. nations and oeooles. , .. M GCU 441 Economic Geography. (3) once a year Spatial distribution at primary, secondary, and tertiary emnamlc and produdon activities. Prerequisne: GCU 141 or instructor approval. GeneralStudies: SB M GCU 442 Geographical Analysis ofTranspoltation. (3) selectedylmesters Networks, modes, economics, and flaws at the urban, national, and international scales. Fee. Prerequisite:GCU 141 or 441. GeneralStudies: SB M GCU 444 Geographic Studies in UrbanTransportation. (3) seleeC1edsemesters Current urban transporlation issues in metropolitan Phoenix. Lecture. team project. Fee. Prerequisne: GCU 361. GeneralStudies: SB M GCU 453 RecreationalGeography. (3) selectedsemesfeffi Examones problemssLlroJndlngthe organtzabon and use of w c e for recreat~onintrod~cesgeograpn.~field survey metnods of aata collmlon and anaiyss Poss ole Saturday ffeldtr ps ~ . ~ M GCU 455 Historical Geography of U.S. and Canada. (3) y l k t e d semesters Geographical prspeetive on the evolution of the United Stales and Canada from pre-Coiumbian times to eariy 20th century General Studies: SB. H M GCU 474 Public Land Policy. (3) ~~Iecfedsemesfers Geographic aspects of federal public lands, policy, management, and issues. Emphasizes western wilderness and resource development nmhlams -. ... . General Studies: SB M GCU 484 Human Geography internship. (3) fall andspring M GCU 494 SpeciaiTopiw. (1-4) once a year Topics hay include the following: Geography in the K-12 Classroom. (3) Geoara~hvMethods. (3) .. . ~. M GCU 495 Quantitative Methods i n Geography. (3) fall andsorino slatisticai teciniques applied to the analysis of spatial distributions and relationships. introduces models and theory in geography Fee. Prerequisile: MAT 119. General Studies: CS M GCU 4% Geographic Research Methods. (3) lalland spring Scientific techniques used in geographic research. Fee. Prerequisites: GCU 495; GPH 371.491. General Studles: L Omnibus Courses. For an explanation of wurses otlered but not specifically listed in this catalog, see "Omnibus Courses: page 63. Graduate-Level Cwrsss. For information about munes numbered from 500 to 799. see the Graduate Catdog,or access w.asu.edul aad/catalngson lhe Web. In some siluatians, undergraduate students may be eligible to take these m u m s ; for mare information, see 'Graduate-Level Courses: page 62. - - PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY (GPH) . M GPH 111 lntrnduction l o Phvslcai Gewraohv. - . (4) fall, sorins, summer Spabal a% tunmona relatlonsh ps among CI mates. landarms, sotis. water, and plants Credll is a lowed lor on y GPh 1IIor 41 1 3 h a ~ r s imure 3 hours lab ~~.Ie d !nos Fee General Studies SO M GPH 2W Orientation to Geography. (I) fall Basc lntmaucLon lo tne Department of Geography lac6 ly dnoergraddale grad~atlonreqsrements, an0 posslbe jobs and skl s n geography Cross-llsteo as GCJ 200 C r w t tsa owe0 tor on / GC, 200 or GPH 200 M GPH 210 Sociely and Environment. (3) fall and sorino Examines lheinteractionbetween social processes, key enYirOnmenta1issues, and nature's role as a resource at global and regional wales. GeneralStudies: G M GPH 211 Landlorm Pmcesses. (3) once a year Geographic characteristics of landforms and earth-surfaceprocesses, emphasizing erosion, transportation, deposition, and implicationsfor human management of the environment. Fee. Prerequisites:ENG 101 (or105);GPH 111. GeneralStudies: L ~~ ~ ~~ L leracy ano rl8l ca inq. r y MA malnomal rr CS como.tor naf#ne9 q~antlaf ue applealfonr HU ".man l er an0 l n o all3 SB smmal aod bena* o m sctcncsr SO nat-rs oc snee- tne ~n lea Staler G g oba See ~Gen01.1 Slr0 0s' nage 93 H h SIOIIC~ COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES department may be taken. See "College Graduation Requirements," page 503. Supporting courses requiredin related fields include the following: 113 General Chemistry 1 S 116 General Chemistry ll S 270 Calculus with Analytic Geomevy IM A ........................ 4 27 1 Calculus with Analytic Geometry I 1 272 Calculus with Analytic Geometry I11 or MAT 274 Elementary Differential Equations MA (3) PHY 121 University Physics I:Mechanics SQ' ........................... 3 PHY 122 University Physics Laboratory ISQ' ............................1 CHM CHM MAT MAT MAT GEOLOGICAL SCIENCES (GLG) Formore GLG munes, see the .Course Prafixss'laWe, or amass w ~ asu w eddaadlcaralogucoums The campus dessgnabo4 1DownIom Phosn,xl, E (PolyiechnsO. M ITemwl. or W (Weslj-may attecl how munos mav be used lo luH8llmurremenh M GLG 101 lntmduction t o Geology I(Physlcal). (3) tall, spring, summer Basic principles of geology, gwchemislry, and geophysics. Rocks, minerals, weathering, earthquakes, rnounlain building, .volcanoes. water, ano glacfen Poss ole weekeno Ie o tops General Slud,es SO (81credrl also earned," GLG 1031. G M GLG 102 lntmductton to Geology I1 iHlstorlca1). (3) . ~~ --. ...= Basic principles of applied geology and the use ol these principles in the interpretation of geologic history. Possible weekend field trips. Fee. Prerequisite: GLG 101. General Sludies: SG (i credit f also earned in GLG 104). H M GLG 103 Introduction to G e o l-. w CLaboratwv. 11) fall, spring, summer 3 hours lab, some field trips. Fee. Corequisite: GLG 101. General Sludies: SO (Ifcrdil also earnedin GLG 101) M GLG 104 lntmductlon to Geology Il-Laboratory. (1) . ., I Both I'HY 121 and 122 must he taken to Ecure S Q credll Both PHY 1 3 1 and 132 mu4 be taken to qecdre SQcredlt MAT 290 Calculus Iand MAT 291 Calculus I1may be substituted for MAT 270,271. and 272. MINOR IN GEOLOGICAL SCIENCES A minor in Geological Sciences is awarded to students w h o complete a m i n i m u m o f 21 hours o f geological science courses. Required courses are as follows: GLG GLG GLG GLG GLG GLG GLG 101 Introduction to Geology I(Physical) SQ,' G ................ 3 102 Introduction lo Geology 11 (Historical) SG.~H............. 3 103 Introduction to Geology I-Laboratory SQ' ................ 1 104 Introduction to Geology Il-Laboratory SG' ............... 1 310 SuucNral Geology .................................................... 3 321 Mineralogy .................................................................. 3 4W Geology Collaquium..................................................... I - Total .............................................................................................. 15 I Bolh G1.G 101 mcl 103 muat be taken to rtiurc SQcredll. he taken I., *cure SG credit. -' Bath GLG 1112 and IM mug, The remaining six semester hours may be chosen among other upper-division geological sciences courses, except G L G 300 and 403, after consultation with a departmental advisor. BIS CONCENTRATION A concentration in geological sciences is available under the Bachelor o f Interdisciplinary Studies (BIS) degree, a program intended for the student w h o has academic interests that might not be satisfied with existine maiors. Building o n t w o academic concentrations (or one double concentration) and an interdisciplinary core, students in the B I S program take active roles in creating their educational plans and defining their career goals. For more information, see in~ page 139 "School o f l n f t e r d i ~ c i ~ lStudies:' - ? GRADUATE PROGRAMS The faculty i n the Department o f Geological Sciences offer oroxrams leadine t o the deerees o f Master of Natural science, and ~ h 6See . the Eraduote Catalog for requirements. k~, cnrinn -r. ...= Laboratory techniques involving map interpretation, cross sedans, and fossils. 3 houn lab, possible field trips. Prerequisite: GLG 103 (or its equivalent). Corequisite: GLG 102. General Studies: SG (if credifalso earned in GLG 102) M GLG 105 Introduction to Planeterv Sclence.141 .. spring Sa ar system oblecls and the81geologtc evaldlon, sulaees, ntenan and atmospheres, weeWy laooratary for oata ana ysls and emrlmenls Leclbre ,ab weerend field tno ~ e n e r aStudies: l SG~ M GLG 110 Geologic Disasters andthe Environment (3) fall Geological studies as Ihey apply to interactions befween humans and earth. Includes geological processes and hazards, resources, and global change. Generel Studies: SG (If credit also earned in GLG 111). G M GLG 111 Gsologlc Disasters Laboratory. (1) .fall Basic geological processes and concepts. Emphasizes geologyrelated environmental problems. Case histories, field studies, lab Corequisite: GLG 110. General Sludies: SG (Ifcredit also earned;" GLG 110) M GLG 2M SpeclalTopics. (14) SelBCIedsemes1ers Topics may include Ule following: Geology 01 the Planets Fee. M GLG 3W Geology 01Arizona. (3) on- a year Basic and historical geology, fossils, mining, energy resources, environmental problems, landscape development, and meteorites, cast in examples from Arizona. Majors who have taken GLG 101 for credit may not enroll. M GLG 304 Geology 01 the Grand Canyon. (2) SSlecled semeSterS Reviews Ihe discovery, history, origin, and geology of the Grand Canyon of the Colorado River in Arizona. Requires Eday field trip down the liver (lint 6 days after commencement in May) at shldenrs expense. Requires field research and term paper on trip. M GLG 310 Structural Geology. (3) .".. h,, Geolog~cnnflLres and Ihe mecnanlca processes ~ m l v e ain me r formahon 2 horn lecture. 3 noun lab Posslble f e o tr~psFee PIBMJ BIB$ GLG 101 MAT 270 lor 2901 M GLG 321 Mlneralogy.(3) ~ ~7~ ~ ~~~ ~ .~- ~ ~ . -r. ...= Crysfd chemistry, crystallography, mineral identification, ongin and occurrence of minerals, systematic mineralogy. 2 haun lecture, 3 hours lab, passibie fieid trips. Prerequisites:CHM 113; MAT 270 (or 290). Pre- or mrequisite: CHM 116. DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGICAL SCIENCES M GLG 325 Oceanography. (3) .".. intmduces marine geology, chemistry, and physical and biological hl oceanography. Methods of oceanic exploration, environmental and social aspects of means. Cmss-listed as 810 325. Credii is allowed for only GLG 325 or BIO 325. Prerequisite: BIO 101 or GLG 101 or instructor approval. M GLG 362 Geomomhology. . .. (3) .. selectedsemesters Land toms and processes that create and m o d i i them. Laboratory and tield study of physiographic features. 2 hours lecture. 3 hours lab, mssiMe weekend field trios. Prermuisite: GLG 101. P r e or &requisite: GLG 310. ' M GLG 400 Geology Colloqulum.(l) fall ands~rino ~resentalion>frecent research by faculty and guests. Requires wr nen assignments Isemester ha., reqb red tor Geologtca SCences major$, may oe repeatoo far a total at 2 semester h a ~ l s Prerea~lslte2 coLlses in lhs OeDanment or lnslnctor aDDlaval .. M GLG 402 Service Learning. (3) fall and spring K-12 tutoring and mentoring internship related l a academic m u m w r k in geological Xiences. Requires weekly reflective reading and writing. May be repeatedfor credit. Internship. Fee. Pre- ar mrequisites: GLG 101. 103. General Sludies: C M GLG 404 Fundamentals o l Planetary Geology. (3) hlt SUWBVS lane taw 10DiCS. indudino imoacts. tectonics, and volcanism on p &;tary ooie~tr'andJse of Siacicran aata. nclddlng geologlca mapp ng. Lectures. prooem see, weerend te.0 tnp Fee. Prerequsne Gcology malor or oegree or lnslrLctor approval M GLG 405 G e o l w ~ of the Moon. (3) selected semesreG. Cunent Iheones 01 the ang n and m l u L a n at the moon mro~gh oholweoloo ~"~ ca ana vses an0 mnslderat on at aeochem8cal and geophysical mnstraiits. Possible field trips to ekmine Arizona geology. Fee. Prerequisite:GLG 105 or instructor approval. M GLG 406 Geology of Mars. (3) selectedSemesters Geological evolution of M a n through analyses of spacecraft data, theoretical modeling, and study of terrestrial analogs; emphasizes current work. Possible tield trips to examine Arizona geology. Fee. Prermuisite: GLG I05 or instructor a.~.~ r a v a l . M GLG 410 Computers i n Gaology. (3) hll Geological compuier skills, including data processing, visualization. presentation, numerical analysis, software and hardware applications. 2 hours lecture, 3 hours lab. Prerequisites:both GLG 101 and an upper-divisioncourse in geology or only instructor approval. General Studies: CS M GLG 412 Geotectonlcs.(3) selectedsemesters Earthquakes, earth's interior, formation of oceanic and continental crust. and plate tectonics. Emphasizes cunenl work. Prerequisite: GLG 310. M GLG 416 Field Geo~hvslcs. (3) . . .. - ~ ~ ~- ~~ spring Methods 01 app ea geophysrcal exploratron, selsmlc refraclron, grav fy, e ear ca reslsl v ty. geomagnellcs lnclddes survey plannmg. data acob s Ion. ~rocessino.ana vsls and nterDrelatlon Lect~re. tield exkises. ~~erequisit;a coirse in geology or inslructov approval. M GLG 418 Geophysics. (3) ." h,, SO!0 eanh geopnyslc~gmmagnel sm gravrm. se sma ogy. heat flaw Empnaszes crust an0 Lpper manne Prereqdlsnes a mmbmauon of GLG 310 and MAT 272 and Prlv 131 or only ~nnructorapproval .. M GLG 419 Geodynarniw. (3) selectedsemesters Emphasizes application at continuum principles lo geological problems, including lilhospheric stresses, heat transfer, Wuid mechanics, and mck rheology Prerequisite: PHY 131 M GLG 420 Volcanology. (3) .~ .. once a year Distribution at past and present volcanism, types at volcanic activity, mechanism of eruolion. form and structure of volcanoes. and gemhemistry of vblcaic aclivity. PossiMe weekend field'lrips. Fee Prerequisite: GLG 424. M GLG 424 Petrology. (3) fall Ongrn of .gneoLs and metamorpnlc rocks. 0pt.cal mlneraogy, hand spec;men identlcaBon, and th n-secton analyses. 2 nobrs ecldre. 3 hours lab.. wssoble weeend field tnos. Fee. Prerea~site: GLG 321 M GLG 430 Paleontology. (3) fall Introduces mnceots and analvticai technioues in bioowlaov -, paleoo 0 ogy pa eoecology, an0 pa eoenv ronmenta reconstruct on from the toss1 recam 2 nous ecture 3 n o m ao Fee Prereq~asntes both GLG 102 an0 MAT 270 (or 2901 or only lnstrLctor approval M GLG 435 Sedlmentolwv. .. (31 sprjng Ongln. transpan. oeposlton and olagenesls of sedlmenrs and s m mentary rocrs Physlcal ana ys s hand spec men exam nateon an0 interDretatoonof roc- an0 sed ments 2 h o ~ m IectLre 3 hours lab. possible weekend field trips. Fee. Prerequisites: GLG 102.321 M GLG 441 Ore Deposits. (3) sel~cfedsemesten Origin, occurrence, structure, and mineralogy at ore deposits. M i M e weekend field trips. Fee. Prerequisite:GLG 424 or instructor appnwal. M GLG 451 Field Geology 1. (3) . - n rino -r....L. Geological mapping techniques using topographic maps and aerial photos. lnlensive tieid-based inst~ction.Lab. Fee. Prerequisite: GLG 310. Pre- or mrequisite: GLG 321. General Studies: L M GLG 452 Fleld Geoloav -. 11. (31 .. summer Continuation of GLG 451. Lab. Fee. Prerequisites:GLG 321.451 General Studies: L M GLG 455 Advanced Fleld Geology. (3-4) -, -. Geologic mapping in igneous, sedimentary, and metamorphicterrains of Ihe Basin and Range province of Arizona. May be repeated for credii. Weekend tield trips. Fee. Prerequisite:instructor approval. M GLG 456 Cordilleran Regional Geology. (3) seIectedsemesfes Systematic coverage through space and time of the gmlogical developmenlof w&slern ~ & t Amsnca, h empnasorlnilne weslern Untied Stales Fee Prereq~trllesentor major or gradbale sl,oenl to Gmloa ca Sclences or lnstnclor aDDloval M GLG 460 Astrobiology. (3) falland - sorino Origin, eirly &oluiion, distribution, and future at l i f i on Earth'and elsewhere in the cosmos. May be repealed tor credit. Lecture, dtsc~sston.vldm mnlerences, posslble beld tr ps Cross-l~nedas AST 4601810 4601CHM 48YMIC 475 Credll s a lwred lor on y AST 4600, BIO 460 or CHM 483 or G-G 460 or MIC 475 Prerm~8srIe instructor approval. M GLG 461 Geomicmbiology. (3) spring Past and present interactions among microbial life, geological materials and b~ogeocnemcalcycles lnvolvlng cardon, sLlfir. phosphate, ntrogen, an0 minera s Cross-lsred as MIC 461 Creo I s al10wW to1 onlv GLG 461 or MIC 461 Prereou s les ntrod~clorv m u m s in ch&istry and microbiology (or ghlogical sciences): ihStNd0~ BPP~OVB~. - ~~ ~ ~~ cr.tn requtmrnenh )OL OF HUMAN EVOLUTION AND SOCIAL CHANGE MINOR IN ANTHROPOLOGY SECONDARY EDUCATION-BAE The Anthropology minor requires a minimum o f 18 semester hours. Two o f the introductory courses-from ASB 102, A S M 104, and ASB 222 or 223-are required. However, the particular introductory courses selected may limit the anthroooloev -,courses available i n the uooer division. Twelve semester hours must be upper division and represent at least two o f the three subfields o f anthroooloev. The three subfields are: Thrs ddgree is otl'ered through the Initial Teacher Cert~ncation program in the College 01' Fducation. Students pLrsuing a majur in Sccondq tducat~onhabe an advisor i n the College o f Education and an advisor within the department o f their academic specialization area. See "College of Education:' page 349, for information on admission eligibility requirements, admission deadlines, field experiences, and student teaching. For more information, or to schedule an avoointment with an advisor. call the at Office o f Student services i n the College o f 4801965.5555. For more information, call the Office o f Student Services in the College o f Education at 4801965.5555. . .. . -. 1. sociocultural anthropology (with linguistics); 2. archaeology; and 3. physical anthropology. The courses chosen to represent two o f the three subfields must be drawn from the "Distribution Requirements:' page 567, o f those two subfields. A minimum grade of "C" (2.00) is required for all courses taken for the minor i n Anthropology. The minor in Anthropology provides students with a great deal o f flexibility i n selecting courses. The program has been designed to allow students to focus on areas within the discioline which articulate well with their maior. A l l students interested in the Anthropology minur are encouraged to discuss thc uDtlclnc a\ulxblc u l t h a School o f Human Evolution and Social Change undergraduate advisor. BIS CONCENTRATION For students pursuing the Bachelor o f Interdisciplinary Studies (BIS) degree, a concentration i n anthropology requires 24 or 25 semester hours. A l l three o f the introductory courses-ASS 102, ASM 104, and ASB 222 or 223are required. Fifteen semester hours must be upper division and represent two of the three subfields: 1. sociocultural anthropology (with linguistics); 2. archaeology: and 3. physical anthropology. The courses chosen to mpresent the two subfields must be draun irum the ''Distribution Requirements:' Dare 567 A minimum grade o f "C"(2.00) is required for all courses taken for the minor in Anthropology for BIS students. CERTIFICATES Latin American Studies Certificate or Emphasis. Students majoring i n Anthropology may elect to pursue a Latin American Studies Certificate or emphasis, combining courses from the major with selected outside courses o f wholly Latin American content. For more information, see "Latin American Studies," page 512. Certificate in Museum Studies. See the Graduate Catalog or contact the School o f Human Evolution and Social Change for more information. a ducat ion ANTHROPOLOGY (SOCIAL AND BEHAVIORAL) (ASB) For more ASB m o m , see the M u s e Prefixes'table, or access www.asu.eddaa~cataIogs/ca~mes. The campus designation-D (Downtown Phoenix), E (Polytechnic), M (Tempe), or W W e s t m a y affecthow courses may be used to lulfill requirements. M ASB 102 Introduction to Cultural and Social Anthrondoov. 13) . ~-. .~. la11end spring Principlesof cultural and social anthropology, with illustrativematerials from a variety01 CulturesThe nature of culture. Social, political, and economic systems; religion,aesthetics, and language. General Smdies: SB. G M ASB 202 Ethnic Relations in the Unned Stat-. (3) la11and spring Processes 01 interculturalrelations: systems approach to history of U.S. interethnic relations; psychocultural analysis of cantemporary U.S.ethnic relations. Lecture, discus5ion. Cross-listed as AFS 202. Credit is allowed for only AFS 202 or ASB 202. General Studies: SB, C. H M ASB 210 Sex, Marriage, and Evolution. (3) selected semesters Examinesthe sexual nature and behavior of humans from both a biological and an anthropological point of view. M ASB 211 Women in Other Cultures. (3) seiecledsemesters Cross-cultural analysis of the emnomic, social, political, and religious factors that affect women's status in traditional and modern societies. GeneralStudies: HU/SB. G M ASB 222 Buried Clies and LostTribes: Our Human Heritage. 1x1 ,-r spring Archaeology through is most important discoveries: human origins, Pompeii, King Tut, the Holy Land. Southwest Indians, and methods of field archaeohgy General Studies: HU/SB, G, H M ASB 223 Buried Civili2stions of the Americas. (3) lall and sprlng Archaeology thmugh examination of several ancient civilizations of MBM-, South, and North America. General Studies: HU/SB. G, H M ASB 231 Archaeological Aeid Methods. (4) spring Excavationof archaeologicalsites and recordingand interpretation of data. Includes local field experience. 2 hours lecture, 8 hours lab. Prerequisite: instrunor approval. General Sfudiss: SG GRADUATE PROGRAM The faculty in the School o f Human Evolution and Social Change offer programs leading to the M A and PhD degrees. See the Graduate Catalog for requirements. L literacy and critical inquiv I MA mathematics ICS computerlstatisticsl quantitative applications IHU humanities and fine ans i S8 social and behavioral sciences ISG natural wience--general core courses I SO natural sciense-guantitative1 C cultural diversify in the United Staler IG global I H historicalISee %enera1Studier,'page 93. :HOOL OF HUMAN EVOLUTION AND SOCIAL CHANGE Cross-listed as AFS 366. Credit is allowed tor onlv AFS 366 or ASB 366. General Studies: SB, G, H M ASB 368 Prehistoric and Historic Hunter-Ganmren. (3) spring Sl~dlesknown nut#r#ng and gatnenng Mclehes wnlh the goal at developing approaches to understandong past h~nbng and galner ng soc~elresLecture dlscusston Prereau s 10 ASB I 0 2 or 222 M ASB 400 Cunural Factors In International Business. (3) spnng Anthmpologicai perspectives on international business relations; applied principles of cross-cultural communication and management; regional approaches to culture and business. General Studles: G M ASB 402 Visual Anthropology. (3) h,, Expbresvisual anthropology as a method for social dacumentation. and as a way to interpret cultural ways of seeing. Brings together anthrawlwy, fine art, and art history students to exchange ideas a b u t howwe create, interpret, andcommunicate visual meanings. Lecture, discussion, critique. M ASB 412 History af Anthropology. (3) .".. h,, h#starlcaltreatment of the development of tne culture concept and its express on m the cnlef tneoretcal trends in anlhmpoogy oetween I860 and 1950 Preread site ASB 102 or inarumor aDDroval General Stodia: USB M ASB 416 Economic Anthropology. (3) M ASB 483 Sociolinguistics and the Ethnography of Communlcation. (3) selectedsemesters Relationshipsbetween linguistic and social categories; functional analysis of language use, maintenance, and diversity; interaction between verbal and nonverbal communication. Prerequisites: both AS0 460 and ENG 213 (or FIA 400) or only instructor approval. General Studies: SB M ASB 485 US.-Mexico Border i n Comparative Perspective. (3) sprnng ,n cud years Exp ores tne mJtcrllJra an0 soc a10 mcnslonsof commdnll es a ong tne U S Mex m wroer emonastzono soc a oraancaI,on m orallon culture, and frontier ideblopv. br .. prere&isite: 6 h&rs in ant'hro~olow . inslrudor approval. M ASB 489 Doing Research in Anthropology. (3) falland spring Research process learned thmbgn crltlcal em Labon of iteralure. hands on analys s and nterprelaton of data, and sclentlf~cwm~ng Rotat na taolcs Mav be reoeated for credtl Scm.nar ao Prereo~ele instruct& approval.' General Studies: SB Omnibus Courses. For an explanation of courses offered but not specificallv listed in this cataloq. see "Omnibus Courses: Dasa 63. GraduatcLevel Courses. For $nformat#on about courser n-mbereo fmm 500 lo 799, see the Graduate Catalog, or aaess w a s , edL, cala w on lhe Web In some srldal ons dndersraa~alestudents may be eliGbie to take these courses: for more info;matian, see '~raduaieLevelCourses," page 62. - . - (ali Ewnomic behavior and the economy in preindustrial sonaties; dawr ptlon an0 c ass8flcatlon of excnange systems ralal ons between prodbnon, exchange systems an0 olher soccelal SJOsystams Prerea.lslle AS0 102 or lnstrLclor a.~.~ r o u a l G ~ ~ Sstudies: A I USE M ASB 417 m l l c a l Anthropology. (3) selectedsemesters Comparative examinationof the forms and p w s s s of political organization and aclivity in primitive, peasant, and complex societies. Prerequisite.: ASB 102 or instructor approval. M ASB 462 Medical Anthropology: Culture and Health. (3) fall Role of culture in health, illness, and curing; health status, provider relations, and indigenous healing practices in United States ethnic groups. Lecture, discussion. General Studies: C M ASB 466 Peoples and Cunures af Africa. (3) fall and spring Survey of African peoples and their cultures, external contact, and changes. Meats non-Western requirement. Lecture, discussion. Cross-listed as AFS 466. Credit is allowed for anlv AFS 466 or ASB 466. General Studies: SB, G. H M ASB 471 Introduction to Museums. (3) .. fall Hstory pn losapny, an0 cdnent status of mJseJms Explores m.lect,ng, presewaton, exhnbit~on,eddcatlon, and research actlvllles m dMerent woes of museLms Plerea~lsltesbolh ASB 102 and ASM 104 or only iismctor approval. General %"dies: L M ASB 480 Innoduction to Llnaulstlcs. 13) .. fall and spring Oascripfive and historical linguistics. Survey of theories of human language, emphasizingsynchronic linguistics. General Studies: SB M ASB 481 Language and Cukure. (3) spring Applies linguistic %wries and findings to nonlinguistic aspects of culture; language change: psycholinguistics.Prerequisite: ASB 102 or instructor approval. General Sludies: SB - ANTHROPOLOGY (SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS) (ASM) M ASM 104 Bones, Stones, and Human Evolution. (4) fall and s ~ r i n o Physical intthpology and archaeology. Evidence and processes of human eMldl on an0 of CLlldre change Pr males Foss Ihomfntdsan0 the r l w l s Race vanatton. an0 hercatty Env ronmenl an0 human 0 o wv Prehtstonc cLn.re and soclow Lect~re.lab Fee ~ ~ M ASM 241 Biology of Race. (3) fall and spring Human variation and its interpretation in an evolutionarycontext. M ASM 246 Human Origins. (3) fall History of discoveries and changing interprelations of human eMlJt on Earl esl ancestors lo imirgsnce of modern humans Humanltfs place m natJro M ASH 248 Bioarthseology of Cannibalism, Violence, and Social Palhologr (3) spring Worldwide review of claims of severely abnormal behavior in prehistory based on perimortem bane taphonamy, analogues, and comparative cases. Lecture, class demonstrations. M ASM 301 Peopling of the World. (3) ~ ,",, .-.. Rev ews al ev~dencefor nLman oespem dbr ng the last 100 WO years, ortgons of angdage. cu tLres races. an0 beg nnlngs of modern ndmans Prerca~lstteASM I04 General stud&: SB M ASM 338 Anthropological Field Session. (2-8) spring Anthropologicalfield techniques, analysis of data, and preparationof field reports. May be repeated far credit. Prerequisite: instructor approval. M ASM 341 Human Osteology. (4) fall Osteology, human paleontology, and asteometry Description and analysis of archaeological and contemporary human populations. 3 L literacy end critical inquiw I MA malhemalics ICS computer/statisticsl Ouantitative 8001i~alions / HU humanities and fine arts / SB social and . behavioral sciences / SG natural science--general core courses I 5 0 natural SCienCe+Uantilative i C cultural diversity in the United States iG global i H hi~to~icsl iSee "Geneal Studies,' page 93. . 571 6u!Bue~-eeJ# Bu!Lpnls lq senb~uqoel pie!) pua qew!us en!lde3 uo ~BeMleqd!qsuo!lele~eql &auo!ssnls!a lo!neqaq elew!~d ba s!sLlaue pua uoneNasqo jo spoqleu u! al!l>wd pue uo!"n~lsul ME^ 'a~!isn(le!ms 'E pue !aa!lsnr3!mouoaa .Z .X2!lod pue WOM SSBIJ :as!isnfpue uo!leuuojsuen [cinijna '1 :Sean @ d ! ~ u u da a q u! aagsnlu! plre asgsnrjo sau -oaql u o s n w j r(l(naej a u .uo!le%gsanu! aJua!as le!ms pue h!nbu! IeJgua q%noqIsanss! @!slanonuoa uaijo azr(@ue pue 'suuai 1eqolB pue an!ieredmo3 u! a a g s n l i o j suo!~ei!dse aqi j o %u!pmsiapun ue dolanap sluapnis ?ne[ %u!pn[au! 'slaare3 paie1a1-a~!isnl%u!i!sap a s o q pue a3!lsnrjo sanss! %u!Kpms u! palsaiaiu! siuapnis lo.&pa&!sap s! a d a p a u p u y sa!puS aagsnf S L O U J ~ Sqe, S I unoq ~ E a r w l anoh c IJauLo.mLa p ~ mneuaq e 01 Mo1ouo~ou,O mnle a. ew 621zseqo-e sueunu 6 ~ n p n lselew ~ ~ .d ,O sge.~ode ,010-0x7 we nLap Ielue.3 eq! ,o h-ole~e edo !mn j Bvoos IleJ u! aai8ap ~8a y l %u!nsmd siuapms (e) ' A h l o d - ~ u v lpluea zse wsv w 'cenwdde loonnsul NOlSSlW pue ;!ue6odwq1ue 's!!os 'sluawuw!nuiuo!~!sddap'hiew!pas apnpu! qdol'q3laasal (e3!8o(oaaq3ra01~uenelelu a ~ m 3!6o!oe0 6u.uds PUP/!el (E) ' A 6 O l O ~ q ~ 8 o6W ~ gWSV W .lenoldd~lolmllsu! :al!s!nbalald 'sd!,~pie!) elq!ssod 'qel SJnOUE 'muel smoq z 'LbloaeqDle pue 'L6qoe6 Xuelaq u! sasn saleduo3 -sanb!uqoelo!b$eue uallod bo a3!ue~dpue 'LBo!opoqlau 'hoeql SlalEaWaE pel3sleS (E) 's1sA18uvuellod is31hloaau3rv SEP wsv R 'leno~dde~ounllsu! :el!s!nbalald 'slnaq B lo lelol 10) I!pB>1101pe~eade~ aq Ae.. 6 u ! 1 y ~podel lo spoqlau :sanb!uq~e~ qaease~1n!601oeequea!sea -s!sAleuewqlue lo sanb!uq% slalsacues ps13eps (b) ~ ~ l w s U!qSPOqleW ~ v hOlB10qElS9E WSV W n~:se!pn~s (weus9 .uo!lnlone pue 'au!J!paw 'uo!lonp>da~p " e Dq1se Auelnl!ued 'wue!3s 3!1aue6 U! SIueudO~aAepJO s110!183!1du!le!30S pue lelow IEE NS7IM Z89L-S96/08P a~!isn~p~sel~,npanw~fi~ h!nbul le!aoS pue aqlsnr $0looqag R,,,rlQ -">."" -" ~ - - - -.. , -alenpwg. aas 'uaqeumju! e m u ~ a:sesmm j s a w a y s ~ oelq!6!1a l aq Aew S~UBPW alenper6~epun'suo~ewsauas ul . q e ew ~ uo 6 0 1 4 ~ 3 ,npa.nss.mmm l o '&1e1e3 e~enpwgaw ass ' 6 6 01 ~ 00s w w j pe~equnusaunm inoqe u o ! l ~ u ~ qlo u,! 'saornoa ~ e ~ e l w n p w g .c9 e6ed:sasmw snq!uuo. ees , b l e w s!ql u! pals!^ Llln!l!oads IOU inq pelauo s w n m lo uo!laualdxa ue lo, .sawn03 snqluwo 'lemdde iOlmllSU!:al!~!nba~a~d qel SinOq E 'einPel slnoq z 'uo!le1aidlaIu! I E I ~ I I ~pue ~ uo!teoyssep quwe2 ~qs u e l s b 'se!le!len pu'd 'sadh 'salem heuod jo uobeqjlluep! pua s!sLlauv sJe1sacuaspejmles ( ~ ) ' s ~ w wlea!6o~oaeu31v w ZC wsvw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (E) .s3riauao uewnu ul senssl laraos era wsv w .~e~wdd ~oimllsu! e l a t.01 ~ S :al!s!nbelaId V .uopelss o!taue6 &al u a 6 ~ ue sa aseesjp ua sjssqdue q1!~'1uasa>d aw 01 sew11>yols!qaId u w j suebqred pue eldoad lo uo!ueJalul IlW (c)'uo!m~onauewnn pun eseas~aSPE wsv w H :sa!pn~s lweuag .lenwdde lolmllsu! 10 W L :al!s!nbe~eLd .qel slnoq z 'elnllel wnoq E -wed aql6u!lon>1suo3aJ104 spoqieu pue qde3uo3 eql 6u!z!saqdua 'uo!!nlane ueunq lo) e3uap!ne I!SOJa q l ,esL s mu0 (P)'SPIUI~OH1 1 ~ ~ w 0 3 wsv W nsv allslnbeleb MIO q pus .omeqaq LI sa!pnls hole.oqe p ~ pleg e pue m u a p m I(01 uor, ledela- sapnlnl .omedac e l a s 6" ztse~duesalsLL0 ~ e a n ~ u ~ oo u s ~ o ~ ~ e l pue o s puolln e on3 .O 4 ) ~ lie) Pue 6u!uo!s!nua lo) se!6e1ws 3ulewoe6 pua .an~etue'nb'1e3ils!ieIs F,,,,rlc (E) 'as16o1odonliuv lo&slsAlsuv pue uo!le3li!lusno SBC wsvw 'PPE wsv :al!S!nbaield .suolelays ibe!lue pue 'euqpau 'hols~q'A6a1ado1q1ue w o ~wuap!e j 6u!sn 'h!ueunq pue esuas!p sno!!mju! bo LPRS ,eeL s e3oo (E) 'UOWlM3 UaUnH PUB %-!a SnOlllelul9SC WSV W ,:SB!PnlS lwaueg -1mo~dde >oum~su! :EPE wsv :sai!s!nbalard .qe( unoq 9 's6u!peal p w ! a 'sdnw6 (E)'A6ClOlBu!ld WE WSV W gs :se!pn,s lweueg tenoldde lolannsul LIUOl o l1uelEAlnbe 4110) SOL VIW pue ~ 1 wsv 410q s e ~ s noaald qel s.004 c alnlml s.no.~E ~ o n e ~ e q pue n 1a~a6 01 ~ o l t ea. ,tau p.e esessop p ~ doll e llnN doreloepe OLP s9 ~ UI~M SJ0118 ndoo .. ,e3.b l o d o .. l ~JOl ~SQ~LO-a ueunq 6u!n!1u! uogeuen 1e3!601o!qjo s ~ o ! ~ ~ ~ s l dheuo!in1on3 ~eiu! ~.~ fi,,,,d< --:.-- JOU~IISU! (C)~UOlPIJ~A IWlh101E UQUnHZPE WSV W 'leno~dde smoq E 'a,nwl unoq 10 t.01 wsv :al!s!nbeleld SCHOOL O F JUSTICE AND SOCIAL INQUIRY Courses are designed to provide students with a comprehensive understanding of the substantive issues within each of these three areas and of the interrelationship and continuity among them. Students accordingly may l e a n about conflict and its negotiation; crime and violence; adolescents and delinquency; punishment and alternatives to punishment; globalization and inequality; and differential institutional &d socioeconomic treatment of populations based on gender and sexuality, race and ethnicity, social class, and nationalitv. The he& of any university program is its faculty. The School of Justice and Social Inquiry boasts a faculty with stmng scholarly credenttals ~ a c u l &members include national, in~ernalional,and local award rcc~pientsin t~ are research, teaching, and public service. ~ a c u i members committed to challenging students to develop their own understandings of justice; to analyze critically; and to propose possible solutions to a wide variety of contemporary issues concerning just distribution of resources, fair treatment for individuals and groups in local communities, the nation. and the world. while completing the Justice Studies curriculum, sNdents encounter opportunities to develop transferable skills, including critical thinking, oral and A t e n discourse, computer literacy, and problem solving. Faculty encourage students to practice justice through various experiential approaches, including volunteer work, service leaning, and internships. Students actively engage in their education via discussion, cooperative learning, field trips, and case-based classroom formats. PROFESSIONAL STATUS Uoon admission to the universitv. Justice SNdies students are classified as preprofessional. Justice Studies students must earn nrofessional status before enrolline in 400-level JUS resident credit courses. Justice Studies students achieve professional status by ~ - 1. earning a minimum of 56 semester hours; 2. earning a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.50 (calcu3. 4. 5. 6. lated on a minimum of nine semester houn earned at ASU); completing the university General Studies mathematics requirement (MA); completing the school's computer science requirement (CS computer course); completing the school's communication requirement; and completing the following classes with a minimum 2.50 GPA and a minimum grade of "C"in each of the following courses. Choose between the coune combinations below..................... 6 or 3 ENG 101 Fint-Year Composition (3) ENG 102 First-Year Composition (3) ENG 105 Advanced First-Year Composition (3) JUS 105 Introduction to Justice Studies SB.................................3 or JUS 305 Principles of Justice Studies SB (3) JUS 301 Research in Justice Studies SB................................... 3 IUS 302 Basic Statistical Analysis in Justice Smdies CS ............ 3 JUS 303 JusticeTheory ............................................................... 3 School's writing competence requirement L ................................... 3 The student must achieve professional status by the time the 87th semester hour is earned or else the student is disallowed from takine courses offered bv the school. A student whu uansferr 58 or more \emester hours musl achieve prufc~nJu\ticc SruJ~r,SU.. . . 3 JUS 302 Basic StatisticalAnalysis in Justice Studies CS ............ 3 JUS 303 JusticeThrory ...............................................................3 IUS Total .............................................................................................12 Through advising, a group o f Justice and Social Inquiry courses may be recommended to ensure a comprehensive exposure appropriate to the student's interests. Electives. The faculty encourage students to utilize the unique opportunities afforded by the university to pursue nersonal and educational interests. whether in the form of a broad sampllng of other disciplines or the deeper probing of a sinele tield. S~ecificallv. . the facultv sueeest that students take a minimum of one course in American government, behavioral psychology, and sociology. - . . -- lkansfer of Community College Credits. Credits transferred from accredited community colleges are accepted as lower-division credits uo to a maximum o f 64 semester hourr. 'I'he ;icceplance < ~ i c r r . d ~trt rdetcmined b) the rlireutor of lJndrrgradu;~tc,\dmlsrioni. and the ultit~altonof ~ ~~ credits toward degree requirements i s determined by the faculty of the School o f Justice and Social Inquiry. The faculty i n the School o f Justice and Social Inquiry offer the following: an M S degree in Justice Studies, a concurrent M S i n JSUMA in Anthropology, and an Interdisc i. ~ l i n a.r vPhD program i n Justice Studies. For more information, see thd G&duare Catalog, or access the Web site at www.asu.edu/clas/justice. JUSTICE STUDIES (JUS) M JUS Note 1. For Justice Studies students to take a "onrequired 300-leve .US course, tney mJst nave at least a'C'(2.001 n each of the requ lea .US CaJrseh -S 105 (or 305). MI. 302. and 3 0 s and a m n mum 2 50 GPA for these 106, c asses. For nan-Justce Studies students to lake a 300-level JUS murse, they must have a m nlmLm 0156 earnw semester hours ("nor standmg) and a mtnom~m=.mu atwe 2 00 GPA Non J~slceSILO es students may takeS ,. 301 302 an0 303 nlth who0 aoorova U JUS Note 2 For non Jdstse Stdo es students la take a 400. eve1 JUS CoLlse tney must have a m n mLm of 56 earned semester n o m I dnlor Stan0 no1and a mln mdm cum, atove 2 50 GPA Jbstce SI~dles gtudents musliarn professionalstatus before taklng 400-level JUS resident credit courses. Justice Studies courses at the 3W and 400 level are unavailable to nonJustice Studies studenls during preregistration. ~ ~ ~~ ~~ - M JUS 105 lntroduclionto Justice Studies. (3) .. fall, spring, summer Introductory overview to the study of justice from a m i a l science perspective. Primary topics include justice thecries and justice research.Credit is allowed for only JUS 105 or 305. ADDroDriatefor ... freshmenand sophomores. ~ e c t kdiscussion. , General Studies: SB M JUS ~WTOIIICS In ConceDts and Issues of Justice.. 13) -- - ,--. ". . Uses cr t cal thlnklng sk Is to analyze and compreneno controves a sacla1 s s d s (e g aoon.on all rmauue am on, cap la1 pdnnshment. the Iat tax an0 mm oral on). Mav. be reoeateo for crednt *hen toowry. Lecture, discus~on. General Studies: SB M JUS 294 SpeclalToplco.(14) fall, spring, summer Topics chosen fmm various fields of justice studies M JUS 301 Research in Justice Studies. (3) fall spring, summer Facuses an developong an0 eval~alng researchdes g n data ~ collection and the relat onshlp oeween val,d~tyand rellabllty Stresses metnoas tor cond-clmo research Prerw~lslte"us! ce Studies student. General Studies: SB M JUS 302 Basic Statistical Analysis In Justice Studles. (3) fail, spring, summer Introducesthe fundamentals and application of descriptive and inferential statistics, with emphasis on the justice area. Prerequisite: intermediate algebra or higher General Studies: CS M JUS 303 JustlceTheory. (3) fall, spring, summer Examines classic and contemporary philosophies and theories of justice, including legal, social, and criminal justice. See JUS Note 1. M JUS 305 Principles of Justice Studies. (3) fall. s~rino.summer lntmduct&yoverview lo the study of justice from a social science perspective. PrimaIy topics include justice theories and justice research. Credit is allowed tor only JUS 305 or 105. Apprnpnats for juniors and senios. Lecture, discussion. See JUS Note 1. General Studles: SB . - DEPARTMENT OF KINESIOLOGY or a hieher level mathematics course PGS 101 Introduction to Psychology SB ...................................... 3 PHY I I I General Physics SQ* ................................................3 0 Total .............................................................................................. * 21 Both PHI' I I I and 1 13 must be taken to secure SQ credit. The required KIN core courses are as follows: 200 Introduction to Kinesiolag KIN 335 Biomechanic KIN m KIN All prercquis,tc and KIN courses must hccumplrrrd with a minimum rmde of " C (2.00.. . . The reauiremcnts fc>rthe specific emphases are described below. Majors must elect either the kinesiology or human physiology emphasis. Emphases Each emphasis requires 24 semester hours. Kinesiology Emphasis. For the student interested in more applied aspects of exercise and sport performance, e.g.. strength and conditioning, sports medicine, sport skill acquisition, exercise physiology, biomechanical techniques in exercise and sport, and sport psychology. This emphasis consists of 24 semester hours, 15 semester hours of which must be upper-division courses. Part A and B as listed below must be completed. Part A Choose from among the courses below* ........................................ 9 KIN I00 Introduction to Health and Wellness SB (3) KIN 110 Research Analysis'Laboratory (1-2) KIN 191 Fint-Year Seminar (1-3) KIN 283 Prevention and Care ofAthlefie Injuries (3) KIN 294 S T Research Methods 1(3) . . KIN 334 Functjonal Analum) and Kincrlulug) t3J K I N 318 P~ych.~log~c.+l Skill, for Oplimal Perfurmunce SR ( 3 , K I N 370 Advanced tir,iAld ,3, * Shldents may also take KIN upper-division courses from the human physiology emphasis that are exclusive to that emphasis. Part B Choose from among the courses below* ...................................... 15 KIN 412 Biomechanics of the Skeletal System (3) KIN 413 Qualitativehalysis in Spon Biomechanics (3) KIN 441 Physiology of Women in Spon L (3) KIN 442 Fuel Metabolism (3) KIN 444 Metrbolic Adaptations to Exercise Training (3) KIN 445 Exercise Physiology for Children and Adolescents (3) KIN 448 Applied Spon Psychology L (3) KIN 450 Biopsychosocial Perspectives on Physical Activity and Health (3) KIN 460 Theory of &ngth raini in^ L (3) KIN 484 Internship (1) KIN 485 Advanced Techniques of Athletic Training (3) KIN 492 Honors Directed Study: Research ( 1 4 ) KIN 493 Honors Thesis (1-6) KIN 494 ST: ~nvironme~ral Exercise Physiology (3) KIN 494 ST: Interpretation of Exercise Electmcardiogram (3) KIN 494 ST: Internretation of Exercise Performance (3) KIN 498 pro-Seminar: Kinesiology and the Future ( I ) KIN 499 Individualized Insrmction (1-3) * Other KIN courses may be substituted with advisor approval. Human Physiology Emphasis. For the student interested in prehealth professions and those interested in biomechanical. ~hvsioloaical, motor control. andlor osvchological . . mechanisms underlying human movement performance. Students interested in oursuina uostbaccalanreate training in one of several possiblk p r o f e s ~ i k sin the health care in&W (ex., therapy, recreational therapy. occupational - physical .. therapy, physician's assistant, medicine, dentistry, podiatry, or chiropractic) will have additional course work in the scicnccs to complete (see rlcpdnment fur I~st).'lhi., emphasis c v ~ ~ s i sof t s 24 semectsr l~c>uri,15 c IIU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 CHI 414 1ntrodu;tlun to Clnssl;3i C‘hlnerr HU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - Total...............................................................................................I8 Electives Chwse six semester h o w from the courses below ........................ 6 CHI 309 Chinese Conversation 121 CHI 494 Special Topics ( 1 4 ) DEPARTMENT OF LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES CHI 499 Individualized Instruction (1-3) Tool .............................................................................................. 6 Japanese. At least nine semester hours must be taken from ELA 421, and JPN 321 and 414. No more than eight semester hours may be selected from JPN 309,310,311, and 312. Recommended . .....................................6 Two 2W-level JPN courses ................ Required FLA 421 Japanese Literame in Translation L'HU,G.................. 3 JPN 31 3 Third-Year Japanese I 3 JPN 314 Third-Year Japanese I1 3 JPN 321 Japanese Literature L'HU.G......................................... 3 JPN 414 Inrroductian to Classical Japanese ................................3 Tota 15 Electives Choose nine semester hours from the courses below ..................... 9 JPN 309 Intermediate Japanese Conversation (2) JPN 3 10 Intermediate Japanese Conversation (2) JPN 3 11 Japanese Conversation and Composition G (3) JPN 3 12 Japanese Conversation and Composition G (3) JPN 321 Japanese Literature UHU,G (3) JPN 394 Special Topics (1-4) JPN 435 Advanced Readings (3) JPN 485 Problems of Translation (3) JPN 494 Special Topics ( 1 4 ) JPN 499 Individualized Instruction (1-3) In addition to these courses. the student must meet with ao advisor and choose at least '15 semester hours of courses, includine " six semester hours of CHI prefix courses such as ('h~nc\cl a n g u ~ g cJnJ .alllgr3phy. Ch~ncseI ~ t c r ~ t utn rc t r ~ n , l d ~ u(CHI n 321 and 322 and FLA 420) or KOR prefix courses such as Korean language andlor Korean culture. At least three semester hours must be in an approved course that provides an overview of Japanese history. The remaining six hours may consist of appropriate courses in art, humanities, literature, public programs, social and behavioral sciences, business, etc. French--BA Required FRE 31 1 French Conversation G ................................................ 3 FRE 3 12 French Composition G .................................................. 3 FRE 321 French LiteratureL'HU, H ........................................... 3 FRE 322 French Literature L'HU ............................................... 3 Total ...................................... .................................................... 12 Select 18 semester hours from the following list, including at least 12 semester hours from the 400 level: FRE FRE FRE FRE FRE FRE FRE FRE FRE FRE 315 French Phoneti 3 319 Business Frenc 3 325 lnuaduction t 3 394 Special Topics 3 3 41 1 Advanced Spo 412 Advanced Wri 3 415 French Civilization I HU ...............................................3 416 French Civiliza 3 421 Structure of F 3 422 Applied Fre 3 FRE 423 French Synt 3 FRE 432 Gay Identities in Modern French Literature .................3 FRE 441 French Literature of the 17th Century HU .................... 3 FRE 442 French Literature of the 17th Century HU. H ...............3 FRE 445 French Literature of the 18th Century UHU ................ 3 FRE 451 French P w q of the 19th Century ................................ 3 FRE 452 French Novel of the 19th Century HU .......................... 3 FRE 453 Theater of the 19th Century U H U ................................ 3 FRE 462 Modern Poelry H Caribbean L'HU FRE 472 Franco-Canadian In addition to the courses. the student must meet with an advisor and choose at least i 5 semester hours of related courses from appropriate social and behavioral sciences, humanities. business courses. and other language courses. Required Two 200-level GER courses 6 GER 31 1 German Conversation G . ..........3 or GER 312 German Conversation G (3) GER 313 German Comoosition G ................................................3 GER 41 1 Advanced Grammar and Conversation G .....................3 GER 412 Advanced Grammar and Composition G ......................3 GER 421 German Literature HU ................................................. 3 GER 422 German Literamre U H U ............................................... 3 Choose six semester hours from the courses below ........................6 GER 319 Business Correspondence and Communication G (3) GER 394 Special Topics ( 1 4 ) GER 415 German Civilization HU G. H (3) GER 416 German Civilization G; H i3j GER 494 Special Topics ( 1 4 ) Total ............................................................................................. 30 ~i In addlt~unto these ;OII~~L.> the . ctudcnt muct meet utth I n aJ\,isnr and i h o d * 31 ~ leirst 15 cerne\ter l ~ o u rc,f i rcl3tcd courses from appropriate social and behavioral sciences, humanities, business courses, and other language courses. Italian-BA Required Two 2W-level ITA courses ............................................................. 6 ITA 31 1 Italian Com~ositianand Conversation G ......................3 ITA 312 Italian Composition and Conversation G ......................3 ITA 325 InVoduction to Italian Literature HU ............................ 3 Total ..............................................................................................15 Note: ITA 315 Italian for Business may be substituted for either ITA 31 1 or 312. F~ftccniemcqtcr houri drc requir~.dfrom the following 11,t. t n i l u J i n ~at least nine \elnester hourr frtrr~~ the lo0 level: . . L ~torac, an. rr !c.at nq..r{ MA rnat~iematlo CS comp.tei slat r! cr q m n f i t a ! , ~app ~ ca oni i nu !*.man.! er and Ine aftr roc a ano oena. ora rc encer SG nat.r.1 rc.cncc--pancraa corl, codrscr SO n a u d SL mee-wanlsfative C cr lLla drerr ry n ine ~n la0 Slofcb G g oba H n rlol cal See 'Genera St fd rr ' "age 93 ss COLLEGE O F LIBERAL A R T S AND S C I E N C E S ITA ITA ITA ITA ITA 314 Advanced ltalian 315 Italian for Businc 394 Special Topics ........................................................... I 4 415 Italian Civilization HU. G 420 Italian Cine ......3 ITA 441 Dante: Divinrr Conlmedin UHU .......................... . ITA 443 Italian Literature of the Renaissance HU H .................3 ITA 446 Italian Literature of the 18th and 19th Centuries HU ... 3 In addition to the 30 semester hours of course work required for the major. students majoring in Russian must take 15 additional semester hours from a list of approved courses in related fields, at least six semester hours of which must be taken at the upper-division level. Related fields courses should be chosen in consultation with an advisor. Russian maiors are encouraged to take related SlaviclEast European language courses in the annual summer Critical Laneuaees Institute (CLI). . . CLI courses mav be aoolied tow&d ;he related field requirements. - . . . Spanish-BA In addition to the courses shown above, the student must meet with an advisor and choose at least 15 semester hours social and behavioral of related courses from appropriate ... sciences, humanities, business courses, and other language courses. Russian-BA Required RUS 21 1 Basic Russian Conversation G ...................................... 3 ....... 3 RUS 212 Basic Russian Conversation C ........................ . . RllS 31 1 Russian Comoosition and Conversation G ...................3 KIIS :purttnun for Bilinguals (3) SPA 314 Spanish Converration and Composition G.................... 3 or SPA 316 Spanish Conversation and Cam~asition for ~ilinguul;(3) SPA 325 Introduction to Hispanic Literature HU ........................3 SPA 412 Advanced Conversation and Composition G ................ 3 SPA 425 Spanish Literature H Choose two courses belo SPA 426 Spanish Li SPA 427 Spanish American Literature L ~ ~ 7 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ - Choose one course below SPA 471 Civilizatio SPA 472 Spanish American Civilization HU, G, H (3) SPA 473 Spanish Civilization HU/SB. G (3) Total ............................ . ...............................................................24 Electives Two upper-division (3WW-level) SPA courses ..........................6 Related Fields POR 101 Clcntcntsg I'bn~cur,c POR 201 I ~ ! c ~ ~ I ~ L . ~ I .PI I~L ~. n - p e (\;c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 5 In addition to these courses, the student must meet with an advisor and choose at least six semester hours of courses from appropriate social and behavioral sciences, humanities, business, and other romance language courses. SPA 3 1 1 and 3 12 are not counted toward the major or minor in Spanish. MINORS Each minor in Asian Laneuaees 1ChineseIJaoanese). ,. German, Italian, and Russian consists of 18 semester hours, of which 12 semester hours must be in the upper division. The Spanish and French minors require 18 upper-division semester houn. In addition. specific required courses for each area follow and are in a brochure in the depanment. Course substitutions are allowed for h e r i t a ~ eand advanced speakers of the language. Chinese Required Two CHI 200-level cour CHI 313 Third-Year CHI 314 Third-Year Chinese II Consult with the departmental advisor for an additional six hours of Chinese credit. DEPARTMENTOFLANGUAGESANDLITERATURES French One elective caune (SPA 319 or above) ......................................... 3 Required SPA 311 and 312 are not countedtoward the major or minor in Spanish. FRE 31 1 French Conversation G ............................................... 3 FRE 312 French Composition G .................................................. 3 FRE 321 French Literature U H U , H ........................................... 3 or FRE 322 French Literature U H U (3) CERTIFICATES AND EMPHASES 'The fulbu ing arc ceniticate programs or emphaio offercd i n the Dcp;mmcnl of h p u a g e s 2nd 1.iteralurer. For more information. see "Certificak Komams and Areas of Emphasis:' page 509. Nine hours of upper-division French courses with at least three hours from the 400 level are also required. ~~~~~~ German Required Two GER 200-level courses Asian Studies Certificate. Foreign language students majoring in Asian Languages (~hinese/~a SO (41 -orPHY I I I General Physics SQ2 (3) PHY I I2 General Physics S@ (3) PHY 113 General Physics Laboratory SQ2 (1) PHY 114 General Physics Laboratory SQ2 (1) STP 226 Elements of Statistics CS .............................................. 3 or STP231: Statistics for Biowiences (3) ~ o t a........................................................................................ l 23-3 1 .. I Both CHM 231 and 235 must be taken to secure SQ credit. BothPHYIlland113orPHY112and114mustbetakento secure SQ credit. Concentration in Blology and Society The major in Biology with a concentration in biology and society is intended for students with a strong interest in Life sciences and in the interaction between life sciences and the societv within which science is done. This option consists of a minimum of 4 4 semester hours in life sciences and societal interface courses, and I I hours in related fields. A three-semester-hour mathematics proficiency course and a three-semester-hour statistics course are also required. A minimum grade of "C" (2.00) is required in all course work in the maior or related fields. Required courses are as follows: BID 187 General Biology I SG .................................................... 4 BIO 188 General Biology I1 SQ .................................................. 4 B1O 31 l B1~1ng)and Stxx.lst).................... .................. 3 BIO 114 Reqeuch C.,lll~,g) ............................ 3 hllC 101 Rc%ewchI'dpcr L' ........... I Total............................................................................................. 30 I * Bath CHM 231 and 235 must be taken to secure SQ credit. Both MIC 205 and 206 musl be taken to secure SG credit. Bath MIC 302 and 401 musl be taken to secure L credit. A minimum of I I semester hours of upper-division electives in microbiology or approved life science fields must be taken. These elective hours must include two courses chosen from the following: MIC MIC MIC MIC MIC MIC MIC 421 Experimental Immunology 2 442 Bacterial Genetics Laborat I 446 Techniques in Molecular BiologyIGenetics Lab ...........2 470 Bacterial Diversit and S stematics.............................. 4 484 Internship 3 494 S T Clinic 3 495 Undergraduate Resear 2 In addition. students are required to fulfill the university rnathcmnltcal stuJlc.; rcqulrcrnents with MAT210 ,or 251. 270) as their .MA courrz and BIO 4116. STP 226. STP 291 (or any CSE course that meets the CS requirement). The required supplemental courses are as follows: CHM 113 General Chemistry l S -or- CHM 233 General Organic Chemistry 1(3) CHM 234 General Organic Chemistry II (3) CHM 237 General Organic Chemistry Laboratory 1 (I) CHM 238 General Organic Chemistry Laboratory I1 (I ) MAT 251 Calculus for Life Sciences MA ..................................... 3 or MAT 210 Brief Calculus MA (3) or any other calculus STP 226 Elements of Statistics CS .............................................. 3 or STP 231: Slatistics far Biosciences (3) TOUI ..................................................................................... 18 or 23 * PHY 111 General Physics S Q PHY 112 General Physics S Q PHY 114 General Physics Laboratory SQ* .....................- ............ 1 Toml 16ar 17 * Bath PHY I I1 and 113 or PHY 112 and 114 mustbe taken to secure SQ credit. Both CHM 231 and 235 must be taken to secure SQ credit MICROBIOLOGY-BS The BS degree in Microbiology consists of a minimum of 41 semester hours in microbiology and 17 hours in approved related fields. A minimum grade of "C" (2.00) is L literacy and critical inquiry I MA malhematics I CS compute?rlstatisticsl quantitative applications I HU humanities and fine arts I SB sociai and behavioral sciences 1 SO natural science-general core courser I SO natural science-quantitative 1 C cultural diversity in the United States I G global I H historical / See 'General Studies: page 93. COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES MOLECULAR BIOSCIENCES AND BIOTECHNOLOGY-BS The BS degree in Molecular Biosciences and Biotechnology is designed to prepare students for productive careers in rapidly expanding areas within the life sciences, such as biotechnology, medicine. and biomedical research or any area of bioloev, at the molecular and cellular level. Courses ind t'aiult) .Brc draan pr~manl)irum the Schoul of Life SCIU ~ C U . :!nJ the Deoanment uf Chemirrn m d B i o s h e n ~ i s r ~ . The major in ~ o l e c u l a r~iosciencesand ~ i o t e c h n o l o g ~ consists of a minimum of 59 semester hours of course work plus two courses in mathematics specifically designed for this program. A minimum grade of "C"(2.00) is required for all course work in the major. The required major courses (30 total semester hours) are as follows: BIO 340 Geneml Gen .............................. MBB 245 Cellular and M . ............................ MBB 484 Internship MIC 206 Microbiology La MAT PHY PHY PHY PHY Tot 251 Calculus for Life Sciences MA ...................................... 3 I I I General Physics S Q ~ 112 General Physics SQ' 1 13 General Physics Laboratory SQ ................................... I 1 14 General Physics Laboratory SQ3 ................................... I I Both CHM 231 and 235 must be taken to secure SQ credit. Both PHY I I I and 113 must be taken to secure SQ credit. Both PHY 112 and 1 14 must be taken to secure SQ credit. Satisl'3illon thc: unl\cr~ll)iunlputedrlati.;tlc~/q~'dnt~tatl\e a ~ p l i c a l ~ o rcquirc~nent n. 1 3 mct ailh MAI'351 hlalhernat,cii M ~ I ~ O Jfo;S Gen2tic Andl)\ls, or MATBLO 391 S ' 1 lntroducl~c~n 1,) O ~ m p u u t i o n ~ hlole:ul.ir l Rbolugy. in u hich 3 nt~nimumrude a~t'"("' 12 is reau~rcd. , 001 ,~~~~~ Additional courses are available in the life or physical sciences for elective credit. - PLANT BIOLOGY-BS The School of Life Sciences offers three options to meet the needs of students whose interests are in the rapidly expanding areas within plant biology. Students miy chwse the general program option, which allows the opportunity to develoo streneth in one area or discioline. others mav choose to design a more specific, but interdisciplinary, proeram in one of the follow in^ - two ootional concentrations: environmental science and ecology; plant biochemistry and molecular biology. Each concentration promotes interaction between diverse groups and captures the growing interdisciplinary nature of scientific investigations. When one of these options is chosen, the title will appear on transcripts and other university documents. The three curricular options prepare students for careers in technical, industrial, and educational fields as well as professional degree programs in medicine or research and postgraduate education in the life sciences. - * Bath MIC 205 and 206 must be taken to secure SG credit. Choose at least one of the following courses (or combinations) for a minimum of three to four semester hours. Although only one advanced lab course is required, students are encouraged to take two: BIO 451 Cell Biolechnology Laboratory.................................... 3 MBB 350 Applied Gene MBB 445 Techniques in .................. MBB 446 Techniques in Molecular Biology/Genetics ~ a b......... l 2 MIC 420 Immunology: MIC 421 Experimental MIC 441 Bacterial Gen MIC 442 Bacterial Genetics ~abaralory~ .................................... I MBB 446 is taken with MBB 445. MIC 421 is taken with MIC 420. MIC 442 is taken with MIC 441. Required supplemental courses in biology, chemistry, mathematics and physics (28 total semester hours) are as follows (a minimum grade of "C" (2.00) is required for all course work): I 3 BCH 361 Princioles of Biochemistrv........................................ Ii('11 lh7 l:.r.!~lc!lllr)Hicchrln~*lryL~boralory...................... 1 ('ll\l I11 (icrural Cltem~\lr)I .So ................................... 2 ('11\1 1 I5 (iencril Chcrnidr) utlh Qml~l~ltrc An41!,h S Q . 5 Choose between the organic chemisrry cource combinations below ................................................................. 4 or 8 CHM 231 Elemenlary Organic Chemistrj SQ' (3) CHM 235 Elementary Or anic ChemisUy Laboratory SQ ? (I ) CH\I ? i ticnrrsl i Organic Chrrn~,l!y It31 CII3I 2.12 (icncrll Organlr Chcmtitq I1 t 1 , (:llhl 227 (iencrll Orgdnlr ('hcmt.;tly L~horatonI I I I Cllhl Z l h (ir.nr.rsl Org.inlcChcmlrlry Ldhurih,r) 11, I, - General Program The BS degree in Plant Biology consists of a minimum of 38 semester hours in plant biology and approved life science and physical science courses. A minimum grade of "C" (2.00) is required for all course work in the major and related fields. Required courses are as follows: BIO 320 Fundilmenlals of Ecology ..............................................3 or BIO 340 General Genetics ~ (4) ~ ~ , , BIO 353 Cell Biology .................................................................. 3 PLB 200 Biology of Plants SQ* 3 PLB 201 Biology of Plants Laboratory SQ* ................................ I PLB 306 Plant Anatomy ..............................................................4 PLB 308 Plant Physiology ........................................................... 4 PLB 484 Internship ......................................................................3 or PLB 499 Individualized Instruction (3) Total......................................................................................... 2 1-22 ~ ~~ ~ * Bolh PLB 2W and 201 must be taken to secure SQ credit. The remaining hours to bring the total to 38 are selected from among relevant courses in plant biology, other life sciences, and physical sciences in consultation with an advisor.